Home

AnyMedia Access System ConnectReach Terminal User`s Guide

Contents

1. j 4 Private Zs kaa fee F E o R Public 213 213 213 0 21610_fig_164b x S PC S 192 163 0 2 S Puata s Remote Office Ns 192 168 5 1 PC 192 168 5 2 5 To create a second group enter a number for it and then another set of Start and End commands In the example Group 2 has an in Start address of 192 168 5 1 and an in End address of 192 168 5 254 while the out Start address is 213 213 213 1 and out End address of 213 213 213 1 Normal operation of Dynamic NAT does not allow incoming IP packets For the ENAT example in this Appendix the NOC needs incoming access to the Corporate HQ LAN IP address 192 168 0 1 for management purposes This is achieved by the use of a PVC as described in the next section E 4 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix E PVC Configuration for ENAT Each PVC submenu allows the user to configure the DLCI Data Link Connection Identifier IP commands and NAT ENAT options There are three possible settings for NAT they are Pass In and Out Setting the NAT option to Pass allows all incoming and outgoing IP packets to bypass the dynamic NAT translation function on the designated PVC in the ENAT example PVC1allows the management PC at the NOC to bypass NAT When a PVC has a NAT setting of n the PVC is logically connected to the LAN IN side of the VINA router in the ENAT example the logical connection is to 192 168 0 1
2. AttemptFails EstabResets tcpAttemptFails tcpEstabResets The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the SYN SENT state or the SYN RCVD state plus the number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the LISTEN state from the SYN RCVD state The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the ESTABLISHED state or the CLOSED WAIT state Curr Estab tcpCurrl Estab The number of TCP connections for which the current state is either ESTABLISHED or CLOSED WAIT AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 39 Displaying Statistics for Route Entering the route command 4 40 June 2002 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring The route command is used to display a status report for each route At the statistics prompt enter the route command statistics gt route A Route Net Table report similar to the following example is displayed ConnectReach Routing Table Network 1 0 0 0 13 0 0 0 14 0 0 0 100 200 200 207 ZES 0 0 Flags State 0 0 0 200 100 0 200 200 0 242 96 0 20321370 0 0 Mask 2536 25 5 255 255 2053 25i 255 2955 0 20 oO CO OO 255 295 255 255 0 0 O E Os GW Dist Intf Flags State Ref 0 Le Tedd 2 fro R G 1 0 207 242 96 201 1 fro Ss
3. OFF OFF OFF OFF Recoverable OFF OFF OFF ON System image check sum failed Recoverablet The nonvolatile random access OFF OFF ON OFF memory NVRAM check sum failed Recoverable The flash protected boot code check Not OFF ON OFF OFF sum failed recoverable Not OFF ON OFF ON An Ethernet loopback failed recoverable Not OFF ON ON OFF Codec loopbacks failed recoverable Not OFF ON ON ON Code execution from protected boot recoverable A random access memory RAM test Not OFF OFF ON ON failed recoverable Ifthe self test indicates that no power is available to the ConnectReach Terminal first verify that the AC power cord is plugged into a functional AC outlet or that the DC power cord is plugged into a functional DC power source If the power source is verified to be functional replace the power cord t Ifthe system image check sum fails you must connect a modem to the RS 232 port and download a new system image refer to Chapter 6 Software Upgrade Maintenance and Trouble Clearing If the NVRAM check sum fails it is because some part of the stored configuration has become corrupted Since it is not possible to determine which part of the data is corrupted you should completely reconfigure the ConnectReach Terminal save the new configuration reboot and observe the self test LEDs again Nonrecoverable errors indicate a ConnectReach Terminal hardware failure You must replace the failed ConnectReach Terminal wi
4. U UAS Unavailable Seconds A one second interval during which service was not available an unavailable signal state is declared after 10 consecutive SESs UDP User Datagram Protocol An alternate transport layer protocol of the TCP IP protocol stack URG Urgent as in TCP statistics URG only packets V VFDE The feature of the AnyMedia Fast shelf that enhances the GR 303 interface to improve modern performance Also see ClearReach feature GL 10 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Glossary W WAN Wide Area Network A data network typically extending a LAN outside the building over telephone carrier lines to link to other LANs in remote buildings in possibly remote cities Web Browser A software application used to locate and display World Wide Web WWW pages Wink Delay A type of trunk signaling for incoming call This signaling allows ANI and DNIS numbers to be used with standard loop start cards that is voice mail fax without the need for special signaling converters This is done by providing a wink back to the carrier after the analog line is answered so that any digits delivered by the carrier may be received from the analog port Wink Start The most common type of trunk signaling for incoming and outgoing calls After the ConnectReach Terminal detects the trunk going off hook on an incoming call it transmits a 200 millis
5. icmpGroup InMsgs icmpInMsgs The number of ICMP messages which the device received Note that this counter includes all those counted by icmpInErrors Errors icmpiIn Errors The number of ICMP messages which the device received but determined as having ICMP specific errors bad ICMP checksums bad length etc InDestUnreachs icmpInDestUnreachs The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received InTimeExcds icmpInTimeExcds The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received SER E ees TORRENS oe The number of ICMP Redirect messages received a ronpi nEGNOS The number of ICMP Echo request messages received TnichoReps tempInEchoReps The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received Inlimestanps ichpintimestanps The number of ICMP Timestamp request messages received OutMsgs icmpOutMsgs The number of ICMP messages which this device attempted to send Note that this counter includes all those counted by icmpOutErrors AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 37 Display Field OutErrors 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Corresponding MIB Field icmpOutErrors Description The number of ICMP messages which this device did not send due to problems discovered within ICMP such as a lack of buffers This value should not include errors discovered outside the ICMP layer such
6. AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 97 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 12Filter 13Filter 14Filter 15Filter 16Filter defaultA ction denyAll gt NOTE TCP UDP ports 0 1023 are reserved 1024 and above are unreserved The IP outbound filter group settings for the default IP filter sample configuration shown in the preceding figure are as follows 1Filter 2Filter 3Filter 4Filter 5Filter 6Filter 7Filter 8Filter 9Filter 10Filter 11Filter 12Filter 13Filter 14Filter 15Filter 16Filter defaultAction permitAll 2 98 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal The IP inbound filter group settings for the default IP filter plus server sample configuration shown in the following figure are as follows 1Filter permit dst 207 104 144 1 255 255 255 255 default 2Filter permit tepport gt 1023 3Filter permit udpport gt 1023 4Filter ping 5Filter 6Filter 7Filter 8Filter 9Filter 10Filter 11Filter 12Filter 13Filter 14Filter 15Filter 16Filter defaultA ction denyAll gt NOTE TCP UDP ports 0 1023 are reserved 1024 and above are unreserved gt NOTE 255 255 255 255 is a netmask AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 99 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal The IP outbound f
7. Help Comments Enter the IP address of the Ethernet interface the default is 192 168 0 1 Enter a netmask such as 255 255 255 0 Enter a second IP address for a separate logical network on the same physical network required for Pass Thru NAT see Pass Thru on page 2 105 Enter a netmask for the second IP address Enter the mode of RIP to use for the primary and secondary IP addresses Enter the version of RIP in use Enable or disable automatic testing of Ethernet connectivity Access online assistance This setting turns on detection of conditions such as whether the ConnectReach Terminal is disconnected from the 10BaseT hub or the hub s power is off If SNMP is enabled and if SNMP messages of this type are also enabled the ConnectReach Terminal reports these conditions to the SNMP host 3 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 35 2 36 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal gt NOTE The new command values except IP address and secondary IP take effect as soon as you save the configuration You only need perform a warm start if the IP address and secondary IP settings have changed The IP address must be th
8. Netmask Subnet partitions are identified by a netmask The netmask is the network address description with ones in each subnet bit location The following table lists some examples Number of Number of 192 86 85 0 0 0 192 86 85 0 2 1 192 86 85 0 8 3 Network Partitions Subnet Bits Netmask 192 86 85 0 no subnet 192 86 85 128 decimal 128 equals binary 10000000 192 86 85 224 decimal 224 equals binary 11100000 A generic form of this netmask 255 255 255 0 is sometimes used in place of the specific form AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 A 7 363 211 129 Appendix A Private IP Network Addresses Description A private network is one in which devices on a LAN either do not require any access to other networks or the devices need access to only a limited set of internetwork addresses that can be handled by Port Address Translation PAT or Network Address Translation NAT Examples of such services include email World Wide Web FTP and Telnet connections In a private network addresses are obtained from a common pool of addresses and although the addresses are always unique among the devices on the LAN they are not guaranteed to be unique on the Internet Therefore to prevent confusion over packet destinations these private addresses cannot be visible to the Internet Instead the application proxy must intercept all incoming traffic and manage the mapping of p
9. To Clear the Log 1 In the text box next to the Clear option enter one of the parameters listed in the following table To Clear Enter this option The event log The T1 line log All logs event tl all 2 Click the Run button next to the Clear option AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 5 13 5 14 June 2002 3 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser End of Steps To Stop Start or View Status of the Log To stop the log from running click the stop command in the Log screen To start the log click the continue command in the Log screen To display the status of the log click the status command in the Log screen AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser Using a Web Browser to Execute a Ping Command Selecting the ping command The ping command is available on the ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu screen as shown in the following figure x ConnectReach Netscape Bel File Edit Views Go Communicator Help ive Botan s cs FB ps a7 Bookmarks A Go to ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu config statistics network upgrade archive version show hardware contig log diagnose ping Run IP address times warm start cold start slave warm start slave cold start Help exit
10. DHCP service If the site uses the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP on the ConnectReach Terminal to allocate IP addresses dynamically to devices on the network you need the following information Enable off First and last of the IP address pool to be used at the site Whether or not the site is considered a private network Appendix A IP Network Addresses describes the use of private IP network addresses on Lease time of DHCP allocated addresses 600 IP address of domain name service DNS server 192 168 0 1 Local site s domain name If the site already has a DHCP server or if each network device will be permanently assigned a unique IP address you do not need to enable and configure DHCP on the ConnectReach Terminal Simple network management protocol SNMP service If SNMP traps are sent automatically to a remote host you must specify the IP address of the host that will receive the SNMP traps This is usually an SNMP host on the carrier s management network so maintenance staff is aware of changes in equipment status before getting calls from the customer site If you enable SNMP you should also enable some or all of the possible SNMP trap types see the Preconfiguration Worksheet for the list Enable off SNMP host IP address Enable messages Cold start off Warm start off _ Link down off Link up off Login failures off T1 traps
11. When a PVC has aNAT setting of Out the PVC is logically connected to the WAN OUT side of the VINA router in the ENAT example the logical connection is to 212 213 213 1 In order for these NAT options to be effective NAT must be enabled as described in the previous section Use the following procedure to configure PVCs for Enterprise NAT 1 To navigate to PVC configuration enter the configuration synchronous interface and modify encap data commands The prompt changes to the config FrameRelay prompt config Frame relay gt 2 Atthe config Frame relay prompt enter PVC n where n is any number from one to thirty config Frame relay gt PVC 1 The prompt changes to the config FrameRelay PVC1 prompt config FrameRelay PVC1 gt 3 Atthe config FrameRelay PVC1 prompt enter the ip address command and either enet to assign the primary Ethernet IP address for NAT incoming or pass through or the WAN IP address for NAT outgoing 4 Enter the NAT command and one of the following options PASS allows all IP packets to pass through incoming and outgoing on the designated PVC typically used to bypass the NAT firewall for management access IN allows incoming IP packets only for the specified PVC typically used for WAN access by a workstation in a remote office OUT allows outgoing IP packets only for the specified PVC typically used for WAN access by a workstation on a local LAN AnyMedia ConnectReach Te
12. clear detect output insert clear output access code default output trunk access DID received digits DID undefined type DID undefined line num pause and specify the value row 1 16 output row 1 16 pattern detect row 1 16 row 1 16 group alt out row digits 0 9 D P output row 1 16 access code 0 9 output row 1 16 access code auto RZ EEA N analog line reorder 1 48 2000 100 20000 msecs AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 73 2 74 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal To Enter this command and specify the value Enable passing digits to switch extension prefix off on Display the detect table and the output table show all Enter a digit string to view the selected trunk group test digits Access online assistance Help Use the show all command to see the actual channel configuration 3 4 Type exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI enter an exclamation point to return to the Config menu gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values 5 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring Voice Mail
13. which is the common method of transporting voice over T1 Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 data does not use RBS gt NOTE If the Alignment is set to the ow option do not begin the range of DSOs for either Secondary Voice or Secondary Data with DSO number 3 Beginning the range with DSO 3 will cause a failure of the bit error rate BER test AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 23 Procedure 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal By default the ConnectReach Terminal software sets the number of analog voice channels to the number of actual analog ports that are installed It sets no channels for data The range of the four destinations may not overlap each other 1 At the Config prompt enter the DSO provisioning command config gt DSO provisioning The prompt changes to the Config DS0 provisioning prompt config DS0 provisioning gt At the Config DS0 provisioning prompt enter the DSO command from the following table and specify the ranges of analog and data channels Enter this command analog begin analog end sec voice begin sec voice end sec data begin sec data end data begin data end alignment sec tl ConnectReach Help and specify the value n 0 24 a 0 24 0 0 24 0 0 24 0 0 24 0 0 24 0 0 24 0 0 24 low same DSO range CU ClearReach Comments Software automatically detects
14. DOWN first verify that the ConnectReach Terminal is configured correctly then contact the carrier If the number of packets sent and received is zero for a PVC either the ConnectReach Terminal is configured incorrectly or there is no traffic between the local area network LAN and the wide area network WAN Verify the ConnectReach Terminal configuration You can use the ping command to generate traffic and verify whether frame counts have incremented Also use the log command to see if any simple network management protocol SNMP link down traps have been logged If the LMI commnand is entered a report similar to the following example is displayed FRAME RELAY LMI STATISTICS Total Status Enquires Sent Full Status Enquires Sent Total Status Responses Received Full Status Responses Received Invalid LMI ssages Received Last Sequence Number Received Local Sequence Number Sequence Number Sync Errors Total Total Total Total otal Receive CRC Errors Low Buffer Drops Queue Full Drops Circuit Send Data Errors Errors 539 90 539 90 25 25 D E o E e Oo The definitions of the LMI statistics are shown in the following table 4 28 June 2002 If invalid local management interface LMI messages are received the configuration of the LMI type parameter on the Config Frame relay menu is incorrect Verify the correct s
15. Introduction Key commands The optional BOX features when installed communicate with a voice mail system using dial tone multifrequency DTMF inband signaling The voice mail system typically is located near the ConnectReach Terminal and is attached by means of the FXS line s One or more lines are dedicated to the physical voice mail ports There are five preset voice mail profiles to choose from Custom configuration is also possible The ConnectReach Terminal can be configured to forward incoming trunk calls to a voice mail system providing auto attendant functions The key commands for the voice mail menu are as follows Line group Integration delay Stutter tone Periodic ring Dial number Profile name This command specifies the line group designated for the voice mail system This command sets the delay between the initial call to the voice mail system and the sending of the DTMF string If this command is enabled the user will hear a stuttering dial tone when they pick up the receiver indicating there are messages waiting If this command is enabled the phone will give two short rings every 5 minutes indicating there are messages waiting This command is used to assign a unique extension number for accessing the voice mail system A name may be assigned to the configured voice mail settings Any alphanumeric name up to 20 characters in length is acceptable AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s
16. m ConnectReach Terminal unit AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 3 Optional mounting hardware 3 4 June 2002 363 211 129 Installation Two mounting brackets used for mounting the unit on the wall or in an American National Standards Institute ANS 19 or 23 inch relay rack Eight screws for attaching the mounting brackets to the unit Four screws for mounting the unit to a rack 120 V AC power supply or DC cable Rubber feet for desktop mounting 10 foot T1 modular shielded cable RJ 48C for network T1 DSX 1 connection The following orderable mounting hardware can be used as an alternative to the standard mounting brackets provided with the ConnectReach Terminal unit Two mounting brackets similar to the standard mounting brackets for mounting the unit in a standard relay rack The eight screws for attaching the mounting brackets to the unit and the four screws for mounting the unit to the rack are also provided A hinged mounting assembly that mounts to the wall and offers the ability to swing away from the wall to provide access to a maximum of four units After the first unit is mounted on the assembly extension brackets are used to mount the additional units Refer to document 363 211 125 AnyMedia Access System Ordering Guide for information on ordering the optional mounting hardware AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation W
17. 200 200 200 2 Example 3 be translated config NAT PassGroup2 gt enable on Example 4 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 In this example the LAN range 192 168 1 101 192 168 1 254 will be mapped dynamically at random to the WAN range 200 200 200 3 200 200 200 6 For example all TCP connections from 192 168 1 107 might be mapped to some TCP connections of IP addr 200 200 200 5 config NAT Dynamic Group4 gt enable on config NAT Dynamic Group4 gt LAN Range 192 168 1 101 192 168 1 254 config NAT Dynamic Group4 gt WAN Range 200 200 200 3 200 200 200 6 June 2002 B 11 363 211 129 Appendix B B 12 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 es Custom Firewall Configurations About This Appendix Introduction Contents This appendix describes the customized Firewall configurations for Internet Protocol IP filtering AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 C 1 Configuring IP Filter Groups Configuring IP Filter Groups 363 211 129 Appendix C Configuration There are four IP filter groups inbound and outbound each one containing up to procedure sixteen different IP filters An IP filter can filter IP packets based on source and or destination IP address and or based on any known application protocol Examples of IP filters include but are not limited to the following gt Deny all packets from certain IP addre
18. Address resolution protocol ARP is a TCP IP protocol used to convert IP addresses to physical addresses such as Ethernet MAC addresses To configure ARP you need the following information IP address Ethernet address Firewall configuration The ConnectReach Terminal incorporates the IP filtering firewall technology For most installations configuring the firewall is extremely simple The ConnectReach Terminal allows the following two standard firewall configurations IP filter IP filter plus server Network time protocol NTP configuration NTP is used to obtain the time of day for time stamping the event log messages NTP is enabled by default on You must specify the following for NTP P address or host name of the server The difference in minutes between local time and Greenwich Mean Time GMT DNS Proxy Service The ConnectReachTerminal uses DNS servers to resolve host names for internal commands such as ping and network upgrade The DNS is enabled by default on To use this service you will need the following information IP address of primary DNS server IP address of secondary DNS server IP Quality of service QoS configuration IP QoS allows prioritizing the IP packets going out the WAN link The priority routes are defined by the source IP address destination IP address or source and destination IP addresses The IP address may either be a host or a subnet QoS is disab
19. ClearReach The ClearReach feature for the ConnectReach and ConnectReach Plus terminals that improves modem performance This requires voice frequency data enhancement VFDE in the AnyMedia FAST shelf CO Central office CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check Error detection technique that derives a binary number by reading an incoming block of data and compares it with a number transmitted with the data CSMA CD Carrier sense multiple access collision detect Media access mechanism wherein devices ready to transmit data first check the channel for a carrier If no carrier is sensed for a specific period of time a device can transmit If two devices transmit at once a collision occurs and is detected by all colliding devices This collision subsequently delays retransmissions from those devices for some random length of time CSMA CD access is used by Ethernet and IEEE 802 3 CSS Controlled Slip Second A second when one or more controlled slips have occurred A controlled slip CS is the replication or deletion of the payload bits of a DS1 frame at the receive end typically caused by timing faults Used in T1 line statistics CSU Channel Service Unit A CSU terminates a T1 digital circuit at the customer site The CSU performs certain line conditioning functions ensures network compliance with Federal Communications Commission FCC rules and responds to loopback commands The CSU also ensures proper ones density in transmi
20. Contents This appendix briefly describes Internet protocol IP network addresses Detailed specifications are available in Request for Comment RFC documents RFC documents can be obtained by means of a hypertext transfer protocol HTTP or anonymous file transfer protocol FTP from various Internet sites AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 A 1 363 211 129 Appendix A IP Network Addresses Description Introduction General Each host on the network that is each individual machine connected to the network has an IP address that uniquely identifies it Each IP address is a 32 bit value A portion of the address identifies the network while another portion identifies the host on that network The 32 bit IP address is commonly represented as four 8 bit decimal values Each decimal value is separated from other values by dots This notation is known as dotted decimal Since each decimal value represents eight binary digits the maximum dotted decimal value is 255 The following is an example of a dotted decimal IP address 161 62 63 64 A 2 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix A Address Classes Introduction Five network classes are used to group networks according to the number of hosts on the network These network classes are listed in the following table Network Class Number of Hosts Class A Can contain millions of hosts C
21. Customer Documentation Coordinator Room 15D 322 PO Box 903 67 Whippany Road Whippany NJ 07981 0903 Fax 973 386 2388 XX June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Issue 5 Preinstallation Planning Contents page About This Chapter 1 2 m Introduction 1 2 Configuration and Installation Process 1 3 m Summary 1 3 m Quickstart Configuration 1 5 m Customized Configuration 1 7 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 1 1 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning About This Chapter Introduction Contents This chapter provides information about the following topics as they relate to the ConnectReach Terminal Summary of the configuration and installation process m Discussion on the private and public switched networks m Quickstart and customized configurations m Preinstallation and preconfiguration worksheets 1 2 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning Configuration and Installation Process Summary Introduction Customer site data Configuration and installation process summary This section presents the steps required to configure and install the ConnectReach Terminal The more information you can gather about the customer site before beginning to configure and install the ConnectReach Terminal the easier the process will be The complexity of a given ConnectReach Terminal installation depen
22. Enter this To command and one of these options Specify the trunk group group 1 10 i E amp M loop start Enter the trunk signaling type signaling ground start Unconfigure Enter the signaling type for wnk start imm s dly d incoming E amp M trunks E amp M type incoming wnk d Enter the signaling type for outgoing E amp M trunks E amp M type outgoing wnk start imm s dly d Specify the direction direction in out two way Select the routing option for DID DNIS ANI DNIS incoming calls incoming routing Group Line Select the line routing option line group 1 line or line group Select the digit addressing option digits type DTMF MF Pulse Specify how call is handled if busy sig busy out line is busy busy treatment forward Select the line to forward the call if line is busy busy fwd line soa L24 Adjust transmit gain tx gain db 0 3 6 Adjust receive gain rx gain db 0 3 6 9 12 Load a configuration of a channel load template T4424 Write your changes to the copy to channel specified channels data Display all DSOs Show all Access online assistance Help Use the copy to channel data command to write your changes to the specified trunks Use the Show all command to see the actual channel configuration Type exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI enter an exclamation point to return to the Config menu AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue
23. FCC Rules Power Physical Cables Connector Pin Assignments Introduction Voice Channels Connector Pin Assignments Power Connector Pin Assignments RS 232 Connector Pin Assignments 10Base T Connector Pin Assignments Secondary T1 Line Connector Pin Assignments Network T1 Line Test Jacks AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 page 3 3 3 3 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 9 3 10 3 12 3 13 3 14 3 15 3 16 June 2002 3 1 3 2 June 2002 363 211 129 Installation page Interface Card Installation 3 17 m Voice Interface Card Installation 3 17 m Optional Circuit Card Installation 3 19 Interface Card Installation 3 17 m Introduction 3 24 m Rack Mount 3 25 m Wall Mount 3 28 m Desktop Mount 3 32 m NEBS Cover Installation Optional 3 33 Connect Cables to the ConnectReach Terminal 3 34 m Overview 3 34 m Construct Cable Assemblies 3 35 m Procedures 3 42 48 Line Master Slave Configuration 3 46 m Overview 3 46 m Connecting Master and Slave Units 3 47 Analog Voice Interface Considerations 3 50 m FXS 3 50 m FXO 3 52 Alarm Relay 3 53 m Improper Function 3 53 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation About This Chapter Introduction Procedures to install This chapter contains the required procedures to install the ConnectReach the unit at the site Terminal at the site This chapter describes site requirements and instructions for installing the Conn
24. Filter3 Remarks permit src pvc2 ping Filter 1 permits all ping packets coming from PVC2 permit dst 207 104 144 153 255 255 255 255 default Filter 2 permits all packets destined to the host 207 104 144 153 The keyword default refers to the common server protocols FTP SMTP DNS HTTP and PING Note that a particular host is specified as the destination by the netmask 255 255 255 255 the destination address is formed by applying the netmask 255 255 255 255 to the address 207 104 144 153 resulting in the single host address 207 104 144 153 permit ping Filter 3 permits all ICMP PING packets to pass AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 C 3 Examples of using IP filter groups C 4 June 2002 363 211 129 Appendix C Filter4 permit 207 104 144 0 255 255 255 0 smtp Remarks Filter 4 permits all SMTP packets to pass addressed from to any host on the network 207 104 144 0 Filter5 permit 1 1 1 1 255 0 0 0 tcp 29 est Remarks Filter 5 permits all packets using TCP port 29 from to any host on the network 1 0 0 0 the network 1 0 0 0 is the result of applying the netmask 255 0 0 0 to 1 1 1 1 Filter6 permit 207 104 144 0 255 255 255 0 All Remarks Filter 6 permits all packets from to the network 207 104 144 0 to pass Filter7 Filter8 defaultAction denyAll Remarks DefaultAction drops all packets that do not match any of the above filter specifications The following examples desc
25. If any one of the three parties hangs up the remaining two parties retain their connection This feature s availability is dependent on the phone company connection of the two outside parties AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 D 3 363 211 129 Appendix D Three Way Calling Procedure D 4 June 2002 Use the following procedure to set up a three way call between your phone and two other parties 1 Follow the instructions for consultation hold discussed previously 2 Flash This causes all three parties to be conferenced together 3 End of Steps If either of the other parties flashes the flash is ignored If any one of the three parties hangs up the remaining two parties retain their connection This feature s availability is dependent on the phone company connection of the two outside parties AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix D Call Waiting Procedure When you are on the line and a second call is coming in you will hear a call waiting tone To retrieve an incoming call while on another call flash You may use consultation hold to switch between calls If your administrator has configured your phone system for call forward busy then call waiting will be disabled In call forward busy a second call will automatically be forwarded to another extension for example voice mail or the operator AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Use
26. June 2002 Lucent Technologies welcomes your feedback on this document Your comments can be of great value in helping us to improve our documentation 1 Please rate the effectiveness of this document in the following areas Excellent Good Fair Poor Ease of Use Clarity Completeness Accuracy Organization Appearance Examples Illustration Overall Satisfaction 2 Please check the ways you feel we could improve this document O Improve the overview introduction O Make it more concise brief O Improve the table of contents O Add more step by step procedures tutorials O Improve the organization O Add more troubleshooting information O Include more figures O Make it less technical O Add more examples O Add more better quick reference aids O Add more detail O Improve the index Please provide details for the suggested improvement 3 What did you like most about this document 4 Feel free to write any comments below or on an attached sheet If we may contact you concerning your comments please complete the following Name Telephone Number Company Organization Date Address When you have completed this form please fold tape and return it to the address on the back or Fax it to 973 581 6646 Lucent Technologies Bell Labs Innovations BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO 5 NEW PROVIDENCE NJ POSTAG
27. L Loop start 4 Ground start OUnconfigured is required only if Direction Tin A Out T 2 way the LCR feature is i ting O Gr JLi enabled ncoming routing oup ine Line group 1 T Line or line group Digit type L DTMF Lj Pulse Busy treatment M Busy signal l Busy out Li Forward Busy forward line Line 1 24 Transmit gain O0dB O 3dB U 6dB Receive gain NOdB O 3dB 4 6dB O 12dB 9 Line Range Begin 1 24 End 1 24 Beginning and ending of configuration blocks Group 1 5 Note Configuration Signaling L Loop start 4 Ground start OUnconfigured f eae oo if Direction Oln Oi 2 way the eature is ahe enabled Outgoing routing 4 LCR I Group Trunk group 1 I Trunk group On hook threshold 300 1250 2000 msec Far end LY Disable 1 Enable disconnect Polarity reversal LJ Disable 1 Enable Trunk ring Ly Double T Single default Paging line 0 valid line Hunting LJ Linear 1 Most idle Business OfficeXchange features Refer to Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal for more information 10 Map Extensions Extension Digits 1 2 10 Extension Assignment 11 Dialing Pattern of Detected Digits Digits Range Any Digiit X Local L Timeout T See Configuring Dialing on page 2 68 Action on Detected Digits 1 12 D P see the Detect Insert example on page 2 69 Primary and Alternate Trunk Groups Trunk Access Code or Local Digits DID Received Digits 1 2 12 Pause 100 2000 20000 mse
28. Maintenance and Trouble Clearing About This Chapter Maintenance Procedures Trouble Clearing Procedures IP Network Addresses About This Appendix IP Network Addresses Description Configuration Examples About This Appendix Examples of the Different Methods of Configuring the AnyMedia Access System ConnectReach Terminal Custom Firewall Configurations About This Appendix Configuring IP Filter Groups User Interface About This Appendix Business OfficeXchange Features 5 2 5 3 5 6 6 2 6 3 6 14 A 2 B 1 B 2 C 1 C 2 D 1 D 2 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Issue 5 363 211 129 Table of Contents E Configuring Enterprise NAT About This Appendix E 1 Glossary GL 1 Index IX 1 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 ix 363 211 129 Table of Contents x June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Issue 5 About This Document Overview Purpose This document AnyMedia Access System ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide hereinafter referred to as the ConnectReach Terminal provides the following information An overview of the system Specific information about the benefits applications features and operation of the product Configuration and engineering information for planning purposes Ordering information for detailed ordering information see the AnyMedia Access System Ordering Guide code 363 211 125 Intended audience Customers who use th
29. Set signaling to match the trunk type as configured in the central office Inspect the other parameters for accuracy In most cases they will not need modification Use the copy to channel data command This configures the analog trunks Go to the config line menu Set begin and end to the first and last FXS ports used for phones Set the signaling to match the line type of the phones Inspect the other parameters for accuracy In most cases they will not need modification Use the copy to channel data command This configures the lines AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix B 6 Goto the config dialing menu Use the show al1 command to inspect the system defaults The default routes all direct dialed long distance and international calls over the digital trunks and all local toll free and operator assisted calls over the analog trunks Refer to the following figure for more detail 2S Le Cemeecifeech Reser larrera ag Dialing rah tabla but thbl tos pittarn CXL LHBALLEL LAVIELEL IGGL LASSE 1 1 00IFFL L EXCEL t table It gutput J onig Dialing Tiiri a E Gago iioi TERIH 7 fthere are any seven digit calls that are to be routed over the digital trunks seven digit long distance call enter the following commands detect insert 6 4 AAA BBB CCC YYY output insert 4 1 1222 where AAA through YYY are the exchanges to be rerouted and ZZZ is the local
30. The directory where the software directory release files will be stored prepare download 3 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 6 7 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing To download from the FTP site directly to the ConnectReach Terminal set the parameters as shown in the following figure Setting the version command to rel will ensure you download the most current software Bil E3 g SLC ConnectReach HyperTerminal File Edt View Call Transfer Help Network upgrade gt IP addr of server server ipaddr ftp vina tech com version string version rel user anonymous password host download directory ConnectReach release mame string username password prepare download Help exit Network upgrade gt Print echo Connected 0 04 56 Auto detet 1182008 N4 SCROLL CAPS NUM Capture You may also download the upgrade to a personal computer PC for later use The PC used to communicate with the ConnectReach Terminal must have an FTP server All parameters in the network upgrade menu would then reflect the FTP server on that PC 6 8 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing Using the Archive Command to Upload Download Configuration Settings Introduction Uploading the current configuration over the network to an FTP ser
31. TxOctets frCircuitSentOctets Number of octets transmitted from IAD on this circuit RxFrames frCircuitReceivedFrames Number of frames received by IAD on this circuit RxOctets frCircuitReceivedOctets Number of octets received by IAD on this circuit 4 34 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statics for IP Protocols introduction At the statistics prompt enter the show ipsummary command to see statistics for the various IP protocols in use on the ConnectReach Terminal statistics gt show ipsummary A report of the current pvc statistics similar to the following example is displayed Ip Statistics IpForwarding Enabled DefaultTTL 0 InReceives 0 InHdrErrors 0 InAddrErrors 0 ForwDatagrams Q InDelivers 0 Fragment Statistics ReassemblyTimeout 0 ReassemblyReqds 0 ReassemblymFails 0 ICMP Statistics InMsgs 0 InErrors 0 InDestUnreachs 0 InTimeExcds 0 InRedirects 0 InEchos 0 InEchoReps 0 OutMsgs 0 OutErrors 0 OutDestUnreachs 0 OutTimeExcds 0 OutRedirects 0 OutEchoReps 0 UDP Statistics RxPackets 2864479 TxPackets 133209 NoPorts 2823631 TCP Statistics TxTotalPackets 29 TxDataPackets 12 TxDataOctets 3603 RexmitPackets 0 RexmitOctets 0 RxTotalPackets 29 RxDataPackets 6 RxDataOctets 2632 RtoAlgorithm 4 RtoMin 1000 RtoMax 64000 ActiveOpens 0 PassiveOpe
32. config DSO provisioning gt analog end 12 config DSO provisioning gt data begin 13 config DSO provisioning gt data end 24 config DSO provisioning gt config gt synchronous interface AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix B con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con Veri fig Synchronous interface gt modify encap data fig Frame relay gt PVC 1 fig Frame relay PVC1 gt DLCI 379 fig Frame relay PVC1 gt ip address 199 199 199 99 fig Frame relay PVC1 gt netmask 255 255 255 0 fig Frame relay PVC1 gt fig Frame relay fig gt dhcp fig DHCP gt enable on fig DHCP gt domain telco net fig DHCP gt fig gt route fig IPRoute gt default 199 199 199 100 fig IPRoute gt fig gt NAT fig NAT gt enable on fig NAT gt Dynamic fig NAT Dynamic gt 1Group fig NAT Dynamic Groupl gt enable on fig NAT Dynamic Groupl gt Lan Start 192 168 0 2 fig NAT Dynamic Groupl Lan End 192 168 0 254 Wan End 199 199 199 99 gt fig NAT Dynamic Groupl gt Wan Start 199 199 199 99 fig NAT Dynamic Group1 gt fig NAT Dynamic Groupl gt fig NAT Dynamic gt fig NAT gt fig gt password fig Password gt user customer Enter password Validate password fig
33. default none primary WAN interface Displays the static route show static routes table Specify an interface to be WAN PVCn FDL used as a backup to the backupDefault IPaddrOfGw none default Clears the static route clear static routes table Help Access online assistance The following is a description of the Route configuration key commands Default The most common use of this command instructs the ConnectReach Terminal to send all nonlocal traffic to a WAN interface For ease of use the user can simply enter default WAN from the Route menu This command would instruct the ConnectReach Terminal to send all the default IP traffic to either PVC1 for Frame Relay encapsulation PPP or HDLC The default WAN command adjusts itself to whatever synchronous encapsulation is chosen by the user For Frame Relay encapsulation the user can also select any of the five PVCs Selecting PVC1 with Frame Relay encapsulation is the same as selecting WAN To direct the default IP traffic to an alternate router the user can enter default GW PaddrOfGw Where PaddrOfGw is the IP address of the router AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 87 2 88 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal To disable default routing on the ConnectReach Terminal enter the default none command BackupDefault This command lets you set up a backup default interface The options are the same
34. il Document Done Ia Sa 2 1 Inthe P address text box enter either a host name or the IP address for the system you want to ping 2 Inthe Times text box enter the number of times you want the ping to be repeated If you do not specify repetitions one ping is sent Click the Run button next to the ping command 4 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 5 15 Using a Web Browser to Upgrade Software Displaying and 1 using the network upgrade screen followi ng fig ure r X Hetwork upgrade Hetscape File Edt Views Ga Communicator Help 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser In the ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu click the network upgrade command and the network upgrade screen will appear refer to the E E Fi PY I ak Bookmarks Goto server ipaddr version rel version string user ano nymous username password i password host download directory connect Reach release name string Help Update System is in maintenance mode Click Update to perform the upgrade and restart Return to main menu fecp lucent tech com IP addr ol server Network upgrade ar Netscape 2 In the network upgrade screen click the Update button to restart the ConnectReach Terminal in the maintenance mode In maintenance mode data traffic from the LAN to the WAN and vice versa
35. s extension indicating a message is waiting The information is coming from the voice mail system to the ConnectReach Terminal This command specifies the DTMF string to attach to the user s extension indicating no messages are waiting The information is coming from the voice mail system to the ConnectReach Terminal AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Load profile This submenu allows the option of selecting one of five preset configurations for the most common voice mail system profiles The profiles included are e Generic e BBS Telecom e Panasonic TD1232 e Toshiba Dk280 e Samsung DCS Procedure After you have verified the required configuration follow these steps to configure Voice Mail 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the voice mail command config gt voice mail The prompt changes to the Config Voice mail prompt config Voice Mail 2 Make the necessary configuration changes The following table describes these commands To Enter this command and specify the value Enable the voice mail system enable off on Specify the line group for the voice mail system line group 1 10 Specify the delay between signaling the voice mail system and sending a string integration delay 500 0 5000 ms Enable the stutter dial tone as message waiting indicator stutter tone off on Enable the two short rings as message wa
36. select ESs SESs SEFs UASs CSSs PCVs LESs BESs DMs LCVs HTTP Web browser port Configure the ConnectReach Terminal remotely using a Web browser through an Ethernet or Internet T1 connection an IP connection over T1 using Frame Relay PPP or HDLC The Web browser feature is enabled by default on Telnet Port configuration Before you can use a Telnet session to make configuration changes on the ConnectReach Terminal the unit must be connected to the provided AC transformer or 24 VDC power initially AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 1 13 18 19 1 14 June 2002 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning configured for an Ethernet or Internet T1 connection including an IP address netmask and broadcast address or connected to the network through an Ethernet or T1 connection You must also have a computer that is connected to the same network as the ConnectReach Terminal or to a network from which access to the ConnectReach Terminal is permitted Once you are connected and have access you can configure the Telnet parameters Telnet is enabled by default on Route configuration The ConnectReach Terminal allows the user to seta default route and up to ten static routes For ease of configuration the user may specify wide area network WAN or PVCn instead of an IP gateway address For each default or static route you must specify Network IP address Netmask WAN PV
37. 1 363 211 129 Appendix B Examples of the Different Methods of Configuring the AnyMedia Access System ConnectReach Terminal Quickstart Configuration Example Configuration site conditions Configuration list Example B 2 June 2002 This configuration applies to sites that m Use private IP network addresses m Use NAT m Have a telephone system and T1 link to the CO for which the ConnectReach Terminal defaults are appropriate Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal describes the defaults for all parameters If these conditions are met you only need to configure the following m Synchronous interface encapsulation scheme and addresses including DLCI if encapsulation is set to Frame Relay m Default route m Voice and data channel assignments In this example 12 analog voice channels and 12 data channels are configured m Login names and passwords are not required but they are recommended An example of the configuration session is shown below In this example all commands are entered in their full form for easier reading However you can abbreviate any commands to the minimum number of characters that uniquely identify the command xkkk e System Image Boot x ConnectReach System 5 XX Built Jan 6 200X 19 25 09 NVRAM version 0107 PB SId romInit s v 1 3 200X 03 07 01 37 26 dab Exp Copyright 1996 200X VINA Technologies Inc gt config config gt ds0 provisioning
38. 2 Slot 1 Channels 17 24 Channels 9 16 Channels 1 8 21610_fig_268 A Fractional T1 Card DSP Card or Fractional T1 DSP Front Panel p tt screw Combination Card Location Remove the jumper block from header P31 located on the motherboard 6 Align the connectors on the bottom of the fractional T1 card with the connector pins on the motherboard and gently press on the top of the card until the card locks in place over the plastic standoff pins 7 Refer to the following figure and replace the jumper block on header P31 Note that the edge of the fractional T1 card will be located between the jumper block and header P31 when the card is properly installed Jumper block on Jumper block on header P31 header P31 after installation of fractional T1 prior to removal card and replacement of jumper N block Fractional T1 card Motherboard 8 After the fractional T1 circuit card has been installed slide the bottom tray front panel assembly back into the cover 9 Install the screw in the front panel 3 20 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation DSP or Fractional T1 DSP combination circuit card installation procedure 10 End of Steps The following procedure should be used when installing a DSP circuit card or a fractional T1 DSP circuit card in a ConnectReach Terminal unit with T1 DSX 1 network interface 1 Verify that power has been rem
39. 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 3 8 For example if you click the Network t1 command in the Config submenu the parameters for configuring the network T1 DSX 1 interface appear as shown in the following figure For details about each configuration setting refer to Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal X Config Network t1 Netscape File Edit View Go Communicator Help ive 42 e0u 4 8 F p I Bookmarks Gota DEEA Config Network t1 enable off on framing Da ESF TRos linecode Bezs AMI buildout 0 133ft DSX OdB CSU 133 266ft DSX 266 3991t DSX 399 533ft DSX 533 655ft DSX 7 5dBiCSuU 5dBiCSu 22 5dBiCSU clock network internal I pulse density enforce off on alarm operation off on alarm delay IE 4 0 3600 secs 15 is slave off on Help Update Return to previous page Return to main menu ul Document Done Change the configuration settings as necessary and then click the Update button in the Configuration screen to store the new settings in a temporary memory buffer in the ConnectReach Terminal To return to the Config screen click the Previous Page command at the bottom of the Config Network T1 scr
40. 3 Slot 2 Slot 1 Channels 17 24 Channels 9 16 Channels 1 8 21610_fig_268 A Fractional T1 Card DSP Card or Fractional T1 DSP Front Panel p _ screw Combination Card Location 4 Remove the interface card and the package of four plastic standoff pins from the packing carton 5 Ifthe motherboard is not equipped with the four plastic standoff pins needed to lock each corner of the interface board insert the pins from the packing carton 6 Align the connectors on the bottom of the interface card with the connector pins on the motherboard and gently press on the top of the interface card until the card locks in place 7 After all interface cards have been installed slide the bottom tray front panel assembly back into the cover Install the screw in the front panel 9 End of Steps 3 18 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Optional Circuit Card Installation Introduction Fractional T1 circuit card installation procedure The ConnectReach Terminal can contain one of the three following optional circuit cards to enable specific features and services m Fractional T1 circuit card a Telco digital signal processor DSP processor circuit card m Fractional T1 DSP combination circuit card The installation for these cards is divided into two procedures One procedure covers the installation of the fractional T1 circuit card and the second proced
41. A Internally Managed RxDataOctets N A Internally Managed 4 38 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Display Field RtoAlgorithm Corresponding MIB Field tcpRtoAlgorithm Description The algorithm used to determine the timeout value used for retransmitting unacknowledged octets RtoMin tcpRtoMin The minimum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the retransmission timeout measured in milliseconds More refined semantics for objects of this type depend upon the algorithm used to determine the retransmission timeout In particular when the timeout algorithm is rsre 3 this type of object has semantics of the LBOUND quantity described in RFC 793 RtoMax tcpRtoMax The maximum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the retransmission timeout measured in milliseconds More refined semantics for objects of this type depend upon the algorithm used to determine the retransmission timeout In particular when the timeout algorithm is rsre 3 this type of object has semantics of the UBOUND quantity described in RFC 793 ActiveOpens tcpActiveOpens The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN SENT state from the CLOSED state PassiveOpens tcpPassiveOpens The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN RCVD state from the LISTEN state
42. After the download completes the ConnectReach Terminal saves the new software in the system image partition of Flash memory and performs a warm restart During this process messages similar to the following are displayed at the bottom of the screen Saving image using version lt 24A1 gt using 832 k buffer allocated at 0x81de724 writing standalone section 425644 bytes starting 0x20000 Time spent 27 seconds Wrote standalone section OK DONE Rebooting Wait approximately 60 seconds and then select the Back button on your browser The Network upgrade screen appears Select main menu enter your user name and password when prompted and then select version to verify the software End of Steps Downloading a The following procedure should be used to download a software upgrade to a PC software upgrade to for later use aPC 1 gt NOTE 5 18 June 2002 The PC used to communicate with the ConnectReach Terminal must be equipped with an FTP server program The FTP server program used must be configured to allow file access to the location on the PC where the software file is to be saved The user name and password in the Network upgrade menu must match a user name and password in the FTP server program All parameters in the Network upgrade menu would then reflect the FTP server program on that PC AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal U
43. At the statistics prompt enter the show pvc command to see statistics for a specific Frame Relay pvc or all pvcs on the ConnectReach Terminal statistics gt show pve Enter the parameter to see the statistics as detailed in the following table Frame Statistics Commands To Enter this command and one of these options Display one or all PVCs show pvc 1 30 all Display online help Help Exit this submenu Exit A report of the current pvc statistics similar to the following example is displayed Frame Relay PVC Name PVC2 DLCI 506 PvcState ACTIVE Interface FR IPAddr 192 168 11 2 RxFrames 4742472 RxOctets 1027355809 TxFrames 6108392 TxOctets 762619571 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 33 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring The fields displayed and the corresponding MIB fields are described in the following table Frame Relay PVC Statistics Descriptions Display Field Corresponding MIB Field Description Name frCircuitIfindex Name assigned to this PVC There is a one to one correspondence to the index in the MIB See RFC 1315 DLCI frCircuitDlci Circuit Number see RFC 1315 Interface N A Indicates the lower protocol layer interface PvcState frCircuitState State of this circuit IPAddr N A IP address for this PVC TxFrames frCircuitSentFrames Number of frames transmitted from IAD on this circuit
44. CHANNELS connector UP toward the top of p the front panel Ensure vent holes are not obstructed lt _ Wall Front of unit ry gt NOTE Wall mount screws are not provided as part of the installation kit A CAUTION Moly screws or anchor bolts are required when installing the ConnectReach Terminal on wallboard or sheetrock walls 3 Secure the unit to the wall using the required fasteners 3 28 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Wall mount using hinged wall mount assembly AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 4 End of Steps Use the following procedure to mount one or multiple up to four ConnectReach terminals on a wall using the hinged wall mount assembly 1 Using the template provided with the mounting assembly mark the location of the mounting holes on the wall The template contains two different sets of mounting holes refer to the following figure The four smaller holes 0 30 inches in diameter in the assembly are used to temporarily hang the assembly while installing the screws in the six larger holes 0 40 inches in diameter gt NOTE The hinged wall mount assembly must be mounted so that the hinge is on the left or right side Failure to comply will void UL certification of the assembly A CAUTION The hinged wall mount assembly must be mounted to a minimum inch thick plywood that i
45. CIT on the CTU and accessing the ConnectReach Terminal by means of the T1 network interface as follows e Open a TL1 view on the PC a window available in the GSI opened though the GSI application tool e Use any ASCII terminal connected to a port via an ElA 232E 574 format 2 128 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Telnet session to reconfigure and monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Before you can use a Telnet session to configure the ConnectReach Terminal the unit must be as follows m Connected to AC or DC power a Initially configured for an Ethernet or Internet T1 connection including an IP address netmask and broadcast address For more information about initial configuration refer to the section entitled Connection at the RS 232 port on page 2 6 Connected to the network through an Ethernet or T1connection For information about connecting cables refer to Chapter 3 Installation You must also have a computer that is connected to the same network as the ConnectReach Terminal or to a network from which access to the ConnectReach Terminal is permitted Once you are connected and have access you can configure the Telnet parameters Telnet is enabled by default Use the following procedure to further configure Telnet 1 Atthe config prompt enter the Telnet command config gt Telnet The prompt changes to the config
46. DTE connector at the other end for the RS 232 port on the AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Teh following table A lists the pin assignments for the AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal RS 232 connector AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 Description Pin vo Signal Name Data Carrier Detect input 1 In DCD Receive Data input 2 In RXD Transmit Data output 3 Out TXD Data Terminal Ready 4 Out DTR output Interface signal ground 5 GND Data Set Ready input 6 In DSR Ready to send output 7 Out RTS Clear to send input 8 In CTS Ring Indicator input 9 In RI June 2002 3 13 363 211 129 Installation 10Base T Connector Pin Assignments 10Base T connector The 10Base T connector is a 8 pin modular RJ 45 connector that is the Ethernet pin assignments port for the AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal The folowing table lists the table 10Base T connector pin assignments Description 10 Signal Name Twisted pair transmit data positive output il bal ENTX Twisted pair transmit data negative output 2 Out ENTX Twisted pair receive data positive input ae ENRX not used a fo not used 5o fo Twisted pair receive data negative input 6 In ENRX not used 7o fo not used 8e fo 3 14 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Secondary T1 Line Connector Pin Assignments introduction The Secondary T1 Line connector is an 8
47. G 1 0 207 242 96 201 1 EEO eS G 1 40 207 242 96 1 1 quo S G 255 0 207 242 96 176 2 quo R G HE 255 0 207 242 96 176 1 quo S G 1 255 0 207 242 96 201 1 quo D G 2 25880 213 213 21 315 1 fri D G 1 207 242 96 201 0 fro F G D gt Direct S gt StaticF gt DefaultR gt RIP G gt Good P gt SuspectB gt Bad Total number of routes 9 This is a status report only no errors are reported The Ref column indicates the number of interfaces associated with each route Only routes that are up are displayed The routing table is updated once every 30 seconds A description of the possible routing states follows Good Suspect Bad A direct static or default route is good if the associated interface is up A routing information protocol RIP route has a good state if it has been heard from in the last 60 seconds This state applies to RIP routes only A RIP route is suspect if it has not been heard from in the last 60 seconds This state applies to RIP and static routes only A route in a bad state is about to be deleted It is kept on the routing table for 3 minutes during which routing neighbors are notified of its state It takes 94 seconds for a RIP route to go from suspect to bad AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for the ConnectReach Terminal Entering the The ConnectReach command is used to display a ConnectReach Terminal Co
48. Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 75 2 76 June 2002 Direct prefix 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal This command specifies the DTMF digit required if any that needs to be inserted before the extension number In most cases this is an asterisk refer to the following figure Dis dials 99 to access Voice Mail Box Dial number Voice Mail System Ext 24 Line Group 10 21610_fig_158b 2 ConnectReach inserts a in front of the extension number Voice Mail Settings Line group Dial number Direct prefix Ring no answer Busy no answer Forward all MWI on prefix MWI off prefix 10 99 This command specifies the DTMF string that signals to the voice mail system that the line was ringing and there was no answer The string can include the originator s and destination extension numbers This command specifies the DTMF string that signals to the voice mail system that the line was busy The string can include the originator s and destination extension numbers This command specifies the DTMF string that signals to the voice mail system that the destination is an unknown location The action by the voice mail system in this case is often to give a message for example the extension you have dialed is not a valid extension please try again or dial zero for assistance This command specifies the DTMF string to attach to the user
49. M and line to line calls Ring cadence for loop or ground start trunks is controlled by the CO This command sets the number of rings for outside trunk calls If set to single outside trunk calls get a single ring and inside calls get a double ring If set to double the opposite is true This command is system wide and requires the optional BOX feature The distinctive ring command in the BOX submenu must be turned on for trunk ring default command to function properly See Distinctive Ring on page 2 61 2 56 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Paging line This command is used to designate a line for paging output Hunting This command sets the type of line group hunting used for incoming calls If set to most idle the next line chosen to receive the call will be the one that was least used If set to linear the lowest line number that is not busy will receive the call This command is system wide The copy to channel data command only modifies LCR DID channels If the begin and end commands include channels that are not switched the copy to channel data warns the user that data for those channels was not modified gt NOTE There is no option for tone versus pulse dialing The software can always detect both dial pulses and DTMF address digits Procedure After you have verified the required configuration follow these steps to configure li
50. Modify encap data command changes the prompt to the selected encapsulation scheme config Frame relay gt config PPP gt config HDLC Refer to one of the following procedures that pertains to the selected encapsulation scheme to complete the configuration When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point gt NOTE 5 If you change any of these commands you must save the configuration and reboot the ConnectReach Terminal using the warm start command for the new settings to take effect End of Steps The ConnectReach Terminal uses the standard request for comment RFC 1490 to send IP packets over a frame relay connection The local management interface LMIl type provides for two different signaling specifications T1 617 ANS and Q 933 annex A International Telecommunication Union Consultative Committee for International Telegraph and Telephone ITU CCITT The frame relay modification menu allows configuration for as many as 30 permanent virtual AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 29 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal circuits PVCs At the Config Synchronous interface prompt enter the Modify encap data command to access the frame relay commands listed in the following table Enter t
51. Overview E 2 June 2002 Two utilizations of network address translation NAT are supported on the ConnectReach Terminal NAT that allows translation of internal LAN IP addressed workstations to external WAN addresses LAN to WAN and Enterprise NAT which allows translation of IP addresses for workstations at remote offices to WAN IP addresses WAN to WAN by means of Frame Relay PVCs gt NOTE NAT for allowing the translation of LAN IP addressed workstations to WAN addresses is described in the Configuring NAT and PAT on page 2 101 To configure Enterprise NAT you can use procedures to m Translate ranges of IP addresses of remote workstations to WAN IP addresses Configure a permanent virtual circuit PVC to allow incoming IP packets IN from a remote workstation Configure a PVC to allow IP packets to pass through NAT both incoming and outgoing PASS in order to manage a Corporate HQ site and remote sites from a remote network operations center NOC If you want to provide internet access for both Corporate HQ and remote sites configure another PVC to be the default WAN interface as described in the Configuring Routes on page 2 87 If you need to bypass the NAT module configure IP Packet Filtering groups for this purpose as described in the Configuring IP Packet Filters to Bypass NAT on page E 8 The following sections cover each of the ENAT procedures For an example of Enterprise NAT configuration
52. Port Number default 23 18 Route Default WAN PVCn or Gateway IP Address Static Network IP Address Note One default and up to 30 static Netmask WAN PVCn or Gateway IP Address AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 1 23 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Preconfiguration Worksheet Continued 19 NAT and PAT Enable OOff On Dynamic Enable Off On Group 1 In Start IP Address Last IP Address Out Start IP Address Last IP Address PAT Protocol Port Keyword Inband IP Group 2 In Start IP Address Last IP Address Out Start IP Address Last IP Address PAT Protocol Port Keyword Inband IP Group 3 In Start IP Address Last IP Address Out Start IP Address Last IP Address PAT Protocol Port Keyword Inband IP Group 4 In Start IP Address Last IP Address Out Start IP Address Last IP Address PAT Protocol Port Keyword Inband IP Static Enable NOff On Group 1 In Start IP Address Last IP Address Out Start IP Address Last IP Address Allow Inbound Yes No Group 2 In Start IP Address Last IP Address Out Start IP Address Last IP Address Allow Inbound Yes No Group 3 In Start IP Address Last IP Address Out Start IP Address Last IP Address Allow Inbound Yes No Group 4 In Start IP Address Last IP Address Ou
53. System image check sum failed Recoverablet OFF OFF ON OFF The NVRAM check sum failed Recoverable The flash protected bootcode check Not OFF ON OFF OFF sum failed recoverable Not OFF ON OFF ON An Ethernet loopback failed recoverable Not OFF ON ON OFF Codec loopbacks failed recoverable Code execution from protected Not OFF ON ON ON boot recoverable A random access memory RAM Not OFF OFF ON ON test failed recoverable Tf the self test indicates that no power is available to the ConnectReach Terminal first verify that the AC power cord is plugged into a functional AC outlet or that the DC power cord is plugged into a functional DC power source If the power source is verified to be functional replace the power cord Ifthe system image check sum fails you must connect a modem to the RS 232 port and download a new system image refer to Chapter 6 Software Upgrade Maintenance and Trouble Clearing lt If the nonvolatile random access memory NVRAM check sum fails it is because some part of the stored configuration has become corrupted Since it is not possible to determine which part of the data is corrupted you should completely reconfigure the ConnectReach Terminal save the new configuration reboot and observe the self test LEDs again Nonrecoverable errors indicate a ConnectReach Terminal hardware failure You must replace the failed ConnectReach Terminal with a new unit After installing the new unit you must c
54. T1 Status LED is Then There has been a yellow alert in the last On second There have been one or more bipolar Flashing in 500 ms intervals violations in the last second Off The unit is operating normally When the Red T1 Framing LED is Then There is a red alarm condition Refer to the following section entitled Using the Self Test Results to Detect Troubles on On page 6 16 There is framing bit error rate greater Flashing in 500 ms intervals than 10E in the last second Off The unit is operating normally gt NOTE The Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 LEDs operate only if a Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 line is installed and enabled AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 6 15 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing Using the Self Test Results to Detect Troubles Self test results After the ConnectReach Terminal boots up the unit performs a self test The results of the test are indicated by the illumination of a combination of LEDs The following table describes the combination for each test result LED Indicator Recoverable Green Yellow Yellow T1 Red T1 Not STATUS MAINT STATUS FRAMING Condition Recoverable The ConnectReach Terminal Normal ON or passed all tests and is functioning operating flashing OFF OFF OFF normally condition No power available to the OFF OFF OFF OFF ConnectReach Terminal Recoverable OFF OFF OFF ON
55. TCP statistics report that will be displayed on the statistics report PC monitor screen TOP gt 713 packet sent 290 data packet 33 data packet 28299 byte retransmitted 221 ack only packet 98 delayed 0 URG only packet 0 window probe packet 91 window update packet 80 control packet 750 packet received 303 ack for 113493 bytes 24 duplicate ack 0 ack for unsent data 394 packet 96285 byte received in sequence 5 completely duplicate packet 725 byte q 0 packet with some dup data 0 byte duped 3 3 out of order packet 15872 byte 2 packet 2 bytes of data after window 2 window probe 2 window update packet 5 packet received after close 0 discarded for bad checksum 0 discarded for bad header offset field 0 discarded because packet too short 30 connection request 32 connection accept 59 connection established including accepts 60 connection closed including 0 drop 3 embryonic connection dropped 269 segment updated rtt of 0 attempt 3 retransmit timeout AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 0 connection dropped by rexmit timeout persist timeout keepalive timeout 0 0 keepalive probe sent connection dropped by keepalive June 2002 4 11 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for UDP Entering the UDP To display the statistics for user datagram protocol UDP enter the UDP command command at the statistics prompt For example statistics gt udp Ex
56. Telnet prompt config Telnet gt 2 Atthe config Telnet prompt you can enter the commands and parameters to carry out the tasks The following Telnet port configuration commands table describes these commands Enter this and specify this command value Comments enable g1 2 on Enable disable Telnet sessions port number port 0 23 32567 Enable a specific port for Telnet Help Access online assistance gt NOTE If you change any of these commands you must save the configuration and reboot the ConnectReach Terminal using the cold start command for the new settings to take effect gt NOTE Do not designate the same port for both HTTP and the Telnet access AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 129 Using HTTP to manage the ConnectReach Terminal 2 130 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 3 On the computer start a Telnet session and enter the IP address assigned to the ConnectReach Terminal Once the Telnet session is connected the user interface is identical to the console session shown in this chapter To disable Telnet use the config Telnet enable off command 4 Ifa Carrier privilege login name has been configured the ConnectReach Terminal Utility displays a login prompt After you enter a login name and password the Main Menu prompt appears and then you can use the commands described in this chapter and in Chapter 4 ConnectReac
57. Terminal Utility allows another administrator to connect to the ConnectReach Terminal and configure or monitor it A ConnectReach Terminal management session can override another session m f another session is already in progress and you start a new session you will be notified that another administrator is logged in and asked whether you wish to override that user m If you have a management session in progress and another administrator overrides your session you will be notified that your session has been overridden 5 22 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 Software Upgrade Maintenance and Trouble Clearing Contents About This Chapter Introduction Maintenance Procedures Upgrading the ConnectReach Terminal with New Software Using the Archive Command to Upload Download Configuration Settings Rebooting the ConnectReach Terminal Trouble Clearing Procedures Using the LED Status Indicators to Isolate Troubles Using the Self Test Results to Detect Troubles Displaying a Time Stamped Log of Events Preparing the ConnectReach Terminal for Channel Testing Check the Operational State of a Node on the LAN WAN Disaster Recovery T1 Line Test Equipment AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 page 6 2 6 2 6 3 6 9 6 13 6 14 6 14 6 16 6 18 6 20 6 22 6 23 6 24 June 2002 6 1 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing About This Chapter
58. Terminals at two different locations Any packets originating from PC A will be sent high priority and any packets destined for PC A will be high priority To configure the example shown in the figure above proceed as follows For ConnectReach Terminal A 1 Atthe config QOS prompt enter the following commands config Q0S gt enable on config Q0S gt qos add sre 207 242 96 145 255 255 255 255 For ConnectReach Terminal B 1 Atthe config QOS prompt enter the following commands config Q0S gt enable on config Q0S gt qos add dst 207 242 96 145 255 255 255 255 2 When you have made the necessary configuration changes enter an exclamation point or the exit command to return to the config menu gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values 3 End of Steps 2 114 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring SYSLOG Introduction The SYSLOG utility creates a log of messages reporting significant events occurring on an IAD and makes this log available to a remote computer SYSLOG originated in early UNIX systems and is described in RFC 3164 This RFC specifies 24 different possible facilities services or software processes from which messages can be sent and 8 severity levels for each event as shown
59. a This command must be set to comply with the signaling requirements of the device attached to the analog port The five options are fxs loop fxs ground fxo did fxo loop and fxo ground The fxs loop and fxs ground options which require FXS hardware are for E amp M only The fxs loop and fxs ground options convert E amp M signaling to FXS for connection to a loop start or ground start device respectively The fxo did option which requires FXO hardware converts E amp M DID signaling to FXO to allow an incoming DID connection to a PBX AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 39 Far end disconnect Loop reversal Analog transmit gain Analog receive gain On hook threshold Alarm state Unconfigured state 2 40 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal The fxo loop and the fxo ground options which require FXO hardware provides a connection between loop start or ground start at the CO and the FXO interface Conversion from E amp M signaling to FXO loop and FXO ground is not available This command is only used for E amp M trunks If this command is enabled and the digital central office disconnects the call the ConnectReach Terminal opens the FXS tip for 1 4 seconds This tells the analog equipment for example a PBX that the call has terminated This command is only used for loop ground trunks If enabled and a polarity reversal signal is received on
60. access is set to auto The caller dials a seven digit number which is made up of the access code plus the line extension being called The number of digits necessary for the access code is seven minus the number of extension digits For example if the extension digits are set to three the access code needs to be composed of four digits to bring the total number of digits dialed to seven In this example if caller dials 429 1101 the extension is 101 and the access code is 4291 This command specifies the row in the output table entry that contains both the primary and alternate trunk groups This command determines how a caller will access an outside trunk If trunk access is set to access code the caller dials the access code to get an outside trunk If trunk access is set to auto the caller dials the access code in combination with the extension to get an inside line This command specifies the number of DID digits to expect from the CO and must be the same as the extension digits This parameter specifies the treatment of calls with unknown DID strings that are received from the CO There are two options route the call to the specified analog line or refuse the call reorder If the CO sends an invalid DID string the call will be forwarded to this line This command specifies the pause interval expressed in milliseconds inserted for a P in the digits option of the dial string command This command allows the dialed di
61. and a command prompt to appear in the console window This prompt a greater than symbol gt is the ConnectReach Terminal Utility Main Menu prompt as shown in the following figure gt NOTE These messages are not displayed if the power was applied before the terminal program was started The Main Menu prompt gt will be the only thing appearing on the screen To display these messages enter the version command gt NOTE The following screen display is only an example of what may appear on your console window The actual display will depend on the version of software in the ConnectReach Terminal Refer to the appropriate software release description for additional information SLC ConnectReach HyperTerminal _ ol x File Edt View Call Transfer Help System Image Boot a Lucent ConnectReach Access System 2 2 Lucent Built Aug 26 1998 16 35 12 NVRAM version 0108 PB Id romInit s v 1 3 1997 03 07 01 37 26 dab Exp Copyright 1996 1998 VINA Technologies Inc logged on as Carrier gt Nai Connected 0 04 09 Auto detect 115200 8 N 1 SCROLL CAPS NUM Capture Print echo At the Main Menu prompt you can enter a set of commands called the Main Menu commands These commands are not case sensitive You can abbreviate a command to the minimum number of characters that uniquely identify the command For example you can enter the configure command by typing the first
62. and monitoring commands You may set one login name with Carrier privilege Carrier privilege is designed for use by a limited number of individuals permitted to configure the ConnectReach Terminal The use of this privilege should be carefully restricted m User privilege allows limited access to configuration commands You may change user passwords User privilege also allows access to the monitoring commands see Chapter 4 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring You may set one login name with User privilege The login name and password verification utility is case sensitive When logging in you must enter the name and password strings exactly as configured including uppercase or lowercase characters After three failed attempts to log in to the ConnectReach Terminal you cannot log in for 5 minutes After 20 failed attempts you cannot log in for 1 hour You can bypass this problem by rebooting the ConnectReach Terminal After 5 minutes of inactivity you are automatically logged off Passwords are stored using one way encryption If a customer loses or forgets the user password you must log in with Carrier privilege and set the user password However if you lose or forget the carrier password you must contact Lucent Technologies Inc at 1 866 LUCENTS8 for assistance gt NOTE If the situation requires that you not reboot the AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal you can bypass the login counter by logging in via a different means of acc
63. and release the receiver button quickly or if your phone is equipped with a FLASH button press the FLASH button While connected to a call 1 Flash You will hear a dial tone 2 Dial the extension or phone number of the phone you are transferring the call to 3 Atthis point you have the following options available to you m Hang up and the call will be transferred m Announce the call to the receiving party and then hang up The call will be transferred If there is no answer flash the hook again to 4 End of Steps Depending on the caller s connection and the receiver s connection to the phone company this feature may not be available This condition is only for outside to outside transfers If the transfer cannot be completed you will hear a fast busy tone At this point you may flash to return to the first party AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix D Consultation Hold Feature Procedure The consultation hold feature allows you to alternate between two calls Use the following procedure to alternate between two calls While connected to a call 1 Flash You will hear a dial tone Dial the second extension or phone number The second party answers To alternate between the two parties flash the hook twice within a 3 second interval 4 End of Steps A single flash activates three way calling If either of the other parties flashes their receiver the flash is ignored
64. any 2 of the 4 frame synchronization bits Used in T1 line statistics LMI Local Management Interface A specification for the use of frame relay products that defines a method of exchanging status information between devices such as routers Loop Start See Ground Start M Master A module that operates at the central control point GL 6 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Glossary N NAT Network Address Translation An Internet standard that allows a LAN to use one set of IP addresses for an internal traffic and another set of IP addresses for external traffic Netmask Also called subnet mask When this value is viewed as a 32 bit binary number the high bits have 1 s These 1 s mask off the network and host number Network Number The high bits of an IP address which correspond to those bits in the associated subnet mask which have 1 s NOC Network Operations Center NTP Network Time Protocol Developed to provide an accepted concept of time among Internet hosts around the world Null modem Small box or cable used to join computing devices directly rather than over a network NVRAM Non Volatile Random Access Memory A type of memory that retains its contents when power is turned off O Off Hook Off hook condition indicates that the circuit is in the active state that is busy The opposite condition is on h
65. area code to be prefixed to the digital trunk Eliminate the 1 before ZZZ if it is not required 8 If there are any ten digit calls that are to be routed over the analog trunks ten digit local call enter the following command detect insert 7 3 1lAAAAAA 1BBBBBB ZZZZZZ where AAAAAA through ZZZZZZ are the area code and exchanges to be rerouted AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 B 9 363 211 129 Appendix B Dialing table default The following is a description of the dialing table default entries shown in the entries following figure The dialing table is displayed using the configure dialing show all commands EHE Cesrecifeech eee lereeral CLL LHAALEEL LATIELSL leet UXk LHSSLLAL L OLEEL 1 1 9 XXXXIL DLL J E39 LLL GLL LL FLL Gobput table BEG I AC Gl tiit a Default gutpue I niigi Ee sd rey m Tiiri 11S Sago ri Ta IH Detect table row 7 routes toll free calls 900 service is toll free to the recipient to output row 3 which in turn routes them to trunk group 2 Detect table row 2 routes United States long distance calls to output row 1 which in turn routes them to trunk group 7 with an alternate route to trunk group 2 Detect table row 3 routes international calls to output row 2 which in turn routes them to trunk group 7 with an alternate route to trunk group 2 output row 3 Detect table row 4 routes local calls including informatio
66. as the inability of IP to route the resultant packet In some implementations there may be no types of error that contribute to this counter s value OutDestUnreachs OutTimeExcds icmpOutDestUnreachs icmpOutTimeExcds The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent OutRedirects OutEchoReps icmpOutRedirects icmpOutEchoReps The number of ICMP Redirect messages sent The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent udpGroup RxPackets udpInDatagrams The number of UDP packets delivered to UDP users TxPackets udpoutDatagrams The number of UDP packets sent from this device NoPorts udpNoPorts The number of received UDP packets for which there was no application at the destination port tcpGroup Terora Bikers DCPOUESEJS The number of segments sent including those on current connections but excluding those containing only retransmitted octets TADA SEAGE EES N A Internally Managed A es N A Internally Managed pormi RackeTS repRetrangsegs The number of segments retransmitted that is the number of TCP segments transmitted containing one or more previously transmitted octets REAMITOERSES N A Internally Managed RA oha lea Grete Lepieed The number of segments received including those received in error This count includes segments received on currently established connections RxDataPackets N
67. between when the T1 alarm is cleared and the relay returns to an unalarmed state For example if the delay is set for 15 seconds the alarm relay will go from alarm to no alarm 15 seconds after the T1 alarm clears Is Slave This option designates one of the two ConnectReach systems in a 48 line master slave configuration as the slave unit Refer to Chapter 3 Installation for details on the 48 line master slave configuration Procedure After you have determined the carrier s configuration follow these steps to configure the network T1 DSX 1 interface 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the network t1 command config gt network t1 The prompt changes to the Config Network T1 prompt config Network t1 2 Atthe Config Network T1 prompt enter the appropriate commands from the following table The default setting for each command appears in brackets Enter this and one of these To command options Enable Network T1 DSX 1 enable off on Set the framing format framing ESF D4 Set the line coding format linecode B8ZS AMI 0 133 t DSX OdB CSU 133 266 t DSX 266 399ft DSX 399 533ft DSX 533 655ft DSX 7 5dB CSU F 15dB CSU Set the build out in feet or decibels buildout 22 5dB CSU Set the clock source this option only available if internal clock exists clock network internal Comply with ones density specification applies only to AMI line puise density coding e
68. by means of a modem to the RS 232 port on the ConnectReach Terminal This session is one of the methods that can also be used for initial configuration The commands and examples given in this chapter show a ConnectReach Terminal console session If the ConnectReach Terminal loses its configuration in NVRAM you must use the RS 232 port to reconfigure the unit m A remote Telnet session This session involves the use of a Telnet application in making configuration changes from a remote computer through a T1 connection Once the Telnet session is connected the user interface is identical to the console session If the T1 connection is inoperable you can reconfigure the ConnectReach Terminal and download new software by means of the Ethernet connection For more information about downloading software refer to Chapter 6 Software Upgrade Maintenance and Trouble Clearing m A remote HTTP session This session involves a connection using a Web browser through an Ethernet or Internet T1 connection an IP connection over T1 using frame relay PPP or HDLC You can use HTTP port configuration commands to specify a specific port for HTTP see Using HTTP to manage the ConnectReach Terminal on page 2 130 Chapter 5 Configure Monitor and Upgrade Software for the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser describes the user interface available through the Web browser A remote terminal session This session involves connecting to a computer via the
69. error for this interface RxOverruns N A Number of receive overruns at the driver RxCrcErrors N A Number of receive CRC errors from driver RxLengthErrors N A Number of receive frame length errors from driver AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 31 Display Field Corresponding MIB Field 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Description Interface Driver Cumulative Status Elapsed Seconds N A Time in seconds the FR Interface has been running 5MinAverageBandwid N A Bandwidth consumed divided by bandwidth available thUtilization during past 5 minute period by 30 second intervals separated into Receive and Transmit categories 5MinTxFrames B Number of Frames transmitted in the last 5 minutes 5MinTxOctets A Number of octets transmitted in the last 5 minutes 5MinRxF rames A Number of Frames received in the last 5 minutes 5MinRxOctets B Number of octets received in the last 5 minutes 30SecTxFrames B Number of Frames transmitted in the last 30 seconds 30SecTxOctets A Number of octets transmitted in the last 30 seconds 30SecRxFrames A Number of Frames received in the last 30 seconds 30SecRxOctets A Number of octets received in the last 30 seconds 4 32 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for Frame Relay PVCs Introduction
70. features set features Show all configuration settings o SO Save the configuration settings in the ConnectReach Terminal save Set all configuration commands to their default values default Set all configuration commands to their default values retaining the Ethernet password and RS232 commands preserve default Access online assistance Help Exit the Config prompt and return to the Main Menu prompt exit _ Every configuration command has default settings including IP addresses The default settings for each configuration command are displayed on screen in brackets after you enter a question mark at the Config prompt Basic steps in The following steps provide the basic procedure for entering configure commands configuring and and saving the configuration settings saving new settings 1 Atthe Main Menu prompt enter the configure command config 2 Press the ENTER key and the prompt changes to the Config prompt where you can enter the Configuration commands config gt 3 Atthe Config prompt enter the appropriate Configuration commands or type a question mark for a list of all available commands 4 After you use the configuration commands you must save your configuration settings in nonvolatile random access memory NVRAM To save the configuration settings enter the save command at the Config prompt config gt save gt NOTE If you do not wish to save the configuration settings that you ha
71. given menu the template is applied to a range of commands contained within the begin and end commands The begin and end commands determine the range of channels to be configured Channels may be set individually or in groups of similar configuration The copy to channel data command copies the configuration template commands to the channels in the range between begin and end If you are accessing the ConnectReach Terminal by means of the console or Telnet you must use the copy to channel data command after modifying the data in the configuration template If you do not the configuration data for the individual channels will not be modified If you are accessing the ConnectReach Terminal from a Web browser there is no copy to channel data command Instead the Update button performs the same function The Show al1l command displays the data in the individual channels gt NOTE Systems configured for Master Slave have the following limitation the total of combined Lines and Analog trunks are not to exceed 16 on the Master ConnectReach Terminal This command specifies the line group to which these analog lines belong AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 55 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Signaling The ConnectReach Terminal supports oop start or ground start and also provides an unconfigured option for lines that are absent Direction The incoming option specifies tha
72. in the following tables The facility number and the severity level are combined into a single field the PRI priority field which is the first field in each message Facilities and In this release of the ConnectReach Terminal a subset of the facilities and severities severities are implemented There are two classes of facilities typically reported in one of two severity levels as shown in the table that follows SYSLOG facilities and severities Facilities Abbreviation Code Meaning Indicates a change made to the system User level message User 1 configuration of the IAD Security Authorization Indicates a login or logout via console message Auth 4 telnet or HTTP Severities An event that could have significant Warning Warning 4 security results but that is not an error Informational Info 6 An event that is a normal change For details on syslog facilities and severities codes see the following two tables and RFC 3164 Section 4 1 1 SYSLOG Message Facilities Codes Code Facility name association 0 Kernel messages 1 User level messages 2 Mail system messages 3 System daemons messages 4 Security authorization messages 5 Messages generated internally by syslog 6 Line printer subsystem messages 7 Network news subsystem messages 8 UUCP subsystem messages 9 Clock daemon messages t AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June
73. l 5 Routes configuring 2 87 routes statistics 4 40 S save command 2 14 2 15 saving configuration settings 2 14 2 15 using a Web browser 5 7 secondary T1 DSX 1 clock 2 21 configuring 2 20 self test results 6 16 service level agreement SLA configuration 2 31 setting features 2 122 loopback on a T1 line 4 22 shipping specifications 3 7 show command 2 126 6 23 show frinterface 4 30 show iipsummary 4 35 show pvc 4 33 Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP 2 84 T1 traps 2 84 site requirements 1 17 3 5 specifications analog voice interface 3 50 REN 3 50 statistics ARP 4 9 clearing 4 19 4 21 command 4 4 DHCP 4 17 firewall 4 15 4 16 frame relay interface 4 27 ICMP 4 10 icmpGroup 4 37 interfaces 4 13 IP 4 7 ipGroup 4 36 NAT 4 16 PAT 4 16 PPP 4 18 QOS 4 8 route 4 40 show frinterface 4 30 l 6 June 2002 363 211 129 Index show ipsummary 4 35 show pvc 4 33 T1 statistics report 4 20 T1 usage report 4 23 T1 DSX 1 interface 4 19 tcpGroup 4 38 UDP 4 12 udpGroup 4 38 voice channels 4 24 subnet A 6 synchronous interface configuring 2 28 frame relay 2 29 High level Data Link Control HDLC 2 34 IP unnumbered 2 28 PPP 2 34 RIP 2 28 SYSLOG configuring 2 115 T1 clearing loopback 4 22 setting loopback 4 22 state transitions ignored 3 51 statistics report 4 20 status 4 21 line error conditions 4 21 traps SNMP 2 84 usage report 4 23 T1 DSX 1 clearing sta
74. line log tidump Clear the log for the ConnectReach Terminal log clear event Clear the log for the T1 line log clear tl Clear the log for both the ConnectReach Terminal and the T1 line log clear all Stop all logging log stop Resume all logging log continue Determine whether the log is running or stopped log status gt NOTE Log eventdump 10 shows the first ten events in the log Log eventdump 10 shows the last ten events in the log AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing The following is an example of the display obtained when the 1og command plus option is entered gt log eventdump 0 00 00 00 000000000 httpd 0 00 00 00 000000030 083fd66c maxMemRecs 500 maxEventRecs 500 0 00 03 04 000011056 httpd 207 104 144 199 started HTML session Log max 500 cur 3 log is running gt log status Log status memMax 500 cur 327 eventMax 500 cur 6 t1lMax 500 cur 2 inFilter mask 0x00000000 level 0 outFilter mask 0x00000000 level 0 log is running Reset counters RSR 002 cookie 1 endCookie 0 death 0 taskDie 0 watchDog 0 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 6 19 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing Preparing the ConnectReach Terminal for Channel Testing Entering the diagnose command 6 20 June 2002 The diagnose command is used to set a given channel to a known state so that channel tes
75. line specified in the busy forward line command This command adjusts transmit signal levels to the network from the FXS interface Three settings are available 0 3 and 6 dB This command adjusts receive signal levels from the network to the FXS interface Three settings are available 0 3 6 9 and 12 dB This command loads all of the configuration command values that are stored in a template to the channel being configured This command allows multiple channels to be set up identically without having to enter each individual command for all channels The copy to channel data command only modifies LCR DID channels If the begin and end commands include channels that are not switched the copy to channel data command warns the user that data for those channels was not modified After you have verified the required configuration follow these steps to configure analog trunks At the Config prompt enter the Analog trunk command config gt Analog trunk AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 2 The prompt changes to the Config Analog trunk prompt config AnalogTrunk Use the begin and end commands to specify the analog trunk or range of analog trunks to which subsequent changes will apply NOTE The channel numbers specified in the begin and end commands refer to the analog ports not the T1 DSOs For example
76. loss round trip ms min avg max 0 0 0 6 22 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing Disaster Recovery Procedure for recovery from loss of system image If a catastrophic failure causes the ConnectReach Terminal to lose its system image the ConnectReach Terminal boots from the software in the protected boot area of memory In protected boot mode you can download new software by means of the RS 232 port After the download is complete the ConnectReach Terminal automatically restarts in normal mode For information about downloading software by means of the RS 232 port refer to the section entitled Software upgrade from a remote computer located earlier in this chapter After downloading new software you should verify that the unit s configuration settings are intact If the configuration stored in NVRAM has been lost you must reconfigure the unit as if it were a new installation unless you have archived a copy of the latest configuration settings Maintaining current archive copies of the configuration settings will facilitate the process of reconfiguration In the event of catastrophic failure you can download the archived configuration rather than reenter it from scratch Refer to the section entitled Using the Archive Command to Store and Retrieve Configuration Settings located earlier in this chapter for information on the Archive comma
77. nabled Data DIDLCR AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 2 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point 3 End of Steps Procedure Feature keys are normally set at the factory To add new features to the system after it has been installed you use the set features command in conjunction with the feature key which can be obtained from Lucent Technologies To set a feature key proceed as follows 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the set features command followed by the feature key config gt set features xxxx yyyy 2zZZ wwww cccc Example set features rQ5 pQ8n 3USr thLq he 2 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point gt NOTE Reboot the ConnectReach Terminal using the warm start command for the new settings to take effect 3 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 123 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Using Template Archive Introduction 2 124 June 2002 The template archive mode allows a network operator to create a confi
78. routing and DID operation gt NOTE The channel bank menu must be used in conjunction with the Dialing menu The key commands for the ConnectReach Terminal s dialing menu are as follows Detect insert This command requires three values The first value is the row number of the detect table The second value refers to the output row in the output table The third value is where you assign a search pattern When digits are dialed the software looks at all patterns and AnyMeaia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 69 2 70 June 2002 Detect table Row out tbl row 1 neh 3 1 2 3 3 Digit 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal tries to find a match When the first match is found the associated output table row is used to complete the call The pattern defines a range of numbers The maximum number of characters allowed for the pattern parameter is 250 If more than one pattern is specified in a row a vertical bar surrounded by spaces is used to denote the beginning of the next pattern The syntax for a pattern is as follows One of the following 0 123456789 matches that digit for example 3 Range digit digit matches any digit for Local example 2 4 X matches any digit examples XXXXXXX matches any seven digit number 413XXXX matches 4134361 413436XXXX matches 4134361234 L matches any four digits for example 413L matches 413 followed by a
79. secondary T1 DSX 1 voice channels none Number of data channels none Must be set Synchronous interface information Encapsulation scheme used on the link to the CO frame relay ConnectReach Terminal IP address on the link to the data network Netmask if any for that address If frame relay the data link connection identifier DLCI assigned to the ConnectReach Terminal Ifframe relay the local management interface LMI type used in signaling To configure the channel bank you will need to know the CO digital trunk configuration and the configuration of the equipment analog phones private branch exchange PBX or key system at the site number 6 Channel bank on the worksheet The following is a list of data AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 1 5 1 6 June 2002 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning Trunk type loop ground foreign exchange office direct inward dialing FXO DID Loop reversal from CO enabled Transmit gain 3 db Receive gain 3 db On hook threshold 300 milliseconds Alarm state busy State of unconfigured channels idle 6 Obtain the local site s domain name number 14 DHCP on the worksheet AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning Customized Configuration Description Customized configuration planning process This customized configuration procedure ap
80. specific example for DSO channels 1 through 4 and 5 through 8 440D channel unit types are being emulated A 456 channel unit type is emulated for DSO channels 9 through 12 and a 452 channel unit type is emulated for DSO channels 21 through 24 Since DSO channels 13 through 16 and 17 through 20 have the none option no channel unit type is to be emulated in these positions The SPQ400 may only be provisioned in an AnyMedia ConnectReach system operating as a secondary voice channel and cannot provide the ClearReach feature To change channel unit type assignments for a specific DSO channel range enter the following command config DSO0 provisioning ConnectReach gt channel range channel unit Example config DS0 provisioning ConnectReach gt 1 4 443 When the ConnectReach command is selected the display on the terminal monitor shows a listing of the channel unit assignments as described in Examples of channel assignment schemes on page 2 25 and the status of the ClearReach feature If it is necessary to change the status of the ClearReach feature use the following syntax to make the appropriate change config DS0 provisioning ConnectReach gt clearreach Offfon AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Example config DS0 provisioning ConnectReach gt clearreach off gt NOTE When the ClearReach feature is enabled in the ConnectReach ter
81. the PCs on the LAN No connections from the Internet to the PCs on the LAN can be made If you want to use the NAT application with IP filtering plus server you must set up a static group with allow inbound enabled for the server in NAT gt NOTE The default server supports the following services SMTP POP2 POP3 HTTP FTP DNS Telnet and PING Firewall The following table lists the standard firewall configuration commands configuration commands Enter this command and specify the commands InIPFilterGroup 224 OutIPFilterGroup 224 Default configure PFilter No server x x x x show config sete Help sate gt NOTE To totally disable the firewall give the following command config IPFirewall gt default no 2 94 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring default The following figure illustrates a sample topology for the default IP filter IP filter configuration o gt soo BB moose 21610_fig_160bbb Outgoing Connections Only To configure the default IP filter firewall proceed as follows 1 At the Config prompt enter the firewall command config gt firewall The prompt changes to the Config IPFirewall prompt config IPFirewall gt At the Config IPFirewall prompt enter the default IP filter command config IPFirewall gt default ipfilter The pr
82. the Trunk ring default on 2 56 This command enables the call transfer feature Lines may be configured independently of each other It is not possible to transfer a trunk to another trunk if both trunks are loop start If there is a warm start during the transfer process all connections are lost Consultation hold This command enables the consultation hold feature Three way calling Call waiting Call forward and may be set individually for each line One but not both of the parties may be connected from a loop start trunk If there is a warm start during a consultation hold all connections are lost This command enables the three way calling feature This feature may be turned on or off for each individual line Consultation hold and transfer must be enabled to activate three way calling One but not both of the parties may be connected from a loop start trunk If there is a warm start during three way calling all connections are lost This command enables the call waiting feature Each line may be individually configured An incoming call on aline in use is signaled by a call waiting tone 440 Hz for a half second This feature is incompatible with call forward busy If there is a warm start during the transfer process of a call waiting all connections are lost There are three types of call forwarding variable no answer and busy An incoming call may be forwarded as many as ten times It is possible to set up a hu
83. the digital trunk then the ConnectReach Terminal reverses the polarity of the tip and ring leads of the FXS interface If disabled then polarity reversal signals from the digital trunk are ignored This command adjusts the transmit signal levels to the network from the FXS interface The available settings are 0 3 and 6 dB This command adjusts the received signal levels from the network to the FXS interface The available settings are 0 3 6 9 and 12 dB This command expressed in milliseconds allows the ConnectReach Terminal to differentiate between a flash request and an on hook disconnect condition If the telephone equipment on the far end of the digital trunk supports hook switch flash set on hook threshold to a long enough interval 1500 milliseconds is typical for the ConnectReach Terminal to differentiate between a flash and a disconnect Note that during the on hook threshold interval the on hook is sent to the far end equipment If the telephone equipment does not support flash use the default value of 300 milliseconds In the event of a network T1 DSX 1 alarm this command determines if the FXS is to be put into a busy tip closed or idle tip open state This command determines if the FXS ports for unconfigured channels are put into a busy tip open or idle tip closed state It is not part of the configuration template and has no impact on configured channels AnyMedia ConnectReach Te
84. the number of voice channels If no voice channels are found a value of 0 is entered Sets value to the last voice channel detected For secondary T1 DSX 1 interface use only For secondary T1 DSX 1 interface use only For secondary T1 DSX 1 interface use only For secondary T1 DSX 1 interface use only If set to the default value ow the ConnectReach Terminal connects the lowest numbered DSO on the Network T1 DSX 1 to the first DSO on the Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 If set to same the DSOs on the Network T1 DSX 1 are connected to the same DSO numbers on the Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 Allows available channel units to be designated for DSO channels and enables disables the ClearReach feature Access online assistance gt NOTE The ConnectReach Terminal HDSL feature is not supported 2 24 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 3 Assign available channel unit types to designated DSO channels and if necessary enable disable the ClearReach feature using the ConnectReach command gt NOTE Provisioning of the ConnectReach Terminal channel unit types is defaulted according to the hardware configuration of the system FXS and FXO cards If a 452 data channel unit type or 443 channel unit type is to be used for the data channels or the foreign exchange lines respectively then it must be provisioned using
85. the number of bytes received over the number of bytes sent that are above the CIR This is a percent value with units of measure as low as 1 100 of a percent A ratio of the number of bytes received over the number of bytes sent that are below the CIR This is a percent value with units of measure as low as 1 100 of a percent The amount of time in milliseconds during the 15 minute interval where the PVC was reported up or active through the LMI PVC Down Time Each time there is an SNMP request The amount of time in milliseconds during the 15 minute interval where the PVC was reported down or inactive through the LMI PVC Down Time Totals Atthe end of a 15 minute interval The number of times during the 15 minute interval where the PVC was reported down or inactive AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 33 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Using the PPP At the Config Synchronous interface prompt enter the Modify encap data commands command to access the PPP commands listed in the following table Enter this and specify this command value Comments Jp address Ehet Enter the IP address for the PPP interface IP address Disable Enet or disable Enter a netmask value such as netmask netmask 255 255 255 0 Enable RxOnly RIP TxOnly Disable Select the mode of RIP to use version RIP Kil 22 Select the version of RIP to use Help Ac
86. this command Display statistics for IP ip Display statistics for QOS gos Display statistics for ARP arp table info Display statistics for ICMP icmp Display statistics for TCP tep Display statistics for UDP udp Display statistics for the interfaces interfaces Display statistics for Firewall Firewall Display statistics for NAT NAT Display statistics for DHCP DHCP Display statistics for PPP PPP Display statistics for the T1 Interface T1 Display statistics for voice channels voice states Display statistics for the frame relay interface frame Display the lower protocol layer statistics for the WAN frame relay interface show frinterface Display statistics for a specific frame relay pvc or all pvcs show pvc Display statistics for supported IP protocols show ipsummary Display statistics for routing routes AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring To Enter this command Display statistics for the AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal ConnectReach Access on line assistance Help Exit the Statistics submenu and return to the Main prompt exit IP ICMP TCP and UDP statistics reports are intended for advanced users who are familiar with Ethernet networks 4 6 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for IP Entering th
87. to Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Remember to save the revised configuration and reboot the ConnectReach Terminal using the procedure in Chapter 6 Software Upgrade Maintenance and Trouble Clearing so that the changes take effect 10 Perform channel unit provisioning and DSO cross connection procedures from the AnyMedia Access System After the ConnectReach Terminal is configured and installed at the site you can change its configuration by means of the graphical system interface GSI at the ConnectReach Terminal or a Telnet session or hypertext transfer protocol HTTP connection either from the local Ethernet or over the T1 link from the carrier central office CO If a modem is permanently connected to the RS 232 port you can also change the configuration by means of a dial up connection If the T1 connection to the ConnectReach Terminal is down you can use the Ethernet connection or the dial up connection For more information about using a Telnet session refer to Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal For more information about HTTP connections refer to Chapter 5 Configure Monitor and Upgrade Software for the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning Quickstart Configuration Description Quickstart configuration planning process The quickstart configuration is for channel bank configura
88. to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point gt NOTE The new command value takes effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new value 4 End of Steps A WARNING If you are using the RS 232 interface and the settings are changed in the RS232 menu and saved the connection to the ConnectReach Terminal will be disrupted The interfacing software s baud rate must be changed to match the baud rate set in the RS 232 configuration menu The connection will be restored when the software is restarted with the matching baud rate setting If you set the baud rate to a speed the modem or attached computer cannot match use one of these methods to correct the problem m f an Ethernet or Network T1 DSX 1 address is configured and the ConnectReach Terminal is connected to the LAN or WAN you can connect using Telnet or a Web browser and reset the baud rate to the correct speed for the modem or computer AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 109 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal m If no Ethernet or Network T1 DSX 1 address is configured you cannot connect to the ConnectReach Terminal over the network 2 110 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Term
89. transmitting at 1 544 Mb s European PRI has 30 B channels with a D channel and transmits at 2 048 Mb s Also Priority Severity field for syslog messages Protocol An agreed upon format for transmitting data between two devices The protocol determines the following m The type of error checking to be used m Data compression method if any m How the sending device will indicate that it has finished sending a message m How the receiving device will indicate that it has received a message Pulse Density The ratio of ones to zeros in a digital data stream The ones density rule requires at least three ones in a sampled byte of information PVC Permanent Virtual Circuit A logical link established in a packet network assuring an available connection and bandwidth for subscribers without actually having to set aside physical facilities A PVC emulates a dedicated physical connection across a wide area network WAN Q Quality of service QoS An indicator of the performance of a transmission system on the Internet and other networks QoS is measured in transmission rate error rates latency and other characteristics R RAI Remote Alarm Indication A signal transmitted in the outgoing direction when a terminal determines that if has lost the incoming signal RAI is commonly called the Yellow Alarm signal RBS Robbed Bit Signaling A form of circuit state signaling in which control signals are carried in the s
90. tt1l 247 83 33ms ttl 247 pos2 1 155M crl1 NYC2 gblx net 206 132 249 185 66 66ms tt1l 247 66 66ms ttl 247 66 66ms tt1l 247 pos7 0 622M cr2 SNV gblx net 206 132 151 22 150ms ttl 245 133ms ttl 245 posl 0 2488M hr8 snv gblx net 206 132 254 41 133ms ttl 244 150ms tt1 244 150ms tt1 244 www yahoo com 204 71 200 68 150ms ttl 244 133ms tt1l 244 133ms tt1 244 Some routers do not reply with a timeout message In those instances an will be placed in the time field The tt1 is displayed with a number and an exclamation point for example tt1 125 when the response packet returns an unexpected value for the tt1 Refer to the following table for a listing of some of the possible codes AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 45 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Code Comments IH host unreachable IN network unreachable IP protocol unreachable IS source route failed IF fragmentation needed 4 46 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Using the Ping Command Introduction With the ping command you can test whether a node on the LAN WAN is operational The ping command sends an ICMP echo packet to the target node if the node is powered on and correctly connected to the network it returns an ICMP response packet At the Main menu prompt enter the ping c
91. various data that has been stored in or collected by the ConnectReach Terminal Chapter 5 Configure Monitor and Upgrade Software for the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser This chapter contains the procedures for configuring monitoring and performing software upgrades on the ConnectReach Terminal using a Web browser This chapter also includes the procedure for executing other commands rebooting the ConnectReach Terminal and upgrading ConnectReach Terminal Chapter 6 Software Upgrade Maintenance and Trouble Clearing This chapter contains the procedures for performing as required maintenance and software upgrades on the ConnectReach Terminal Also included in this chapter is information to assist in the isolation of a trouble condition using the indicators on the front of the ConnectReach Terminal unit Appendix A IP Network Addresses This appendix describes Internet protocol IP addressing including the five classes of networks and the IP addresses that are valid for each one Appendix B Configuration Examples This appendix contains examples of configuration sessions ranging from a simple quickstart example to a more complex arrangement requiring many parameter settings Appendix C Custom Firewall Configurations This appendix contains procedures for configuring IP filter groups Appendix D User Interface This appendix includes the procedures for using the Business OfficeXchange BOX features AnyMedia Co
92. with the NAT setting IN so that the PC at the Remote Office can have its IP address translated to a WAN Internet Access address gt NOTE This configuration does not address Firewall issues if there is a Firewall the source 138 10 5 1 255 255 255 0 and destination 192 168 0 1 255 255 255 0 IP addresses for the management traffic must be permitted by an IP filter AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix E The key commands to create this configuration at the Corporate Headquarters ConnectReach Terminal are the following menu navigation commands have been omitted Config NAT gt enable on Config NAT Dynamic Groupl Config NAT Dynamic Groupl Config NAT Dynamic Groupl enable on Config NAT Dynamic Groupl in start 192 168 0 1 in end 192 168 0 254 out start 213 213 213 1 out end 213 213 213 1 in start 192 168 5 1 gt in end 192 168 5 254 gt out start 213 213 213 1 Config NAT Dynamic Groupl Config NAT Dynamic Group2 gt Config NAT Dynamic Group2 gt Config NAT Dynamic Group2 gt Config NAT Dynamic Group2 gt out end 213 213 213 1 For details on these NAT commands see Configuring NAT and PAT on page 2 101 config FrameRelay PVC1 gt ip addr Enet gt NAT PASS gt ipaddr 213 213 213 1 config FrameRelay PVC1 config FrameRelay PVC2 gt NAT OUT config FrameRelay PVC2 con
93. www2 vina tech com connectreach connectreach anymediaga There are two procedures for upgrading the ConnectReach Terminal software from the network normal upgrade and custom upgrade Both procedures are identical with one exception the normal upgrade procedure uses default user supplied values already in the system for the network upgrade commands whereas the custom upgrade procedure requires that these network command values be specified The software to be downloaded is stored at the FTP server in a file named vina st_rom xxx where the suffix xxx is the version string you must enter with the version command The FTP server may be case sensitive so be sure to enter any alphabetic characters exactly as they appear in the file suffix gt NOTE Be sure to specify the correct version number If more than one version is present in the download directory and you accidentally specify an older version than the ConnectReach Terminal is already running the download will still take place and the old software will overwrite the new software After the download completes the ConnectReach Terminal Utility saves the software in the system image partition of Flash memory and performs a warm restart Refer to the section entitled Rebooting the ConnectReach Terminal on AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 6 5 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing page 6 13 located later in this chapter for a desc
94. 0 1 Netmask if any for the network on which the ConnectReach Terminal will be installed 255 255 255 0 Secondardy IP Address 0 0 0 0 Secondary netmask 255 255 255 0 RIP disable RIP version 1 10Base T link integrity testing on If you are using a secondary Ethernet interface you will need to specify the IP address and netmask for this interface Appendix A P Network Addresses describes the IP address scheme and subnets If the site already has an IP network that uses subnets you should obtain the netmask information from the network administrator 6 Channel bank configuration For an analog interface to the phone system You need the following information Channel Range for begin and end Signaling Loop ground Analog interface FXS loop start AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 1 9 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning Loop reversal from CO disabled Transmit gain 3 dB Receive gain 3 dB On hook threshold 1250 milliseconds Alarm state busy State of unconfigured channels idle Loop ground disconnect delay 600 msec Cross connect Each DSO to a line E amp M signaling requires the additional following data gt NOTE Type of incoming wink start Type of outgoing wink start Analog interface current feed loop start Far end disconnect enabled In the ConnectReach Terminal references to E amp M signaling refer to a signaling type suppo
95. 1 DSX 1 port as slave The metallic voice frequency VF lines connected to the master system are provisioned as any other ConnectReach Terminal configured with the LCR feature To provision the VF metallic lines connected to the slave Terminal refer to the section entitled Configuring DSO Provisioning on page 2 23 Although this configuration allows for 48 VF connections only 24 VF lines DSOs can be in use at a time because of the capacity of the network T1 DSX 1 interfacing between the ConnectReach Terminal and the AnyMedia Access System AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Connecting Master and Slave Units Procedure Connect and configure a master ConnectReach Terminal and a slave ConnectReach Terminal for daisy chaining using the following procedure Refer to the following figure when making connections A E Voice Connections Computer Modem Master Slave Connection LAN 10BaseT VOICE CHANNELS Slave ConnectReach Terminal 21810 fg_161e 1 Mount the master ConnectReach terminals using the mounting information in the section entitled Three configurations to mount the unit on page 3 24 A CAUTION Do not mount one system on top of the other system 2 Make the following cable connections according to the procedure in the section entitled Connect Cables to the Con
96. 101 statistics 4 16 netmask A 6 Ethernet interface 2 35 network address classes A 3 IP address A 1 private A 8 network T1 DSX 1 cable connection 3 42 configuring 2 17 network upgrade 6 4 6 5 non volatile RAM NVRAM 2 14 NTP configuring 2 107 O output table 2 71 overriding another management session 2 11 5 22 P pager 2 64 D 7 password adding 2 80 changing 2 80 passwords assigning 2 79 configuring 2 79 PAT configuring 2 101 statistics 4 16 ping command 4 47 6 22 Point to Point Protocol PPP 2 34 statistics 4 18 polarity reversal 2 56 power requirements 3 6 preconfiguration worksheet 1 19 preinstallation planning 1 1 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 worksheet 1 17 preparing for access by a Web browser 5 3 preserve default command 2 127 private network A 8 DHCP 2 82 protocol ARP 2 91 DHCP 2 82 2 91 HDLC 2 34 ICMP 4 10 PPP 2 34 SNMP 2 84 UDP 4 12 PVC Enterprise NAT E 5 frame relay 2 30 Q QOS configuring 2 111 statistics 4 8 quickstart configuration 1 5 example B 2 R rack mount 3 25 rebooting the ConnectReach Terminal 6 13 rebooting with a Web browser 5 20 recovering from system failure 6 23 red T1 framing LED 6 15 remote configuration 1 4 requirements AC power 3 6 DC power 3 6 environment 3 7 RFC 1112 A 5 1293 2 30 1490 2 29 1918 A 8 950 A 6 Ringer Equivalency Number REN 3 50 RIP synchronous interface 2 28 June 2002
97. 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for the WAN Frame Relay Interface Introduction 4 30 June 2002 At the statistics prompt enter the show frinterface command to see the lower protocol layer statistics for the WAN Frame Relay interface on the ConnectReach Terminal statistics gt show frinterface A report of the LMI and Interface Driver status similar to the following example is displayed Frame Relay Interface LMI Status LMIState UP TotalStatEnqTx 0 TotalStatRespRx 0 FullStatEngTx 0 FullStatRespRx 0 InvalidLMIMsgsRx LastSeqNumRx 1 LocalSeqNum 1 SeqNumSyncErrors Interface Driver Status State UP 0 0 MTU 1500 Bandwidth Kbytes sec 192 TxFrames 20 TxOctects 160 TxFrameFails 0 TxErrorStatus 0 RxFrames 20 RxOctects 160 RxErrorFrames 0 RxOverruns 0 RxCrcErrors 0 RxLengthErrors 0 Interface Driver Cumulative Status Elapsed Seconds 1507 5MinAverageBandwithUtilization Rx Kbytes sec 42 21 8 Tx Kbytes sec 42 21 8 5MinTxFrames 20 5MinTxOctects 160 5MinRxFrames 20 5MinRxOctects 160 30SecTxFrames 5 30SecTxOctects 40 30SecRxFrames 5 30SecRxOctects 40 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring The fields displayed and the corresponding MIB fields are described in the following table Frame Relay Int
98. 2002 2 115 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Code Facility name association 10 Security authorization messages 11 FTP daemon messages 12 NTP subsystem messages 13 Log audit messages 14 Log alert messages 15 Clock daemon messages t 16 Local use 0 local0 17 Local use 0 local1 18 Local use 0 local2 19 Local use 0 local3 20 Local use 0 local4 21 Local use 0 local5 22 Local use 0 local6 23 Local use 0 local7 Various operating systems have been found to utilize Facilities 4 10 13 and 14 for security authorization audit and alert messages that seem to be similar tVarious operating systems have been found to utilize both Facilities 9 and 15 for clock cron at messages SYSLOG Message Severity Codes Code Facility name association 0 Emergency system is unusable 1 Alert action must be taken immediately 2 Critical critical conditions 3 Error error conditions 4 Warning warning conditions 5 Notice normal but significant condition 6 Informational informational messages 7 Debug debug level messages Procedure To configure the SYSLOG utility take the following steps 1 Atthe config prompt enter the syslog command config gt syslog 2 116 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal The pr
99. 23 45 67 0 255 255 255 0 PVC2 Routes gt passwords ssword gt user customer word kkkxk ssword gt carrier sysadm word kkkx k ssword gt dhcp CP gt enable on gt start ip 211 22 33 2 end ip 211 22 33 54 private network off dns server 199 188 177 5 domain isp net CP gt snmp host 123 45 67 89 gt cold start on warm start on link down on login failures on gt gt gt link up on gt gt S gt enable off S gt save system configuration Do you really want to update the system NVRAM configuration Updating Flash NVRAM DONE B 6 June 2002 In y y wait AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix B config gt exit gt cold start Warning Voice and Data traffic will be interrupted continue n y y resetting gt NOTE Because this configuration has changed the beginning channels of the analog range the cold start command must be used for the new settings to take effect The next time you connect to the ConnectReach Terminal you will be prompted for a login name and password If you want access to the full set of ConnectReach Terminal configuration and monitoring commands log in with the carrier name and password sysadm in the example above AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 B 7 363 211 129 Appendix B LCR DID Configuration
100. 27 diagnose 6 20 encapsulation 2 29 exit 2 11 5 22 main menu 2 10 modify encap data 2 29 network upgrade 6 5 ping 5 15 6 22 preserve default 2 127 save 2 14 2 15 5 7 show 2 126 6 23 using ping 4 47 warm start 2 15 5 20 xmodem download 6 4 config command 2 14 configuration archive file format 6 9 customized 1 7 displaying current settings 2 126 examples B 1 LCR DID example B 8 menu commands 2 13 quickstart 1 5 remote 1 4 saving 2 15 5 7 setting default values 2 127 configuring analog trunks 2 50 ARP 2 91 default firewall 2 93 default IP filter 2 95 default IP filter plus server 2 96 DHCP 2 82 2 91 dialing 2 68 digital trunks 2 44 DNS 2 108 domain name 2 82 DSO provisioning 2 23 2 24 Enternprise NAT E 1 Ethernet interface 2 35 extensions 2 66 l 2 June 2002 363 211 129 Index lines 2 55 NAT 2 101 network T1 DSX 1 interface 2 17 NTP 2 107 passwords 2 79 PAT 2 101 QOS 2 111 routes 2 87 RS 232 port baud rate Interface RS 232 2 109 secondary T1 DSX 1 interface 2 20 synchronous interface 2 28 SYSLOG 2 115 using a Web browser 5 6 voice mail 2 75 connecting AC power 3 43 3 48 cables 3 34 Ethernet cable 3 42 network T1 DSX 1 3 42 ConnectReach System archiving the current configuration 6 9 upgrading software 6 3 ConnectReach Terminal managing using HTTP 2 130 consultation hold 2 61 D 3 customized configuration example B 5 D DC power r
101. 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values 8 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 49 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring Analog Trunks Introduction Key commands 2 50 June 2002 The Analog Trunk menu defines DID and trunk signaling commands for each analog trunk FXO The analog trunk command is included in the LCA DID telephone functionality mode and the analog trunk menu will appear only when the LCA DID optional feature is installed in the ConnectReach Terminal In the LCR DID mode additional configuration menus including the analog trunk menu are used to specify call routing and DID operation gt NOTE The channel bank menu must be used in conjunction with the analog trunk menu The key commands for the ConnectReach Terminal s Analog Trunk menu are as follows Begin and end The ConnectReach Terminal uses a template mechanism to set groups of channels or DSOs and associated options within the voice menus For the Channel bank and DigitalTrunk submenus the begin and end commands refer to the DSOs For the AnalogTrunk and Line submenus the begin and end command submenus refer to the FXO and FXS channels respectively The begin and end commands determine
102. 5 interface Ethernet 2 35 statistics 4 13 Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP statistics 4 10 Inverse Address Resolution Protocol InARP 2 30 IP address A 1 configuring address for Ethernet 2 35 default Ethernet address 2 36 netmask A 6 private network A 8 statistics 4 7 subnet A 6 IP filter 2 93 custom configuration C 2 default configuration 2 95 2 96 IP unnumbered synchronous interface 2 28 ipGroup statistics 4 36 l 4 June 2002 363 211 129 Index EE SeSe L LCR DID configuration example B 8 LED green Ethernet link integrity 6 17 green status 6 14 red T1 framing 6 15 status indicators 6 14 yellow activity 6 17 yellow maintenance 6 14 yellow T1 status 6 15 lines BOX features 2 60 configuring 2 55 far end disconnect 2 56 feature codes 2 63 polarity reversal 2 56 LMI type 2 29 log clearing 6 18 clearing using a Web browser 5 13 displaying 6 18 displaying using a Web browser 5 12 logging in to the ConnectReach Terminal user level privilege 2 81 logging in to the ConnectReachTerminal carrier level privilege 2 81 Login names adding 2 80 login names assigning 2 79 entering 2 16 loop length 3 50 loopback setting on a T1 line 4 22 main menu commands 2 10 managing ConnectReach Terminal using HTTP 2 130 map extensions 2 66 modem cables 2 4 modify encap data command 2 29 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Index EE SeSe N NAT configuring 2
103. BES count in the ES count Severely Errored Second A second when 320 or more CRCs and or LOF events have occurred Controlled Slip Second A second when one or more controlled slips have occurred A Controlled Slip CS is the replication or dele tion of the payload bits of a DS1 frame at the receive end typically caused by timing faults LOFC Loss of Frame Count Error that occurs when there is a loss of any 2 of the 4 frame synchronization bits If the count of bipolar violations BPV is high verify that the T1 line coding format is set correctly If the line is set to bipolar 8 zero substitution B8ZS line coding when it should be set to alternate mark inversion AMI this would cause bipolar violations If you suspect a problem with the T1 line enter the same report command several times in succession If the Current Count field for any condition increments rapidly a problem with the physical connection is indicated If the Current Count field increments gradually verify whether the error rates fall within the carrier s guaranteed Quality of Service If they do not contact the carrier 4 20 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Clearing statistics on a T1 line Displaying status on a T1 line At the statistics T1 prompt enter either the clearReport network or clearReport secondary fractional to select the network T1
104. Cn or gateway IP address Network address translation NAT and port address translation PAT configuration NAT allows internal IP addressed workstations access to the Internet through the use of an external IP address pool NAT allows the mapping of a range of LAN IP addresses to a range of WAN IP addresses The relation of the mapping may be one to one many to one or many to many The three definitions are static allocations dynamic allocation and pass through NAT is disabled by default off PAT allows users on the public WAN side of a network to access specific applications or specific services such as those provided by a Web server an email server pop3 or an FTP server on the private LAN side of the network To configure NAT in the dynamic definition you need the following information Definition of traffic between LAN and WAN dynamic allocation static allocation or pass thru Source and end of LAN IP address Source and end of WAN IP address Whether or not to allow Inbound connection In a one to one relation only Outbound connection is allowed from LAN to WAN To configure PAT in the definition you need the following information for each NAT group you defined Protocol Port number Keyword _ Inband IP AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 ARP configuration
105. Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser Using a Web Browser to Reboot the ConnectReach Terminal Performing a warm start reboot Performing a cold start reboot 5 20 June 2002 The warm start command is typically used when you have changed and saved configuration values and want the ConnectReach Terminal to begin using the new values Note that if you change the starting channel of any range of voice or data channels you must use the cold start command to begin using the new values For ConnectReach terminals fed by a TR 303 T1 line executing a warm start command will drop all existing calls To initiate a warm start command click the warm st art command on the ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu shown in the following figure The ConnectReach Terminal terminates your hytertext transfer protocol HTTP session and reboots w ConnectReach Hetscape File Edt View Go Communicator Help ive ihe nadd i P 7 Bookmarks Goto BEES ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu contig statistics network upgrade archive version show hardware contig log diagnose ping IP address times warm start cold start slave warm start slave cold start Help exit Document Done gt NOTE If you change the beginning channel number of any range in the DSO Provisioning menu and do a warm start the system will automatically prompt you that it will perform a cold start Pe
106. Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring Digital Trunks Configuring Analog Trunks Configuring Lines Configuring Extensions Configuring Dialing Configuring Voice Mail Configuring Passwords Configuring the DHCP Service Configuring the SNMP Service Configuring Routes Using ARP Configuring the Default Firewall Configuring NAT and PAT Configuring NTP Configuring the DNS Server Configuring the RS 232 Interface Configuring QOS Configuring SYSLOG Configuring FTP Log Dump Setting Features Using Template Archive Displaying Current Configuration Settings Setting All Configuration Settings to Default Reconfiguring the ConnectReach Terminal Session Choices for Accomplishing Reconfiguration page 2 44 2 50 2 55 2 66 2 68 2 75 2 79 2 82 2 84 2 87 2 91 2 93 2 101 2 107 2 108 2 109 2 111 2 115 2 121 2 122 2 124 2 126 2 127 2 128 2 128 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal About This Chapter Introduction Contents This chapter provides the procedures for setting up and configuring the ConnectReach Terminal in a staging area prior to installation This chapter also includes information that can be used to reconfigure the ConnectReach Terminal system remotely after it has been installed AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 3 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Preparing th
107. DSX 1 line or the secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 line respectively For example statistics T1l gt clearReport network The ConnectReach Terminal maintains two sets of statistics records one called the carrier database and the other called the user database Initially both sets are identical When you clear statistics you clear only the user database The entire carrier database is always retained so that statistics records are available even if the user database is cleared At the statistics T1 prompt enter either the statusReport network or statusReport secondary fractional command to select the network T1 DSX 1 line or the secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 line respectively For example statistics T1l gt statusreport network A report similar to the following example is displayed for the T1 line you specified etwork Tl LINE STATUS Loss of Signal Unavailable State Loss of Frame Receive AIS Receive RAI Transmit RAI oOO0O 0 OO oO Transmit AIS Loop Status OFF If NO is displayed after any of the conditions in the status report this is an indication that no error is detected by the ConnectReach Terminal If Yes is displayed this is an indication that the corresponding error condition has been detected T1 line error conditions and the corresponding corrective actions are listed in the following table Condition Corrective Action A problem with the wiring exists Check the phys
108. DTE NETWORK T1 line POWER VOICE CHANNEL connector test monitor jacks connector EREA E inai Tiaa O Gonneatrigeca ___ SECONDARY T1___ VOICE CHANNELS RS 232 10BASE T LINE MONITOR LINE POWER STATUS MAINT T1 STATUS FRAMING T1 STATUS FRAMING 10BASE T NETWORK T1 SECONDARY T1 connector LINE connector LINE connector T1 DSX 1 3 34 June 2002 AnyMeaia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Construct Cable Assemblies Introduction You must provide the cable assemblies for the ConnectReach Terminal Standard cables The following cables are standard and readily available m Standard 10BaseT Ethernet cable RJ 45 for connection to the local Ethernet network refer to the following figure for pin designations To ConnectReach Terminal 1 LENTX ENTX RJ 45 R RJ 45 connector end view CRRJ45st cdr m Telco cable standard Telco 50 pin for connection to the punch down block for analog voice channels refer to the following figure for pin designations an 45 wo N Voice Channels m Ground wire with ring lug for frame ground recommended m DC power cable optional AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 35 363 211 129 Installation Nonstandard cables The following cables are not standard and must be assembled for use with the ConnectReach Terminal m One or both of the following cables a Modem cable for connection to a modem allo
109. E encapsulation command 2 29 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 entering login names 2 16 Enterprise NAT E 1 PVC E 5 environmental requirements 3 7 Ethernet cable connection 3 42 configuring interface 2 35 default IP address 2 36 netmask interface 2 35 port LEDs 6 17 example channel unit assignment schemes 2 25 ClearReach feature enable disable 2 26 customized configuration B 5 LCR DID configuration B 8 quickstart configuration B 2 exit command 2 11 extensions configuring 2 66 F far end disconnect 2 56 feature codes 2 63 analog direct access 2 64 D 7 call forward variable 2 63 D 6 call pickup 2 63 D 6 cancel busy redial 2 64 D 7 cancel call forward variable 2 64 D 7 cancel call waiting 2 63 D 6 digital direct access 2 64 D 7 direct call pickup 2 63 D 6 pager 2 64 D 7 firewall custom configuration C 1 custom IP filter configuration C 2 default configuration 2 93 statistics 4 15 4 16 viewing settings 2 97 frame relay PVC 2 30 statistics 4 27 sychronous interface 2 29 June 2002 l 3 G gains adjusting digital trunks 2 46 green Ethernet link integrity LED 6 17 green status LED 6 14 ground start ringing 3 50 H hardware configuration displaying 4 44 HDLC inversion 2 28 High level Data Link Control HDLC synchronous interface 2 34 HTTP enabling Web browser 2 130 icmpGroup statistics 4 37 installation preinstallation planning 1 1 requirements 3
110. E WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE BELL LABORATORIES LUCENT TECHNOLOGIES ATTN Customer Documentation Coordinator 67 WHIPPANY ROAD Room 14D 322 POST OFFICE BOX 903 WHIPPANY NJ 07981 0903 NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES 363 211 129 Table of Contents Table of Contents About This Document 1 Preinstallation Planning About This Chapter 1 2 Configuration and Installation Process 1 3 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal About This Chapter 2 3 Preparing the ConnectReach Terminal for Initial Configuration 2 4 Using the Configuration Commands 2 13 Reconfiguring the ConnectReach Terminal 2 128 3 Installation About This Chapter 3 3 What Are the Requirements 3 5 Connector Pin Assignments 3 9 Interface Card Installation 3 17 Mount the ConnectReach Terminal 3 24 Connect Cables to the ConnectReach Terminal 3 34 48 Line Master Slave Configuration 3 46 Analog Voice Interface Considerations 3 50 Alarm Relay 3 53 4 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring About This Chapter 4 3 Using the Statistics Command to Display System Elements Status 44 Miscellaneous Monitoring Commands 4 42 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 Vii viii June 2002 363 211 129 Table of Contents Configure Monitor and Upgrade Software for the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser About This Chapter Preparing Accessing the ConnectReach Terminal Executing Commands from the Main Menu Software Upgrade
111. Example Quickstart The Local Call Routing direct inward dial LCR DID telephony quickstart makes assumptions the following assumptions m One or more DSOs on the Network T1 DSX 1 connect to a long distance carrier m Atleast one foreign exchange office FXO card is present and it is used to connect to a local carrier If these assumptions do not apply to your configuration refer to Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal for more detailed instructions Configuration The following is an example of the procedure for configuring the ConnectReach setting example Terminal in the LCR DID mode 1 B 8 June 2002 Go to the config DSO menu Set analog begin and analog end to the first and last DS0 numbers used for digital trunks Go to the config channel bank menu Set signaling to unconfigured Use the copy to channel data command This takes all voice DSOs out of channel bank mode Go to the config digital trunk menu Set begin and end to the first and last DSO numbers used for digital trunks Set signaling to match the trunk type as configured in the central office Inspect the other parameters for accuracy In most cases they will not need modification Use the copy to channel data command This puts the selected range of DSOs into LCR DID mode and configures them as digital trunks Go to the config analog trunk menu Set begin and end to the first and last cable pairs on the voice channels connector used for analog trunks
112. F Busy treatment busy signal Busy line forward 24 Transmit gain 3 dB Receive gain 3 dB 9 Line configuration The Line menu is part of the LCR DID optional feature The line signaling parameters for the LCA DID lines are set here You need the following information Range for begin and end Line group 1 Line signaling unconfigured Direction two way Outgoing routing LCR Trunk group 1 On hook threshold 1250 milliseconds Far end disconnect enable Polarity reversal enable Trunk ring default double Paging line 0 Hunting most idle Business OfficeXchange BOX features refer to Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal for more information AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 1 11 1 12 June 2002 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning 10 Map extension configuration The Map Extension menu is part of the LCR DID optional feature The extension table associates phone extensions with analog lines Extension digits 2 Assign extension numbers to line numbers with the option of an alternate extension All extension numbers must be unique 11 Dialing configuration The Dialing menu is part of the LCA DID optional feature The dialing table routes calls to digital or analog trunks and translates special numbers such as 411 611 and 911 to seven or ten digit numbers Refer to Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal for more information
113. F format 631 600 293 AnyMedia Access System 52B and 52E Outdoor Electronics Cabinets in PDF format AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 xvii xviii June 2002 363 211 129 About This Document 640 250 307 AnyMedia Access System 92 Type Indoor Electronics Cabinets Description Installation and Operations to be supplied at a later date in PDF format e SLC Documents SLC Series 5 Carrier System J1C182BC 1 Remote Terminal Ring Shelf User Manual in PDF format gt NOTE An Adobe Acrobat Reader is provided to view all PDF files For documents in HTML format users need and must supply their own Web browser to view them The documentation has been verified using the following Web browsers Netscape Navigator 4 0 and Internet Explorer 5 0 or later The AnyMedia Access System Management Interface which includes the graphical system interface GSI and the Network Maintenance Manager is available on CD ROM AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Issue 5 363 211 129 About This Document How to Order This Document Ordering number Order procedure One time orders Standing orders Local exchange carrier orders The ordering number for the AnyMedia Access System ConnectReach Terminal is 363 211 129 To order additional hard copies of this document and or to request placement on the standing order list send or call in an order as follows Telephone Order C
114. Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix C The defaultAction specifies what to do with the packet in the default case defaultAction permitAll is the only factory default statement All means all packets Keyword can be one of the following words Telnet FTP SMTP HTTP PING RIP ICMP TFTP bootp gopher DNS SNMP NTP OSPF NFS FTP data RSVP NHRP POP2 POP3 Default means all of the following protocols Telnet FTP SMTP DNS HTTP PING POP2 POP3 The parameters tcpport udpport and iptype are each followed by a setting for the cmp Cmp can be one of the following gt lt Est means to apply this access list to already established TCP connections All parameters above are optional The only required parameters are Action and Protocol One distinguishable feature of the IP Filter implementation is the presence of the special default keyword This specifies the normal protocols that a typical server would support that is those protocols that should be permitted Telnet FTP SMTP DNS HTTP PING POP2 POPS The default keyword is very useful in cases where access is allowed for just one server on the local area network LAN for all the traffic coming from the wide area network WAN side Enter a question mark to view the settings gt Config IPFirewall InFilterGroup A sample of the Inbound Filter Group settings is as follows Filter Remarks Filter2 Remarks
115. Introduction Contents This chapter provides procedures required for maintaining and correcting trouble conditions that may occur on the ConnectReach Terminal The maintenance procedures are performed on an as needed basis and include the following procedures m Upgrading the ConnectReach Terminal with new software m Archiving the current configuration and accessing archived configurations m Rebooting the ConnectReach Terminal The trouble clearing procedures help locate the source of trouble when the ConnectReach Terminal or associated lines are not operating properly The following procedures and information are included in the trouble clearing area m Understanding the light emitting diode LED status indicators and self test results m Disaster recovery m Connecting T1 line test equipment to the ConnectReach Terminal with T1 DSX 1 network interface 6 2 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing Maintenance Procedures Upgrading the ConnectReach Terminal with New Software Introduction The ConnectReach Terminal software can be upgraded with new software in either of the following three ways m Connecting a computer directly to the RS 232 port by means of a null modem cable and using Xmodem commands to transfer the new software from the local computer m Using a remote computer to dial up a modem connected to the ConnectReach Terminal RS 232 p
116. Lucent Technologies Bell Labs Innovations AnyMedia Access System ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide 363 211 129 Issue 5 June 2002 Copyright 1999 2000 2001 2002 Lucent Technologies All Rights Reserved This material is protected by the copyright and trade secret laws of the United States and other countries It may not be reproduced distributed or altered in any fashion by any entity including other Lucent Technologies Business Units or Divisions without the expressed written consent of the Customer Training and Information Products Organization Notice Every effort was made to ensure that the information in this customer information product CIP was complete and accurate at the time of printing However the information the products and product availability are subject to change Federal Communications Commission FCC Notification and Repair Information This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residence is likely to cause harmful interference in whi
117. MAINT T1 STATUS FRAMING T1 STATUS FRAMING e LT La lee LAgle jo Jo o oe C argens x 0 Position locking ramp of power plug towards top of T1 DSX 1 ConnectReach Terminal Reinstall the 6 32 nut and tighten ACPlug the AC power supply into a grounded 120 V AC receptacle DC Connect the DC power cable to the battery the DC supply or the battery backup unit gt NOTE 11 If the Model LT733 AC to DC power converter with battery backup is used in powering the ConnectReach Terminal refer to the Gordon Kapes Inc Technical Practice for the Model 733 DC UPS Power Supply for information concerning the installation and connection of this unit End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 43 363 211 129 Installation Self test When power is supplied the ConnectReach Terminal performs a self test The results of the test are indicated through illuminating a combination of light emitting diodes LEDs located on the front of the unit The green STATUS LED indicator lights only the STATUS LED indicator when the unit passes all tests and the T1 lines are properly operating LED Indicator ee Recoverable Green Yellow Yellow T1 Red T1 Not STATUS MAINT STATUS FRAMING Condition Recoverable The ConnectReach Terminal passed Normal ON or all tests and is functioning normally operating flashing OFF OFF OFF condition No power available to the ConnectReach Terminal
118. P IP of the network interface card using the following example IP address 192 168 0 2 netmask 255 255 255 0 End of Steps The ConnectReach Terminal can be powered by either a 120 V AC power supply transformer or from a 48 volt power source such as central office CO battery or an approved DC battery backup unit For more information about the power requirements for the ConnectReach Terminal refer to Chapter 3 Installation Make power connections to the ConnectReach Terminal as follows 1 Plug in the power cable from the power supply source into the POWER connector on the ConnectReach Terminal The location of the POWER connector is shown in the following figure a K connecttieach NETWORK T1 SECONDARY T1 VOICE CHANNELS S 232 10BASE_T LINE MONTOR LINE POWER d f c STATUS T MAINT T1 STATUS FRAMING Ti STATUS FRAMING e C L lee mep Jo o m o 0 AX POWER connector T1 DSX 1 Position the power cable connector so that the locking ramp is toward the top of the ConnectReach Terminal as shown in the following figure Position locking ram towards top of unit Plug in the AC power supply transformer into a 120 V AC receptacle or turn on the circuit breaker switch as appropriate AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 7 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 4 Observe the light emitting diodes LEDs on the ConnectReach Terminal to verify that the un
119. P filter defines a set of conditions and the action to be taken permit or deny if all the filter conditions are met The default action permitAll or denyAll handles the case of an IP packet that does not meet the conditions in this IP filter group If an IP packet is for the ConnectReach Terminal for example HTTP or Telnet sessions then the default action for this packet is always pass In other words if none of the filters inside the inbound filter group match then the ConnectReach Terminal will process this IP packet When no filters are defined for any inbound or outbound IP filter groups and the default action is permitAll then the ConnectReach Terminal does not examine packets gt NOTE Changing the default action for any of the four filter groups will change the default action for the other three filter groups as well The order by which filters are applied is important In any given filter group all filters are examined in consecutive order with filter 1 having the highest priority and filter 16 having the lowest priority The default configure command allows the user to define one of the following four standard IP firewall configurations AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 93 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal m P filter m P filter plus server In the above default commands the default IP filter methods only allow outgoing connections to be initiated from
120. Password gt carrier telco Enter password Validate password fig Password gt fig gt save fying system configuration Do you really want to update the system NVRAM configuration n ly y Updating Flash NVRAM wait DONE config gt exit gt warm start Warning Data traffic will be interrupted continue y n y resetting AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 B 3 B 4 June 2002 363 211 129 Appendix B gt NOTE If you change the beginning channel number of the analog range and do a warm start the system will automatically prompt you that it will perform a cold start The next time you connect to the ConnectReach Terminal you will be prompted for a login name and password If you want access to the full set of ConnectReach Terminal configuration and monitoring commands log in with the carrier name and password telco in the example above AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix B Customized Configuration Example Configuration site conditions Configuration settings that need verification Example This configuration applies to sites that Do not use private IP network addresses m Have a telephone system and T1 link to the CO for which the ConnectReach Terminal defaults are not always appropriate Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal describes the defaults fo
121. R STATUS MAINT T1 STATUS FRAMING T1 STATUS FRAMING ez LT T Aap Jo o Ge O eanne Ral RA Ton RS 232 DTE connector T1 DSX 1 gt NOTE 3 The RS 232 connector is a data terminal equipment DTE device and requires a null modem cable when connected to a computer End of Steps Connecting a Remote Computer to the RS 232 Port Make the following connections when using a remote computer to configure the ConnectReach Terminal 1 Connect a modem cable from the modem to the RS 232 connector on the ConnectReach Terminal Connect the modem line cord to a telephone line jack End of Steps Refer to the AnyMedia Access System Commands and Procedures TU 830 Verify Operations Data Link AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Connection at the 10BaseT Ethernet port Power connection Make the following connections when using a local computer to configure the ConnectReach Terminal 1 Connect one end of a crossover cable to the 10BaseT Ethernet connector on the ConnectReach Terminal shown in the following figure SECONDARY T1 VOICE CHANNELS INE MONITOR LINE POWER e Ap TX RK 10BASE T Ethernet connector T1 DSX 1 Connect the other end of the crossover cable to a network interface card on the computer Set the Internet protocol IP address and netmask for transport control protocol Internet protocol TC
122. SES Severely Errored Second A second when 320 or more CRCs and or LOF events have occurred Used in T1 line statistics SF Superframe format Another name for D4 format See D4 SLA Service License Agreement SLA is a contract between a carrier and a customer that specifies a measurable level of service the carrier will provide SLAs offer a way to document the success of a network to meet the needs and expectations of the user Slave A module that operates at the remote end of the circuit SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol A protocol for sending e mail messages between servers SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a network management protocol that allows a network manager to communicate with devices over an IP network and allows a device to send alarm and status messages to an SNMP network management system located either on the LAN or on a remote network sppp Network T1 PPP interface code used in Interface statistics Subnet Logical partitions of a single network T T1 A digital line that carries data at 1 544 Mb s Fractional T1 refers to data transmission between 56 kb s and 1 544 Mb s The ConnectReach Terminal provides twenty four 64 kb s fractions or channels which may be allocated for either voice or data traffic AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 GL 9 363 211 129 Glossary T1 Multiplexer A device that can multiplex 24 channe
123. TTP port number you will need to specify the IP address and port number when you log in to HTTP Use the format http lt IP address gt lt portnumber gt and make sure you include the space before the colon and port number For example http 192 168 0 8 79 For information about configuring the ConnectReach Terminal with a Web browser see Chapter 5 Configure Monitor and Upgrade Software for the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser To disable HTTP use the config HTTP enable off command gt NOTE Do not designate the same port for both HTTP and the Telnet access You can also reconfigure the unit by dialing up from a remote computer to a modem that is connected to the RS 232 port on the ConnectReach Terminal If the connection is inoperable you can reconfigure the ConnectReach Terminal and download new software via the Ethernet connection or the dial up connection to the modem For more information about downloading software see Upgrading the ConnectReach Terminal with New Software on page 6 1 If the ConnectReach Terminal loses its configuration in NVRAM you must use the RS 232 port to reconfigure the unit 4 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 131 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 2 132 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 Installation Contents About This Chapter Introduction What Are the Requirements
124. Terminal m Internet protocol IP m P quality of service QOS m Address resolution protocol ARP m Internet control message protocol ICMP m Transport control protocol TCP m User datagram protocol UDP m Interfaces m Firewall m Network Address Translation NAT m Dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP m Point to Point Protocol PPP m Ti m Voice channels m Frame relay interface m Routing m ConnectReach Terminal ConnectReach gt NOTE In addition to the statistics command you can use syslog to create a log of messages reporting significant events occurring on the ConnectReach Terminal See Configuring SYSLOG on page 2 115 for details Entering the To display statistics for the ConnectReach Terminal you must first switch to the statistics command statistics mode by entering the statistics command at the Main prompt gt statistics 4 4 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring The prompt changes to the statistics prompt statistics gt where you can enter statistics command options Entering the Use the following procedure to enter the desired statistics command option s statistics command 1 Atthe statistics prompt statistics gt enter the appropriate options statistics command option from the following table 2 When you are done enter the Exit command to return to the Main Menu To Enter
125. Terminal The master ConnectReach Terminal must be configured to accept a slave This is done in the Config Secondary Fractional t1 menu The has slave command must be set on For more information on this menu see Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation 15 Follow the instructions in the section entitled Reconfiguring the ConnectReach Terminal on page 2 128 to set up a console session on the slave ConnectReach Terminal The slave unit must be configured as a slave 16 Atthis point the two ConnectReach terminals are connected as master and slave The voice channel details will be configured on the master ConnectReach Terminal The slave ConnectReach Terminal will reflect any changes made on the master ConnectReach Terminal For more information refer to Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal gt NOTE Systems configured for Master Slave have the following limitation the total of combined Lines and Analog trunks are not to exceed 16 on the Master ConnectReach Terminal 17 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 49 363 211 129 Installation Analog Voice Interface Considerations FXS On premises loop lengths of hookup wire Ringer equivalent number REN Minimum ringing voltage 3 50 June 2002 The talk battery of the FXS interface is 25 V DC at 25 mA Ba
126. Top view Front of unit Midway mount preferred Install the brackets as shown to midway mount the ConnectReach Terminal in a 23 inch rack ConnectReach Terminal Top view Front of unit Rear mount Install the brackets as shown to rear mount the ConnectReach Terminal in a 23 inch rack AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Ell ConnectReach E Terminal Top view Front of unit AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 27 363 211 129 Installation Wall Mount Introduction The ConnectReach Terminal can be mounted on a wall using either of the following two methods described in this section Stationary mounting using the mounting brackets supplied with the unit m Attaching the unit s to a hinged wall mount assembly that is fastened to the wall Up to four units can be attached to the hinged wall mount assembly After the first unit is mounted on the assembly extension brackets are used to mount the additional units The hinged wall mount assembly is not supplied with the ConnectReach Terminal and must be ordered separately Wall mount using Use the following procedure to mount the ConnectReach Terminal on a wall using stationary mounting the stationary mounting brackets brackets 1 Attach the short side of the brackets to the ConnectReach Terminal 2 Determine the location and position the unit on the wall Position the VOICE
127. UPS of the APC type is to be installed with the ConnectReach Terminal and you want to receive SNMP traps regarding the UPS you must use a special connector cable to connect the RS 232 port on the UPS unit directly to the RS 232 port on the ConnectReach Terminal The cable must have a connector that is appropriate for the UPS device at one end and a 9 pin D type DTE connector at the other end See Configuring the SNMP Serviceon page 2 84 for configuration commands AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Connector Pin Assignments Introduction General This section lists the connector pin assignments for the AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal cables AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 9 Voice Channels Connector Pin Assignments Voice channels connector pin assignments table 3 10 June 2002 363 211 129 Installation The Voice Channels connector is a 50 pin socket telephony type connector which connects the AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal to telephone punch down block or break out box at the site Pin pairs 1 through 24 correspond to T1 channels 1 through 24 as indicated in the following table Description Pin Signal Name Colors Voice Channel 1 1 Ring blue white 26 Tip white blue Voice Channel 2 2 Ring orange white 27 Tip white orange Voice Channel 3 3 R
128. WAN FR Interface show frinterface see Displaying Statistics for the WAN Frame Relay Interface on page 4 30 Frame Relay PVCs show pvc see Displaying Statistics for Frame Relay PVCs on page 4 33 and IP Protocols show ipsummary see Displaying Statics for IP Protocols on page 4 35 New information for using the template archive see Using Template Archive on page 2 124 New information for using the service level agreement SLA see Using the SLA commands on page 2 31 SOCKS is no longer supported IPX functionality is no longer supported Content This issue of the ConnectReach Terminal contains the following An overview of the ConnectReach Terminal A description of the system and its components Applications services and interfaces of the system Operations of the system Installation of the system Planning and engineering information for the system Ordering information for the system for detailed ordering information see the AnyMedia Access System Ordering Guide code 363 211 125 Table of contents acronym list glossary and index for the document which help the reader find desired information quickly and easily A comment form so readers can give feedback to improve the next revision of the document Document This guide describes how to configure install and manage the ConnectReach organization Terminal The information in this guide is organized as follows About This Docu
129. You need the following information Pattern of detected digits Action on detected digits Primary and alternate trunk groups Trunk access code or local digits DID received digits 2 Pause 2000 12 Voice mail configuration A group of lines may be configured to interface with a voice mail system The voice mail configuration allows for custom configuration as well as five preset voice mail profiles Refer to Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal for more information You need the following information Enable off Line group 5 Integration delay 500 ms Stutter tone off Periodic ring off DTMF settings for direct prefix ring no answer busy no answer forward all unforward and message waiting indicators Preset profile for generic or listed companies 13 Login name and password configuration For security it is recommended that you configure login names and passwords to be used by individuals who require access to the ConnectReach Terminal for configuration and management Two privilege levels are available and you may set up one login name and password for each privilege level gt NOTE If you are upgrading to version 5 x x of the ConnectReach Terminal software from version 3 6 x IPX functionality will no longer be supported AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning 14 15 16 17
130. a PBX or to the local public switched telephone network PSTN Central Office The FXO interface may be configured in either loop start or ground start mode GL 4 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Glossary FXS Foreign Exchange Station An analog line interface which may be connected to a PBX or directly to a telephone station set The FXS interface may be configured in either loop start or ground start mode G Gateway A combination of hardware and software that links two different types of networks Ground Start Loop Start Two common telephone trunk signaling schemes In ground start signaling the device at one end of the connection grounds one side of the line and the device at the other end detects the presence of the ground In loop start signaling one device closes the loop and the resulting current flow is detected by the device at the other end PBX systems usually are connected to ground start trunks and single telephone lines and key systems to loop start trunks The ConnectReach Terminal supports both and automatically detects for channel bank which signaling scheme is used on a line by line basis GSI The software installed on a personal computer running under the Windows operating system that is an interface to control and maintain the AnyMedia FAST shelf telephony services and MDS2 shelf The GSI is used to access the ConnectReach Terminal software for system t
131. ach Terminal ina 19 inch rack ConnectReach Terminal Top view Front of unit itti LILE Midway mount preferred Install the brackets as shown to midway mount the ConnectReach Terminal in a 19 inch rack ConnectReach Terminal tt LLLE Top view Front of unit Rear mount Install the brackets as shown to rear mount the ConnectReach Terminal in a 19 inch rack AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 25 Mount the ConnectReach Terminal in a 23 inch rack 3 26 June 2002 363 211 129 Installation ConnectReach Terminal Crit JILI Top view Front of unit gt NOTE The mounting brackets supplied with the ConnectReach Terminal are for mounting the unit in an American National Standards Institute ANS type relay rack The mounting brackets required to mount the unit in a Telcordia relay rack must be ordered separately Refer to document 363 211 125 AnyMedia Access System Ordering Guide for ordering information To mount the ConnectReach Terminal in a 23 inch rack attach the short side of the brackets to the ConnectReach Terminal You can arrange the brackets for a front midway or rear mount the connectors are located on the front of the unit gt NOTE Attach the short side of the brackets to the ConnectReach Terminal Front mount Install the brackets as shown to front mount the ConnectReach Terminal in a 23 inch rack ConnectReach Terminal
132. ackets to the appropriate destination on the private network This allows an Internet service provider to allocate only one unique IP address to the site the address of the ConnectReach Terminal on its link to the service provider A range of IP addresses from the common pool are then used for all of the user devices on the LAN Suggested private networks are defined in RFC 1918 which lists the pool of IP addresses from which private network addresses may be selected This pool is shown in the following table Address Class Range of Addresses Class A 10 0 0 0 through 10 255 255 255 Class B 172 16 0 0 through 172 31 255 255 Class C 192 168 0 0 through 192 168 255 255 The default IP address assigned to the ConnectReach Terminal 192 168 0 1 isa class C private network address If the ConnectReach Terminal is configured to run dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP and use private network addresses the addresses allocated by DHCP are derived from the same class C network A 8 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 Configuration Examples About This Appendix Introduction Contents This appendix contains examples of configuration sessions ranging from an extremely simple configuration in which only the absolute minimum of parameters are specified to a more complex configuration requiring many parameters to be changed AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 B
133. al User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal gt NOTE If you change any of these commands you must save the configuration and reboot the ConnectReach Terminal using the warm start command for the new settings to take effect 4 End of Steps When DHCP allocates an address to a requesting device DHCP also notifies the device about the address of the default gateway Because the ConnectReach Terminal is the default gateway you do not need to configure this There should be only one DHCP server on a given subnet AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 83 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring the SNMP Service Procedure 2 84 June 2002 At the Config prompt enter the SNMP command config gt snmp The prompt changes to the Config SNMP prompt config SNMP At the Config SNMP prompt enter the appropriate commands and options to configure SNMP from the following table Enter this and specify command this value Comments enable off on Enables SNMP disable Enables SNMP and directly connected UPS upsSnmp enable enable Uninterruptible Power Supply IP address of the SNMP host that will receive snmp host IP address SNMP traps This trap is sent when the unit has been powered on has had a power failure or has been cold start off on rebooted with the Cold start command This trap is sent wh
134. alarm indication signal AIS is a blue alarm not a loopback The time out limit which is expressed in minutes ensures that the T1 line reverts to normal operation automatically after the specified time elapses preventing unnecessary downtime The ConnectReach Terminal responds to remote channel service unit CSU and data service unit DSU loopback requests in accordance with AT amp T Publication 43801 The ConnectReach Terminal does not respond to remote fractional loopback requests in the V 54 or T1 403 annex B specifications The clearloopback command is used to clear a loopback that has been established on a T1 line At the statistics T1 prompt enter the clearloopback command and the appropriate parameters for a T1 line For example AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring statistics Tl gt clearloopback network line Displaying usage The usageReport command is used to display usage report data over a report specified time period for a T1 line The default time period is 8 hours At the statistics T1 prompt enter the usageReport command and specify the number of hours if different from the default of 8 hours For example statistics Tl gt usageReport 4 A report similar to the following example is displayed Tl usage samples during previous 4 hours 5 min O min 5 min O min 5 min Oo IND FSF W FP gt O min 105 min 120
135. allows up to 2 097 152 class C networks 1 2 3 01234567890123456789012345678901 110 Network Host The following table lists the address ranges and their status Address Range Status 192 0 0 0 Reserved 192 0 1 0 through 223 255 254 0 Available 223 255 255 0 Reserved AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix A Class D networks IP multicasting uses class D network addresses As shown in the following figure class D networks use the uppermost 4 bits as 1 1 1 0 The remaining 28 bits are used for multicast groups of computers RFC 1112 describes multicast groups 1 2 3 0123456789012345 6789012345678901 1110 Multicast Address The following table lists the address range and status Address Range Status Reserved for use by IP multicast traffic 224 0 0 0 through 255 255 255 254 Class E networks As shown in the following figure class E networks use the uppermost 4 bits as 1 1 1 1 Class E networks are reserved for future use The only class E address currently used is 255 255 255 255 which is a global broadcast address 1 2 3 0123456789012345 6789012345678901 1111 Reserved AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 A 5 Subnets and Netmasks Subnet description A 6 June 2002 363 211 129 Appendix A Subnets are logical partitions of a single network Subnets are created for admini
136. ame channel along with voice and data signals Red Alarm In T1 a red alarm is generated when a locally detected error such as loss of synchronization exists for 2 5 seconds redirectsent In statistics reports such as IP statistics the number of packets that were redirected to take the shortest route ignals GL 8 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Glossary REN The Ringer Equivalency Number indicates the number of ringers that may be connected to a single telephone line If the number of ringers exceeds the REN of the line some or all of the ringers may not operate RFC Request for Comment A documentation mechanism for developing TCP IP standards procedures and specifications Ring One conductor of a telephone wire pair designated by R RIP Routing Information Protocol A protocol defined by RFC 1058 that specifies how routers exchange routing table information With RIP routers periodically exchange entire tables Router Network layer device that uses one or more metrics to determine the optimal path along which network traffic should be forwarded Routers forward packets from one network to another based on network layer information S Sequence One or more digits range of digits x or local defined in the detect string parameter of the Dialing table that matches a given sequence Example 51092 3 5 matches 510923 or 510924 or 510925
137. amel 168 192 100 23 00s cs FF 211222333 hostname2 expired This is a status report only no errors are reported The hostname field will be hostname unknown if the ConnectReach Terminal has been running for an interval shorter than the DHCP lease time The expired tag appears if the network application running on the client computer allowed the DHCP lease to expire usually because the computer was powered off while the application was running AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 17 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for PPP Entering the PPP Point to point protocol PPP allows a computer to connect to a remote network or command device over either a synchronous interface or a standard dial up telephone line and modem To display the statistics for point to point protocol PPP enter the PPP command at the statistics prompt For example statistics gt PPP Example of PPP The following is an example of a PPP statistics report that will be displayed on the statistics report PC monitor screen Point to Point Protocol Link Control Protocol Status OPENED Internet Protocol Control Protocol Status OPENED This is a status report only no errors are reported 4 18 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics and Setting Clearing Lo
138. amp M signaling input signaling unconfigured Specify the signaling for wnk s imm s dly d incoming E amp M trunks incoming type wnk d Specify the signaling for wnk s imm s outgoing E amp M trunks outgoing type dly d Specify the equipment that fxs loop fxs is attached to the channel ground fxo did fxo bank lines analog interface loop fxo ground Disable if not supported by analog equipment far end disconnect disable enable Disable if not supported by analog equipment loop reversal disable enable Adjust transmit gain tx gain db 0 3 6 Adjust receive gain rx gain db 0 3 6 9 12 Adjust on hook threshold on hook threshold 300 300 2000 msec Set the tip status for alarm conditions alarm state idle busy Set the tip status for all unconfigured channels unconfigured state idle busy Set the delay for loop ground disconnect lp gnd disc delay 20 600 msec Set the line to transmit message waiting signal when on hook on hook tx on off Load a configuration of a channel load template Teer 2A specified channels Access online assistance Write your changes to the Display channel bank mode Configure cross connect copy to channel data Show all cross connect Help AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 4 If you are connected to the ConnectReach Terminal by means of a console session or a Telnet session en
139. ample to run a status report on the Network T1 DSX 1 interface enter Network in the text field next to the statusReport command 4 Click the Run button next to the command for the report you want to run For example if you click the Run button next to statusReport a report similar to the example shown in the following figure is displayed AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 5 9 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser W StatusReport Hetscape Bik File Edit View Go Communicator Help ive 3teaeacg es X Ps Bookmarks Ae Location fhttp 135 185 25 91 statistics T1 status Report StatusReport Network Ti LINE STATUS Loss of Signal YES Unavailable State YES Loss of Frame YES Receive AIS NO Receive RAI NO Transmit RAI YES Transmit AIS NO Loop Status OFF Return to previous page Return to main menu Eyl Documert Done 6 To return to the previous screen click the previous page command at the bottom of the screen 7 End of Steps 5 10 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser Display version The following procedure is used to display the version screen information 1 In the ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu click the version command The Version screen appears An example of the Versi
140. ample of UDP The following is an example of a UDP statistics report that will be displayed on the statistics report PC monitor screen UDP 81 total packets 44 input packets 37 output packets 0 incomplete header 0 bad data length field 0 bad checksum 16 broadcasts received with no ports 0 full socket 4 12 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for Interfaces Entering the To display the statistics for interfaces enter the interfaces command at the interfaces command statistics prompt For example statistics gt interfaces Example of The following is an example of an interfaces statistics report that will be displayed interfaces statistics onthe PC monitor screen report qu unit number 0 Flags 0x63 UP BROADCAST ARP RUNNING Internet address 207 104 144 180 Broadcast address 207 104 144 255 etmask Oxffffff00 Subnetmask Oxffffff00 Ethernet address is 00 60 49 f0 00 05 etric is 0 aximum Transfer Unit size is 1500 85999 packets received 1480 packets sent O input errors 1480 output errors 0 collisions lo unit number 0 Flags 0x69 UP LOOPBACK ARP RUNNING Internet address 127 0 0 1 etmask Oxff 000000 Subnetmask Oxff000000 etric is 0 aximum Transfer Unit size is 4096 0 packets received 0 packets sent O input errors 0 output errors 0 collisions AnyMedia ConnectReach Termina
141. ard variable variable forward number Call forward no answer fwdNoAnsNum number no answer forward number BOX Features Ch Channel number 1 48 fwdBusyNum Call forward busy number busy forward number dRng Distinctive ring off on Xfer Transfer off on Hold Consultation hold off on 3Way Three way calling off on Wait Call waiting off on fwVr Forward variable off on fwNA Forward not available off on fwBy Forward busy off on fwRn Forward rings Ova tO byRdl Busy redial off on tSel Direct trunk access off on pkGp Call pickup group 0 5 For details on the meanings of these configuration settings see the corresponding command descriptions earlier in this section AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 65 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring Extensions Introduction Key commands Procedure 2 66 June 2002 The extension menu associates phone extensions with analog lines This menu is primarily used for line to line calls within the premises The map extensions menu may also be used to route incoming DID calls Refer to the section entitled Configuring Digital Trunks discussed previously in this chapter The extension command is included in the LCR DID telephone functionality mode and the extension menu will appear only when the LCA DID optional feature is installed in the ConnectReach Terminal In the LCRIDID mode additional configuration menus includ
142. as those for the default command To disable backup default routing on the ConnectReach Terminal enter the backupDefault none command Route This command allows the user to add or delete static routes through any IP gateway For convenience the user may specify WAN or PVCn instead of an IP gateway address The WAN and PVCn options have the same definitions as they did in the default command If IP over FDL is enabled in the network menu you may specify a static route using the route add command To specify a router on the Ethernet as the next hop use the GW option followed by the IP address of the router gt NOTE The default route must be set to the Internet access location for a successful Internet connection AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Example of default The following figure provides an example of default and static routes and static routes 213 213 214 x 213 213 213 x Management Private Network PVC2 100 2 2 1 PVC1 WAN IP unnumbered T1 DSX P o pA nso 10BASE_T iE montTon LINE f STATUS g EE MANT THSTATUS FRAMING NE TASTATUS FRAMING LJ gt er Ootie fa OS S El ee oo Ee gij o 21610_fig_159 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 89 Procedure 2 90 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal To configure the sample route shown in the figure p
143. at A ESF a D4 SF Line Coding m B8ZS Q AMI Buildout 40 133 ft 0 dB 0133 266 ft m 266 399 ft m 399 533 ft LI 533 655 ft m 7 5 dB O 15 dB OM 22 5 dB Pulse Density T Off 11 On Alarm Qi Off 4 On Delay 0 15 3600 sec Has slave T Off 1 On 3 DSO Provisioning Voice Channels O Analog channel range Begin ___ End __ Note A total of 24 MW Sec Frac T1 DSX 1 voice channel range Begin__ End ____ none channels are Data Channels M Data channel range Begin End available Ranges L Sec Frac T1 DSX 1 data channel range Begin End___ none must not overlap Aiie i li e e Frac T1 DSX1 0 Low 1 Same DSOs ConnectReach Range 1 4 CU Range 5 8 CU Provisioning Range 9 12 CU Range 13 16 CU Range 17 20 CU Range 21 24 CU ClearReach Off On Feature 1 19 June 2002 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Preconfiguration Worksheet Continued 4 Synchronous Interface 5 Ethernet Interface HDLC Inversion O Off 4 On iFrame Relay DLCI 16 991 LMI type None 171 617 Annex D ANS 0 Q 933 Annex A ITU N391 polling cycles 1 6 255 N392 event threshold 1 3 255 N393 event counter 1 3 10 T391 link integrity polling timer 1 6 10 PVC 1 30 DLCI 16 991 Duplicate and fill IP Address UO IP address in for each PVC LJ Enet IP unnumbered that is to be 11 Disable defined Netmask RIP Q Ena
144. at assigned to the site by the carrier Otherwise all IP addresses may be private gt NOTE 4 The default IP address is 192 168 0 1 which is one of the suggested Class C private network addresses from RFC 1918 see Appendix A IP Network Addresses End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring the Channel Bank Mode Introduction The ConnectReach Terminal acts as a channel bank in which there is a one to one association between T1 voice DSOs digital trunks and analog FXS ports The following figure shows channel bank functionality The telephone symbol represents users of the system The ConnectReach Terminal maps digital trunks to FXS or DID lines Digital Trunk I ConnectReach Terminal FXS Lines FXO DID Trunks Long Distance Local Toll Internet Analog Phones Key System PBX 21610_fig_156a Before configuring the channel bank menu you must know how the digital trunks are configured in the central office and how the equipment connected to the analog ports analog phones PBX or key system is configured The user interface allows you to set up a configuration template which contains commands that are applied to a range of channels The channel bank template contains the following commands m Signaling m Incoming type m Outgoing type m Analog interface m Far end disco
145. atic allocation the translation between the LAN IP addresses and the WAN IP addresses is a static one to one relation Static translation may or may not allow inbound connections from the WAN to the LAN Pass thru groups define LAN IP addresses that are allowed to pass through the NAT firewall The WAN range must be a valid range gt NOTE If the firewall configuration IP filtering plus server is to used in conjunction with NAT a static group with allow inbound enabled for the server must be AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal set up in NAT For examples on NAT configuration see NAT Examples on page B 11 Procedure To configure NAT proceed as follows 1 Atthe config prompt enter the NAT command config gt NAT The prompt changes to the Config NAT prompt config NAT gt 2 Atthe Config Nat prompt enter the appropriate commands and options to configure NAT from the following table Enter this and specify this command value Comments enable off on Enables NAT The submenu for dynamic allocation of Dynamic IP addressing between LAN and WAN The submenu for static allocation of IP Static addressing between LAN and WAN To configure pass thru LAN addresses that are valid Internet IP addresses requires secondary IP address 9see Configuring the Ethernet Interface on PassThru page 2 35 all udp tcp 7 i
146. atic teller machines reservation terminals etc DTMF Dual Tone Multifrequency A type of signaling consisting of a push button or touchtone dial that sends out two discrete tones which are picked up and interpreted by telephone switches AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 GL 3 363 211 129 Glossary EE SS E E amp M Signaling Conventional telephony arrangement that uses separate leads called respectively the E ear lead and M mouth lead for signaling and supervisory purposes In the ConnectReach Terminal references to E amp M signaling refer to a signaling type supported on DID trunks It does not refer to the E amp M signaling used over metallic leads with older transmission equipment ENAT Enterprise Network Address Translation Used in T1 line statistics A utilization of Network Address Translation NAT that allows translation of IP addresses for workstations at remote offices to WAN IP addresses WAN to WAN by means of Frame Relay PVCs ES Errored Seconds ESF Extended superframe format A framing format that allows a maintenance channel and error detection capability on a DS1 Ethernet A standard networking protocol widely used in local area networks for connecting often dissimilar devices Invented by the Xerox Corporation and developed jointly by Xerox Intel and Digital Equipment Corporation Ethernet networks use carrier sense multiple a
147. atistics prompt enter the arp table info command to display the ARP table of IP to MAC address mappings The results will appear as follows the name of the device for the IP address may also be shown 192 168 0 1 at 0 60 49 00 02 87 192 168 0 2 at 0 b0 d0 a5 c8 19 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 9 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for ICMP Entering the ICMP To display the statistics for Internet control message protocol ICMP enter the command ICMP command at the statistics prompt For example statistics gt ICMP Example of ICMP The following is an example of an ICMP statistics report that will be displayed on statistics report the PC monitor screen ICMP 2 call to icmp_error 0 error not generated because old message was icmp Output histogram echo reply 1 0 message with bad code fields 0 message lt minimum length 0 bad checksum 0 message response generated Input histogram echo reply 12 destination unreachable 6 0 message response generated 4 10 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for TCP Entering the TCP To display the statistics for transport control protocol TCP enter the TCP command command at the statistics prompt For example statistics gt TCP Example of TCP The following is an example of a
148. b Browser 5 4 Executing Commands from the Main Menu 5 6 m Displaying Selected Menu Screens 5 6 m Using a Web Browser to Execute a Ping Command 5 15 m Using a Web Browser to Upgrade Software 5 16 m Using a Web Browser to Reboot the ConnectReach Terminal 5 20 m Using a Web Browser to Exit the ConnectReach Terminal Utility 5 22 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 5 1 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser About This Chapter Introduction Contents This chapter explains the use of a Web browser in configuring and monitoring the ConnectReach Terminal The information covered in this chapter includes the following m Preparing the ConnectReach Terminal for access by a Web browser m Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal m Displaying logs and statistics m Upgrading the ConnectReach Terminal with new software m Rebooting the ConnectReach Terminal m Exiting the ConnectReach Terminal Utility gt NOTE Although a Web browser can be used to configure and monitor the ConnectReach Terminal it cannot be used to provision the AnyMedia Access System host 5 2 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser Preparing Accessing the ConnectReach Terminal Preparing the ConnectReach Terminal for Access Using a Web Browser Required items Before you can use a Web bro
149. ble oRxOnly o TxOnly o Disable RIP version 1 O2 NAT Ll Pass In Li Out T SLA 1 Enable T Disable Latency Above CIR SLA Thresholds Below CIR PVC Down Ly PPP IP address a IP address L Enet IP unnumbered 11 Disable IP address of peer PPP device Netmask RIP 1 Enable A RxOnly A TxOnly Lj Disable RIP version 1 112 m HDLC IP address IP address LJ Enet IP unnumbered 1 Disable Netmask RIP 1 Enable A RxOnly A TxOnly T Disable RIP version 1 112 IP address 192 168 0 1 Netmask 255 255 255 0 Secondary IP address 0 0 0 0 Secondary netmask RIP M4 Enable m Rx Only RIP version 411 42 Link integrity testing O Off 41 On 255 255 255 0 m Tx Only Disable 1 20 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Preconfiguration Worksheet Continued 6 Channel Bank Range Begin __ 1 24 End__ 1 24 Beginning and ending of configuration blocks Signaling L Loop ground Q E amp M Ly Unconfigured Incoming type CL Wink start LI Immediate start 4 Delay dial L Wink delay E amp M only Outgoing type QO Wink start T Immediate start A Wink Delay E amp M only Analog interface Q FXS loop start OFXS ground start CL FXO loop start C1 FXO ground start OFXO DID Far end disconnect E amp M only 11 Enabled 1 Disabled Loop reversal 1 Enabled 1 Disabled Transmi
150. c AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Preconfiguration Worksheet Continued Voice Mail Enable NOff On Line group 1 5 Note Configuration Integration delay 0 500 5000 ms is required only if Stutter tone OOff On the LCR feature is Periodic ring Off On enabled DTMF settings for direct prefix ring no answer busy no answer forward all unknown forward and message waiting indications Preset profile Generic O BBS Telecom M Panasonic TD1232 QO Toshiba DK280 M1 Samsung DCS 13 Names and User privilege Name Password Passwords Additional User Access Groups Q Voice Lj Data Lj Physical T Utils Carrier privilege Name Password 14 DHCP Service Enable TOn OOff First IP address in range 192 168 0 2 Last IP address in range 192 168 0 254 Private network On UOff Lease time 600 7200 seconds DNS server IP address 192 168 0 1 Domainname _ 15 SNMP Service Enable 4 On m Off IP address of SNMP host 0 0 0 0 Enable messages Cold start 4 On c Off Warm start T On d Off Link down 4 On d Off Link up 4 On O Off Login failures O On O Off T1 traps Q ESs Q SESs M SEFs m UASs 11 CSSs Q PCVs OLESs Q BESs 1 DMs A LCVs 16 HTTP Web Browser Port Enable J Off On Port Number default 80 17 Telnet Port Enable L Off 1 On
151. ccess System 3 65 build 42 Built Feb 27 2001 17 34 47 NVRAM version 0112 PB SId romInit s v 1 3 1997 03 07 23 44 27 dab Exp Copyright 1996 2001 VINA Technologies Inc System running for 18 days 22 hours 29 mins 13 secs The version information can be interpreted as follows ConnectReach Terminal 3 65 build 42 System image version AVRAM een OLIA Configuration partition version PB Id romInit s v 1 3 Protected boot version AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 43 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Hardware Configuration Entering the show The show hardware command is used to display the current hardware hardware command configuration for the ConnectReach Terminal This command displays information such as the unit s serial number the Ethernet address the amount of main memory and the presence or absence of optional hardware components At the Main Menu prompt enter the show hardware config command gt show hardware config Information about the current hardware configuration for the ConnectReach Terminal is displayed The following is an example of the information displayed Hardware configuration Hardware version 0006 Serial number 0000000000323 Ethernet address 00 60 49 00 02 8C Analog channels 1 8 are type FXS Analog channels 9 16 are type FXO revision A 4194304 bytes of main memory No SIMM memory present Secondary Tl is not
152. ccess collision detect CSMA CD and run over a variety of cable types at 10 Mbps Ethernet is similar to the IEEE 802 3 series of standards F fastpath In statistics reports such as IP statistics the number of packets sent via the fastpath route FDL Facility Data Link An embedded overhead channel with the ESF format traditionally used for maintenance messaging within a carrier network FDL uses the 193rd bit and is a four kb s bandwidth Firewall A combination of hardware and software which limits the exposure of a computer or group of computers to an attack from outside A network level firewall or packet filter examines traffic at the network protocol packet level fragments In statistics reports such as IP statistics the number of packets so long they had to be fragmented fragtimeout In statistics reports such as IP statistics the number of events in which there is a time out due to a delayed fragment Frame Relay A packet switching protocol that performs error checking and efficiently handles high speed bursty data over wide area networks Framing Bit A bit used for frame synchronization Framing Error Occurs when framing bits are set improperly or when the two ends of a circuit are configured for different framing formats FTP File Transfer Protocol A protocol used for reliable file transfers FXO Foreign Exchange Office An analog trunk interface which may be connected to
153. cedure Preserving default settings Every configuration command has a default setting The default setting for each command is displayed on screen in brackets after you type the question mark key at the Config prompt or one of the Config submenu prompts The default command erases all configuration data To set all configuration settings to their default value enter the default command at the Config prompt config gt default The preserve default command erases all configuration data except Ethernet password and RS 232 To set the selected configuration settings to their preserve default value enter the preserve default command at the Config prompt config gt preserve default gt NOTE If you change any of these commands you must save the configuration and reboot the ConnectReach Terminal using the warm start command for the new settings to take effect AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 127 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Reconfiguring the ConnectReach Terminal Session Choices for Accomplishing Reconfiguration Introduction After you are finished with the initial configuration of the ConnectReach Terminal and it is installed at the site and connected to the networks you can reconfigure the unit in any one of the following four types of sessions m A local remote console session This session involves the connection of a computer either directly or
154. cess online assistance The Enet value assigns the primary Ethernet IP address IP unnumbered Using the HDLC At the Config Synchronous interface prompt enter the Modify encap data commands command to access the HDLC commands listed in the following table Enter this and specify this command value Comments IP address znet Enter the IP address for the HDLC IP address Disable interface Enet or disable Enter a netmask such as netmask netmask 255 255 255 0 Enable RxOnly RIP TxOnly Disable Select the mode of RIP to use version RIP ET lt 2 Select the version of RIP to use Help Access online assistance The Enet value assigns the primary Ethernet IP address IP unnumbered 2 34 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring the Ethernet Interface Procedure Use the following procedure to configure the Ethernet interface 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the Ethernet command config gt Ethernet The prompt changes to the Config Ethernet prompt config Ethernet 2 Atthe Config Ethernet prompt enter the appropriate commands from the following table and specify this Enter this command value IP address IP address netmask netmask secondary ip IP address sec netmask netmask Enable RxOnly TxOnly Disable RIP version RIP lJ 2 link integrity test off on
155. ch case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense Security Statement In rare instances unauthorized individuals make connections to the telecommunications network through the use of remote access features In such event applicable tariffs require that the customer pay all network charges for traffic Lucent Technologies cannot be responsible for such charges and will not make any allowance or give any credit for charges that result from unauthorized access Document Ordering Information The ordering number for this document is 363 211 129 To order this document call 1 888 LUCENT8 RBOC BOC customers should process document orders or standing document orders through their Company Documentation Coordinator For more ordering information refer to How to Order Documents in the section About This Document How to Comment on This Document A fedback form is located immediately after the trademarks page of this document Please send or fax your comments and suggestions to ATTENTION Lucent Technologies Customer Documentation Coordinator Room 14D 322 PO Box 903 67 Whippany Road Whippany NJ 07981 0903 Fax 973 581 6646 Trademarks ACCUNET is a service mark of Lucent Technologies Acrobat is a registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated Adobe is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated ANSI is a registered trademark of American National Standards Institute Inc AnyMedia
156. cluded rubber feet to the bottom of the unit to use the feet ConnectReach Terminal on a desktop gt NOTE Mounting brackets are not used for a desktop mount Remove the protective covering from the self adhesive surface on the rubber feet 2 Place the rubber feet in the recessed areas located on the bottom of the case ConnectReach Terminal Bottom of Unit 21610_fig_168a 3 Press firmly to ensure good adhesion of the rubber feet 4 End of Steps 3 32 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation NEBS Cover Installation Optional Introduction The new equipment building standards NEBS installation kit ED 7C830 30 G5 consists of a cover for the ConnectReach Terminal and four 6 32 mounting screws with lock washers The NEBS cover allows the ConnectReach Terminal to meet Telcordia NEBS Level 3 standards GR 63 Procedure The NEBS cover is placed on top of the ConnectReach Terminal and secured on each side with two screws and lock washers as shown in the following figure NEBS Cover 21610_fig_169a ConnectReach Terminal AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 33 363 211 129 Installation e Connect Cables to the ConnectReach Terminal Overview Introduction The following figure summarizes the cable connections to the ConnectReach Terminal Refer to this figure while connecting the cables to the unit RS cee
157. cmp Shows sessions associated with Show sessions config specified parameter all udp tcp Clear sessions associated with Clear sessions icmp specified parameter Help Access online assistance Each submenu command Dynamic Static and PassThru has four groups available for setting allocations The following procedures explain the use of these three commands Dynamic 1 At the specific submenu enter the group to be configured For example config NAT Dynamic gt 1 The prompt changes to the submenu group that is to be configured AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 103 2 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal For example config NAT Dynamic Groupl gt At the submenu group prompt enter the appropriate command from the following Dynamic configuration commands table Enter this command enable IN Start IN End OUT PAT Show Clear Help and specify this value CEE on 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 all tcp udp icmp fall tcp udp icmp PAT Submenu Commands Comments Enables dynamic allocation Enter the starting IP addresses for the range Enter the ending IP addresses for the range Enter the starting IP addresses for the range Submenu for Port Address Translation Shows connections associated with specified parameter for this dynamic group Clear connections associated with specified parameter
158. coming calls from either digital or analog trunks are routed to groups or stations Digital Trunk FXO Analog Trunks ConnectReach Terminal Long Distance Local Toll Internet Data FXO DID Trunks FXS Lines Analog Phones Key System 21610_fig_157a There are two configuration tables that are used to describe this process the detect table and the output table The following figure shows the operation of these tables AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Key commands Detect Table output row pattern 3 411 2 XXXXXXX Output Table digits 1415 DDD14155551212 In this figure the telephone number 411 is detected by detect table row 1 which refers to the output table row 3 This entry in the output table directs the software to seize a trunk from trunk group 7 then delete 411 and dial 1 415 555 1212 Also in this figure any seven digit number is detected by detect table row 2 which specifies that trunk group 3 be used for the call which is to have the digits 1415 inserted The Dialing command is included in the LCR DID telephone functionality mode and the Dialing menu will appear only when the LCR DID optional feature is installed in the ConnectReach Terminal In the LCR DID mode additional configuration menus including the Dialing menu are used to specify call
159. command specifies the trunk group to which this DSO belongs The ConnectReach Terminal supports loop start ground start or conversion from E amp M trunk signaling to loop or ground start The ConnectReach Terminal also provides an unconfigured option for signaling that is absent If the E amp M option is selected then the following E amp M signaling commands must be defined gt NOTE E amp M type incoming E amp M type outgoing In the ConnectReach Terminal references to E amp M signaling refer to a signaling type supported on DID trunks It does not refer to the E amp M signaling used over metallic leads with older transmission equipment Signaling for incoming E amp M trunks is configured to comply with the signaling mode of the provider There are four options wink start wnk s immediate start imm s delay dial dly d and wink delay wnk d With the wink delay option the off hook signal for incoming calls is delayed until the PBX is connected and listening Signaling for outgoing E amp M trunks is configured to comply with the signaling mode of the provider There are three options wink start wnk s immediate start imm s and delay dial dly d AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 45 2 46 June 2002 Direction Incoming routing Line group Digits type Busy treatment Busy forward line Analog transmit gain Analog receive gain 363 211 129 Configuri
160. configuration Response information for each channel bank line on the ConnectReach Terminal The Lines Show all display will appear in the format of the example shown in the following figure Ch Gr Signaling Dir Route OHT Tk Sel FrEndDs BattRev fwdVarNum fwdNoAnsNum 1 1 dloop start two LCR 1250 1 S enable disable 2 1 loop start two LCR 1250 1 enable disable 3 1 loop start two LCR 1250 1 S enable disable 4 1 loop start two LCR 1250 1 S enable disable Ch fwdBusyNum dRng Xfer Hold 3Way Wait fwVr fwNA fwBy fwRn byRdil tSel pkGp 1 on on on on off on on on 4 on off 0 2 on on on on off on on on 4 on off 0 3 on on on on off on on on 4 on off 0 4 on on on on off on on on 4 on oft 0 For the meaning of each column in the display and the range of values see the following table 2 64 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Column Heading Meaning Range of Values Ch Channel number 1 48 Gr Line group Teo lO loop start ground start Signaling Signaling type Unconfigured Dr Direction in two two way Route Outgoing routing type LCR Group OHT On hook Threshold 300 2000 msec Tk Trunk 1 trunk group number Method of outgoing trunk F first available Sel selection S same as incoming FrEndDs Far end disconnect disable enable BattRev Polarity reversal disable enable fwdVarNum Call forw
161. controls whether the secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 going down causes the alarm relay to close Refer to Chapter 6 Software Upgrade Maintenance and Trouble Clearing for more information Alarm Delay This option sets the delay between the secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 alarm and the closing of the alarm relay Has Slave This option allows the ConnectReach Terminal to serve as the master unit in a 48 line master slave configuration Refer to Chapter 3 Installation for details on the 48 line master slave configuration The clock source for the secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 is always internal synchronous to the network T1 DSX 1 Procedure After you have verified the required configuration follow these steps to configure the secondary T1 DSX 1 interface for the ConnectReach Terminal 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the secondary t1 T1 DSX 1 interface or fractional T1 command config gt secondary t1 or config gt fractional tl config Secondary t1 gt or config Fractional tl 2 Atthe Config Secondary Fractional T1 prompt enter the appropriate commands from the following table The default setting for each command appears in brackets Enter this To command and one of these options Enable secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 enable On Off Set the framing format framing ESF D4 Set the line coding format linecode B8ZS AMI al AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 21 2 22 Ju
162. ctReach Terminal from a Web browser there is no copy to channel data command Instead the Update button performs the same function The Show all command displays the data in the individual channels For the Analog and Lines submenus the channel numbers specified in the begin and end commands refer to the analog ports not the T1 DSOs For example in the DSO menu if analog begin is set to 8 then channel 1 in the Analog or Lines submenus refers to the first pair on the analog connector which is connected to DSO number eight In order to avoid confusion we recommend you provision your T1 lines with the voice channels starting at the first DSO In that case the analog ports and DSO channels always have the same numbers The ConnectReach Terminal software will automatically detect the number of voice channels If you are accessing the ConnectReach Terminal by means of the console or Telnet you must use the copy to channel data command after modifying the data in the configuration template If you do not the configuration data for the individual channels will AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Signaling Incoming type Ouitgoing type Analog interface not be modified If you are accessing the ConnectReach Terminal from a Web browser there is no copy to channel data command Instead the Update button performs the same function The Show all command
163. ctive The channel is in ringing mode either by means of the Diagnose be command discussed later in this chapter or because an incoming Finging connection is being requested on the channel The channel has been put in tone1k mode either by the Diagnose command discussed later in this chapter or by the carrier In this tonelk mode a phone attached to the channel will emit an audible 1 kHz tone The channel has been put in reversal mode either by the Diagnose command discussed later in this chapter or by means reversal _ of carrier signaling Hardware to support the channel is present in the ConnectReach Terminal but the channel has not been enabled refer to Chapter _ Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal not active 4 26 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for the Frame Relay Interface Entering the frame The frame command is used to display a frame relay traffic statistics report command At the statistics prompt enter the frame command statistics gt frame The prompt changes to the statistics frame prompt where you can enter the commands listed in the table below These let you see statistics for permanent virtual connections PVCs or local management interface LMI To Enter this command and one of these options Display one or all PVCs Pvc 1 30 all Display LMI LMI Ex
164. d archive gt net download 3 Atthe Archive Net download prompt enter the commands shown in the following table Enter this and specify command this value Comments Host name or IP address of the FTP server on which the configuration is server ipaddr name ip addr_ stored filename pathname Pathname of the file on the FTP server user username Username valid on the FTP server password password Enter the password for the username 4 To start the download enter the do download command archive gt do download 5 After the download completes save your changes 6 10 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing archive gt exit gt config config gt save config gt exit 6 On the Main Menu use the warm restart command to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal gt warm start 7 End of Steps Uploading the Use the following procedure to upload and store the current configuration settings current on a remote computer configuration using a modem gt NOTE The archived configuration will be stored in the file and location you specify when you start a text capture 1 From the remote computer start a Terminal application and dial the modem connected to the ConnectReach Terminal At the login prompt enter your login name and password At the Main Menu prompt enter the archive command gt archive 4 S
165. d Trouble Clearing Trouble Clearing Procedures Using the LED Status Indicators to Isolate Troubles Understanding the The faceplate of the ConnectReach Terminal is equipped with six LED status LED status indicators as shown in the following figure indicators sand wena ad Comnena verwoRKT _ seconoawyri _ VOICE CHANNELS RS 232 10BASE T LINE MONITOR LINE POWER ac STATUS MAINT T1 STATUS FRAMING T1 STATUS FRAMING gt 5 ea ABe o o G o o o bo gena E E e Cee Yellow maintenance LED Yellow T1 status LEDs Red T1 status LEDs T1 DSX 1 The following table lists the possible states of each LED and indicates the condition that corresponds to each state When the Green Status LED is Then The self test was successful no packets On are being sent received The self test was successful data packets are being sent received on the Flashing T1 line The self test failed For details about status codes refer to the following section entitled Using the Self Test Off Results to Detect Troubles When the Yellow Maintenance LED is Then There is a network loopback occurring on On the network T1 DSX 1 line A diagnose command is active or the ConnectReach Terminal is in the Flashing maintenance mode Off The unit is operating normally 6 14 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing When the Yellow
166. d no alternate output row use a dash The digits define the manipulation necessary to complete the call The syntax for this entry are as follows One of the following 0 123456789 will be inserted at the beginning of the dialing string D deletes the current digit from the number dialed P provides a pause The following figure provides an example of an output insert table alt out digit string 3 D 3 The following is an explanation of the detect insert table example The one is deleted which is required by some long distance carriers and the call is routed to trunk group 1 Trunk group 2 is an alternate row 3 The call is routed to trunk 1 with trunk group 2 as an alternate row 3 The call is routed to trunk 2 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 71 2 72 June 2002 Access code Default output Trunk access DID received digits DID undefined type DID undefined line num Pause Extension prefix 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal This command assigns from one to six digits zero through nine as the access code for connecting to an outside trunk or an inside line If the access code is to be used for connecting to an outside line the trunk access command needs to be set to access code The caller dials the access code to get an outside trunk If the access code is to be used for connecting to an inside line the trunk
167. displays the data in the individual channels Use loop gnd for loop or ground start trunks If loop gnd is selected the digital trunk and analog interface must both be loop start or both be ground start The ConnectReach Terminal does not perform loop to ground start conversion Use E amp M to convert digital E amp M to analog loop or ground start signaling Unconfigured is used for all unassigned channels gt NOTE In the ConnectReach Terminal references to E amp M signaling refer to a signaling type supported on DID trunks It does not refer to the E amp M signaling used over metallic leads with older transmission equipment This command is only used for E amp M trunks This command must be set to comply with the signaling mode of the digital trunk for incoming calls The four options are wink start wnk s immediate start imm s delay dial dly d and wink delay wnk a If wink start is selected the ConnectReach Terminal sends a wink as soon as the central office seizes the trunk to make an incoming call If wink delay is selected the wink is delayed until the device on the analog port has answered the call and is listening Wink delay is normally used with PBXs Voice Mail systems etc This command is only used for E amp M trunks This command must be set to comply with the signaling mode of the digital trunk for outgoing calls The three options are wink start wnk s immediate start imm s and delay dial d y
168. ds mainly on one factor namely whether or not the site is considered a private data network In a private data network addresses are obtained from a common pool of addresses and are not guaranteed to be unique on the Internet Therefore to prevent confusion over packet destinations the addresses cannot be visible to the Internet Instead an address translating scheme such as combined Network Address Translation NAT and Port Address Translation PAT can be used to manage the mapping of packets to the appropriate destination on the private network Appendix A P Network Addresses describes private network addresses in more detail The following steps provide a summary of the action required to configure and install the ConnectReach Terminal 1 Verify that the site meets the installation and site requirements listed in Chapter 3 Installation 2 Use the Preinstallation Worksheet to record the site s installation requirements 3 Using the Preconfiguration Worksheet record the site s configuration requirements gt NOTE The procedures in this manual are written with the assumption that the ConnectReach Terminal will be configured in a staging area before it is installed at the customer site If the ConnectReach Terminal is to be configured after installation then the ConnectReach Terminal should be installed next using the procedures in Chapter 3 Installation and then configured using the procedures in Chap
169. e Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring DSO Provisioning Introduction A T1 consists of 24 time division multiplexed channels which are called DSOs The DSO provisioning menu maps ranges of DSOs to any of these destinations Analog Data Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 voice Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 data Alignment of Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 ConnectReach gt NOTE Voice DSOs to analog FXS and FXO ports Data DSOs for Ethernet hosts or for the ConnectReach Terminal s internal router Voice DSOs for a PBX or channel bank connected to the Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 interface Transparent data DSOs for a CSU router connected to the Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 interface The two options are as follows 1 The DSOs on the Network T1 DSX 1 can be connected to the same DSO numbers on the Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 2 The lowest numbered DSO on the Network T1 DSX 1 that is assigned to the Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 port can be connected to the first DSO on the Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 If the lowest numbered DSO option is used with the Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 port and analog ports are enabled a fractional T1 digital signal processor DSP combination circuit card is required Channel unit assignment to DSO channels and change of status of the ClearReach feature Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 voice uses robbed bit signaling RBS
170. e Issue 5 June 2002 2 117 2 118 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal The fields have the meanings shown in the following table Field Meaning PRI A combination of the facility and severity of the message mm The three letter abbreviation for the month dd The day of the month hh mm ss The time The hostname of the unit sending the message This field may con hostname tain any user specified string including the IP address of the IAD The name of the program or process that generated the TAG message Message Text The textual content of the message gt NOTE The time and date fields reflect the current time date information on the source IAD When Network Time Protocol NTP is enabled on the IAD this time date information can be derived from an external clock source If NTP is not enabled the information reflects the time elapsed since the most recent reboot added to January 1 1970 The messages as described in RFC 3164 appear as shown in the following example lt lo gt Jan 11 12 22 14 Cust X 1 conf Command DHCP This message would appear in the implementation of a ConnectReach Terminal SYSLOG as shown in the following table Sample SYSLOG message Priority Severity Log Message 1 User Info Jan 11 12 22 14 Cust X 1 conf Command DHCP The messages in the following table are a typical log Note that the PRI value is interpreted PRI 16 is d
171. e ConnectReach Terminal Introduction Three The ConnectReach Terminal can be mounted in one of three configurations configurations to m Rack mount 19 or 23 inch ANSI or Telcordia rack mount the unit Wall mount stationary or hinged bracket m Desktop mount Clearances The following table lists the required clearances to install the ConnectReach Terminal Area Clearance Inches Above unit 1 75 Below unit 0 Front of unit near connectors 5 Rear of unit 0 6 Sides of unit 2 3 24 June 2002 AnyMeaia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Rack Mount gt NOTE Mount the The mounting brackets supplied with the ConnectReach Terminal are for ConnectReach mounting the unit in an American National Standards Institute ANS type Terminal ina relay rack The mounting brackets required to mount the unit in a Telcordia 19 inch rack relay rack must be ordered separately Refer to document 363 211 125 AnyMedia Access System Ordering Guide for ordering information To mount the ConnectReach Terminal in a 19 inch rack attach the long side of the brackets to the ConnectReach Terminal as shown in the following illustrations You can arrange the brackets for a front midway or rear mount the connectors are located on the front of the unit gt NOTE Attach the long side of the brackets to the ConnectReach Terminal Front mount Install the brackets as shown to front mount the ConnectRe
172. e ConnectReach Terminal for Initial Configuration Equipment Required to Set Up the ConnectReach Terminal List of required In order to initially configure the ConnectReach Terminal you will need the equipment following components and equipment m A ConnectReach Terminal system unit with a 120 V AC power supply transformer and power cord or a DC power cord Acomputer equipped with a terminal emulation application for null modem or dial up modem connections This can be an BM compatible personal computer PC running an application such as HyperTerminal or a UNIX workstation running tio or any computer running a similar application The Telnet application is used for Ethernet connections m A connection between the ConnectReach Terminal and a computer terminal that can be accomplished in one of the three following ways Amodem and cable for remote connection Anull modem cable to connect to the serial port of a local computer terminal For information about the pin assignments on the RS 232 connector refer to Chapter 3 Installation An Ethernet cross over cable to connect to the Ethernet port ona computer equipped with an Ethernet card required only when a PC is being connected to ConnectReach Terminal 10BaseT port The ConnectReach Terminal Ethernet port operates in half duplex transmission mode m If the ConnectReach Terminal is being configured from the GSI at the AnyMedia Access System the following connection
173. e IP To display the statistics for IP enter the IP command at the statistics prompt For command example statistics gt ip Example of IP The following is an example of an IP statistics report that will be displayed on the statistics report PC monitor screen total 794 badsum 0 tooshort 0 toosmall 0 badhlen 0 badlen 0 fragments 0 fragdropped 0 fragtimeout 0 forward 0 cant forward 11 redirectsent 0 fastpath 0 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 7 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for QOS Entering the QOS IP quality of service QOS is a networking term that specifies a service level command To display the statistics for QOS enter the Qos command at the statistics prompt For example statistics gt qos Example of QOS The following is an example of an QOS statistics report that will be displayed on statistics report the PC monitor screen QOS PACKET STATISTICS QOS is enabled Highpriority packets Tx 52 x Low Priority packets TX 395 Highpriority packets Tx Errors 0 4 8 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for ARP Entering the ARP Address Resolution Protocol ARP is a TCP IP protocol used to convert IP command addresses to physical addresses such as Ethernet MAC addresses for devices At the st
174. e main ground buss at the installation site using established installation practices Route the AC power supply or DC power cable above the VOICE CHANNELS connector on the master unit Place a tie wrap through the tie wrap loop located in the upper right hand corner of the master unit front faceplate Secure the power cable to the master unit using the tie wrap Position the power cable plug so that the locking ramp is facing up toward the top of the unit connectReach NETWORK T1 Q SECONDARY T1 VOICE CHANNELS S 232 10BASE T DTE LINE MONITOR LINE Power MAINT T1 STATUS FRAMING T1 STATUS FRAMING El o J o MOTI TEG Position locking ramp of power plug towards top of T1 DSX 1 ConnectReach Terminal Insert the power cable plug into the POWER connector located on the master unit Remove the 6 32 nut from the stud located next to the POWER connector Install the retaining bracket for the power connector Reinstall the 6 32 nut and tighten ACPlug the AC power supply into a grounded 120 V AC receptacle DC Connect the DC power cable to the battery the DC supply or the battery backup unit Make powering arrangements and apply power to the slave ConnectReach Terminal according to instructions in the section entitled Power connection on page 2 7 Refer to the section entitled Session Choices for Accomplishing Reconfiguration on page 2 128 to set up a console session on the master ConnectReach
175. each Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing 6 Enter the exit command to return to the Main Menu 7 End of Steps Definition of diagnose command options Normal Idle Busy Ringing Tone1k Reversal AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 The diagnose command options are described as follows In normal mode signaling passes through from the T1 line to the phone and the channel is able to process calls normally All the remaining modes interrupt the T1 signaling and force a state other than normal When set to idle mode a connected phone should detect tip open on the channel for example a dial tone If it does the line should be able to receive calls when reset to normal mode When set to busy a connected phone should detect tip closed on the channel for example a busy signal If it does the line should be able to receive calls when reset to normal mode When set to ringing mode a connected phone should ring for 2 seconds on and 4 seconds off If it does the line should be able to receive calls when reset to normal mode When set to tone1k mode the line should emit a constant 1 kHz tone audible on a connected phone If it does the line should be able to receive calls when reset to normal mode When set to reversal mode the polarity of tip and ring are reversed for the channel To verify that the line is in reversal mode use external tes
176. each Terminal Using a Web Browser 5 sr ConnectReach Netscape BEE File Edit View Go Communicator Help J d A72 nad amp 7 Bookmarks Goto ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu config statistics network upgrade archive version show hardware config log diagnose ping l Run IP address times warm start cold start slave warm start slave cold start Help exit Fil Document Done End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 5 5 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser Executing Commands from the Main Menu Displaying Selected Menu Screens Display config The following procedure is used to display the configuration submenu and make submenu necessary changes to the configuration settings 1 In the ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu click the config command Refer to the following figure for a sample of the Config submenu that appears Config Netscape Network t1 Secondary t1 DS0 Provisioning Synchronous interface Ethernet Channel bank Digital trunk Analog trunk Line Map Extensions Dialing Voice Mail Passwords DHCP SNMP Route FIREWALL Ftp log durnp features show featurekey show save default preserve default Help Return to main menu 2 Inthe Config submenu click a command to change configuration settings for that command 5 6 June
177. ear the statistics reports For more information about the Statistics commands see Chapter 4 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Log You may display but not clear the ConnectReach Terminal logs For more information see Chapter 4 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Version You may display the ConnectReach Terminal s current version information For more information see Chapter 4 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Show Hardware Config You may display the ConnectReach Terminal s hardware configuration information For more information about the Show Hardware Config command see Chapter 4 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Ping You may ping a device on the LAN or WAN For more information about the Ping command see Chapter 4 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Exit For more information about the Exit command refer to the section entitled Exiting the Utility on page 2 11 presented previously in this chapter AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 81 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring the DHCP Service Introduction Procedure 2 82 June 2002 DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol is used by the ConnectReach Terminal to dynamically assign IP addresses so PCs and other workstations can connect to the network and perform common network functions without an administrator having to assign IP addresses manually 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the DHCP c
178. econd off hook pulse then returns to the on hook state The originating trunk detects this wink back waits at least 210 milliseconds sends out digits and then rings the analog line When the call is answered the ConnectReach Terminal transmits an off hook pulse WWW World Wide Web A system of Internet servers that support specially formatted documents The documents are formatted in a language called hypertext markup language HTML that supports links to other documents as well as graphics audio and video files This means you can jump from one document to another simply by clicking on hot spots X Xmodem One of the most popular file transfer protocols Although Xmodem is a relatively simple protocol it is fairly effective at detecting errors It works by sending blocks of data together with a checksum and then waiting for acknowledgment of the block s receipt The waiting slows down the rate of data transmission considerably but it ensures accurate transmission Y Yellow Alarm A yellow alert is a T1 alarm signal sent back toward the source of a failed transmit circuit The alert sends zeros in bit two of all time slots Also see RAI AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 GL 11 363 211 129 Glossary GL 12 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 Index EE A B AC power bridge mode 6 24 connecting 3 43 3 48 requirements 3 6 AC ringing s
179. econdary IP address for the Ethernet Interface before enabling Pass Thru definition see Pass Thru on page 2 105 and Configuring the Ethernet Interface on page 2 35 Channel Bank Configuration has on hook tx command see Configuring the Channel Bank Mode on page 2 37 Dialing Configuration has extension prefix command see Configuring Dialing on page 2 68 SNMP Service commands has upsSnmp enable command and additions to Traps table see Configuring the SNMP Service on page 2 84 Updated Frame Relay Interface Statistics see Displaying Statistics for the Frame Relay Interface on page 4 27 IP filtering changed to four filtergroups and sixteen filters see Configuring the Default Firewall on page 2 93 and Appendix C Custom Firewall Configurations QOS has changed For configuration see Configuring QOS on page 2 111 and for statistics see Displaying Statistics for QOS on page 4 8 UPS with special cables note see Cables on page 3 8 Ethernet port transmission mode is half duplex see Connect the Ethernet and T1 cables to the unit on page 3 42 New Line Statistics Events table see Displaying Statistics and Setting Clearing Loopbacks on a T1 Interface on page 4 19 New SYSLOG command added see Configuring SYSLOG on page 2 115 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Issue 5 363 211 129 About This Document New Lines Show all response see Lines Show all Response on page 2 64 New statistics commands
180. ectReach Terminal The following topics are included in this chapter m Installation and site requirements m Safety precautions a What is included with the ConnectReach Terminal m Installing the voice interface optional circuit cards m Installing the new equipment building standards NEBS cover optional m Mounting the ConnectReach Terminal in a rack on a wall or on a desktop m Connecting cables to the ConnectReach Terminal and applying power m Connecting a ConnectReach Terminal to a ConnectReach Terminal allowing more than 24 voice channels m Using the alarm relay of the ConnectReach Terminal Safety Precautions Before installing the ConnectReach Terminal read the following basic safety precautions m Read and understand all instructions m Exercise caution when connecting the ConnectReach Terminal to telephone wires Hazardous voltage may be present m Do not install telephone wiring during a lightning storm Before installing or servicing the ConnectReach Terminal disconnect all power connections from wall outlets and disconnect all telephone lines at the network interface m When installing or connecting electrical wiring that is external to the ConnectReach Terminal follow the provisions of the current edition of the National Electrical Code or other wiring rules that may apply Do not install or use the ConnectReach Terminal near water or wet areas Standard system The following items are included in the ConnectReach Terminal
181. een To save your settings in nonvolatile random access memory NVRAM in the ConnectReach Terminal click the save command in the Config screen To return to the Main Menu click the Main Menu command at the bottom of the Config screen End of Steps Some parameters take effect as soon as you click the save command but others require that you reboot the ConnectReach Terminal See the detailed descriptions June 2002 5 7 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser of configuration parameters in Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal for information on whether the parameters require a reboot to take effect gt NOTE In most cases if a reboot is required you click the warm start command However if you change the beginning channel number of any range in the DSO Provisioning menu and do a warm start the system will automatically prompt you that it will perform a cold start Refer to the section entitled Using a Web Browser to Reboot the ConnectReach Terminal located later in this chapter for information on the warm start and cold start commands Display statistics The following procedure is used to display the statistics submenu select a report submenu from the submenu to be displayed and enter any options associated with the report 1 Inthe ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu click the statistics command Refer to the following figure for a sample of the Statistics
182. ements of end to end latency below Committed Information Rate CIR DDR above CIR DDR ratios and various statistics on the PVC status For ease of management a number of SLA SNMP traps have been made available The SLA implemented for the ConnectReach Terminal is proprietary therefore monitoring is possible between two or more ConnectReach Terminal units connected through a Frame Relay network SLA statistics are stored in intervals of 15 minutes and kept for a period of 24 hours All SLA statistics are based on the proprietary MIB SLA requires the activation of the SLA feature key see Setting Features on page 2 122 1 Atthe config Frame relay PVCn prompt enter SLA config Frame relay PVC1 gt SLA The prompt changes to the config FrameRelay PVC1 SLA prompt config FrameRelay PVC1 SLA gt AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 31 2 32 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 2 At the config FrameRelay PVC1 SLA prompt enter the appropriate commands see the following table The default setting for each command appears in brackets Configuration Commands Enter this command enable CIR LatencyThreshold aboveCIRThreshold belowCIRThreshold PVCDownThreshold Help and specify this value off on 0 2048 KB 0 10000 ms O 10000 O 10000 0 100 Comments Enable SLA on this PVC Specify CIR Committed Informa
183. en the unit has detected a failure and has rebooted preserving voice traffic or has been rebooted with the Warm start warm start off on command This trap is sent when the Ethernet or T1 Link down off on interface has been disconnected This trap is sent when the Ethernet or T1 link up off on interface has been connected This trap is sent after each login failure has login failures off on occurred Help Access online assistance At the Config SNMP prompt enter the t1 t raps command T1 DSX 1 interface config SNMP gt tl1 traps or traps The prompt changes to the Config SNMP T1 prompt config SNMP T1 gt or config SNMP The following table lists the SNMP T1 Traps These traps set the T1 thresholds encountered by a DS1 interface If the threshold is reached within the current 15 minute period the associated trap will be sent To disable a T1 trap set it to 0 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal ESs SESs T1 Trap Meaning Errored Seconds Severely Errored Seconds Description Seconds when either a Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC or a Loss of Frame LOF event or both has occurred Equipment that counts Controlled Slips CSs includes the Bursty Errored Second BES Severely Errored Second SES and Unavailable Second UAS counts in ES Seconds when 320 or more CRCs and or LOF events have occurred Equ
184. en your testing is complete you clear any mapping that may conflict with those on the network Procedure Use the following procedure to map an IP address to a physical address 1 Atthe config prompt enter the ARP command config gt ARP The prompt changes to the config ARP prompt config ARP gt 2 Atthe config ARP prompt enter the ARP command and parameters to carry out the tasks listed in the following table To Enter this command _ and specify the value Convert an IP address or host IP address host server s address to a physical Ethernet address address arp xX k xX x x x Clear one or all ARP mappings clear arp ALL IP address Display the table of all ARP mappings show arp table Access online assistance Help Enter mappings as shown in the following examples config ARP gt arp 192 168 0 1 00 60 49 00 02 87 config ARP gt arp www vina tech com 02 01 53 00 42 12 To clear a specific mapping use the Clear ARP command as in the following example config ARP gt clear arp 192 168 0 1 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 91 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal To display the table of all ARP mappings use the Show ARP table command The results will appear as follows 192 168 0 1 at 0 60 49 00 02 87 192 168 0 2 at 0 b0 d0 a5 c8 19 gt NOTE The new command values do not take effect until you save the configuration and
185. enter the IP address or host name assigned to the ConnectReach Terminal in the Location Address box and press the Return Enter key The following figure shows an IP address entered in the Location text box in the Netscape Navigator browser IP Address of Bile Edit View Go Favorites Help ConnectReach ona Qa 62K DB a Back Sop Bekash_ aA rur Paw Fent__ Mel Terminal Address hitp 195 185 26 91 Slim gt NOTE If you are connecting to the ConnectReach Terminal from the local area network LAN the IP address you use should be the ConnectReach Terminal s address on the LAN If you are connecting to the ConnectReach Terminal from the wide area network WAN the IP address you use should be the ConnectReach Terminal s address on the link to the central office CO 3 The ConnectReach Terminal prompts you to enter a login name and password in the Password dialog box as shown in the following figure Enter Network Password 1 x Please enter your authentication information Cancel Resource ConnectReach Access System Username Password gt NOTE If no login name and password are assigned leave the Name and Password dialog box blank and click OK 4 After you log in the ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu appears The following figure shows an example of the Main Menu 5 4 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectR
186. equirements 3 6 default command 2 127 configuration settings 2 127 modem settings 2 5 desktop mount 3 32 detect table 2 69 diagnose command 6 20 dialing configuring 2 68 detect table 2 69 output table 2 71 DID analog interface for channel bank 2 39 digital trunk routing 2 46 line group forward 2 46 received digits 2 72 digital direct access 2 64 D 7 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Index Digital trunks configuring 2 44 direct call pickup 2 63 D 6 direct trunk select 2 62 disaster recovery 6 23 displaying current configuration settings 2 126 DHCP statistics 4 17 firewall statistics 4 15 4 16 frame relay interface statistics 4 27 Frame Relay PVCs statistics 4 33 hardware configuration 4 44 hardware configuration using a Web browser 5 11 interface statistics 4 13 IP protocols statistics 4 35 log 6 18 NAT statistics 4 16 PAT statistics 4 16 PPP statistics 4 18 route statistics 4 40 T1 statistics report 4 20 T1 status 4 21 T1 usage report 4 23 T1 DSX 1 interface statistics 4 19 UDP statistics 4 12 version number 4 43 voice channels statistics 4 24 WAN Frame Relay Interface statistics 4 30 distinctive ring 2 61 document purpose xi Domain Name Service DNS configurationProxy DNS 2 108 DHCP 2 82 domain name configuring 2 82 downloading new software 5 16 DSO provisioning configuring 2 23 2 24 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP configuration 2 82 statistics 4 17
187. er mounting the ConnectReach Terminal you are ready to connect the cables to the unit Connect the Ethernet and network cables to the ConnectReach Terminal 1 Connect the Ethernet cable from the Ethernet network hub to the 10BASE T connector on the ConnectReach Terminal The Ethernet port on the ConnectReach Terminal operates in half duplex mode 2 Connect a shielded T1 cable to the NETWORK T1 LINE connector on the ConnectReach Terminal Connect the unit to the phone system of the site and analog trunk lines gt NOTE The secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 cable is normally a crossover cable PBX or key system with T1 interface Connect a shielded T1 cable from the private branch exchange PBX or key system with T1 DSX 1 interface to the SECONDARY FRACTIONAL T1 LINE connector located on the ConnectReach Terminal Phone system using the FXS or FXO interface Connect a standard 50 pin Telco cable from the punch down block or break out box to the VOICE CHANNELS connector located on the ConnectReach Terminal Connect AC power supply or DC power cables and power the ConnectReach Terminal 1 A ground stud is provided on the front panel of the ConnectReach Terminal for a hard ground connection Attach the crimp type ring lug of a main ground buss conductor to this ground stud Frame ground is provided in the power connector However we recommend that the hard ground connection be made for all installations especially
188. erface Statistics Descriptions Display Field Corresponding MIB Field Description LMI Status LMIState frDlcmiState State of LMI over the Link UP LMI configured and communicating with far end DOWN LMI configured but not communicating with far end Inactive LMI not configured See RFC 1315 for details TotalStatEnqTx A Total Status Enquiries sent TotalStatRespRx A Total Status Response Messages received FullStatEnqTx A Full Status Enquiries sent FullStatRespRx A Full Status Response messages received InvalidLMIMsgsRx A Number of invalid LMI messages received LastSeqNumRx A Last sequence number received LocalSeqNum A Local sequence number SeqNumSyncErrors A Sequence number error count Interface Driver Status State ifAdminStatus Interface status ifOperStatus MTU ifMtu Maximum Transfer Unit Bandwidth ifSpeed Interface Data Rate in kilobytes per second TxFrames ifOutUcastPkts Number of packets transmitted for this interface TxOctets ifOutoctets Number of octets transmitted for this interface TxFrameFails ifOutDiscards Number of discarded transmit packets for this interface xErrorStatus N A Number of Transmission errors for this interface RxFrames ifInUcastPkts Number of packets received for this interface RxOctets ifInOctets Number of octets received for this interface RxErrorFrames ifInErrors Number of packets received in
189. ess If you are using the RS 232 port or the Telnet for access use a Web browser instead If you are using a Web browser log in via the RS 232 port or Telnet instead AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 79 Add a login and password Change an existing password Deleting a password 2 80 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Add a login name and password using the following procedure 1 At the Config prompt enter the password command config gt password The prompt changes to the Config Password prompt config Password 2 Atthe Config Password prompt enter the privilege and the corresponding login name as shown in the following table Login names can range from 4 to 16 characters in length To Enter this command and specify the value Add a login name with USER access privilege user name Add a login name with CARRIER access privilege carrier name Access online assistance Help 3 The utility then prompts you to enter a password for the login name Passwords can range from 4 to 16 characters in length After you enter the password the utility prompts you to confirm the password by entering it again gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values 4 End of Steps To change the password for an existing login name follow the same
190. ess Source Netmask and or Destination IP Address Destination Netmask 25 RS 232 Port Baud rate 19600 This is the default and recommended setting 419200 38400 26 SYSLOG mOn Off IP Address of Host IP add name of source access facility Q Security Authorization msgs Duplicate and fill in this numbered item of the worksheet for each set of channels requiring different configuration AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning 1 26 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Contents About This Chapter Introduction Preparing the ConnectReach Terminal for Initial Configuration Equipment Required to Set Up the ConnectReach Terminal Making Connections to the ConnectReach Terminal Initiating a Session with the ConnectReach Terminal Using the ConnectReach Terminal Utility Using the Configuration Commands Basic Procedure For Using the Configuration Commands Configuring the Network T1 DSX 1 Interface Configuring the Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 Interface Configuring DSO Provisioning Configuring the Synchronous Interface Configuring the Ethernet Interface Configuring the Channel Bank Mode AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 page 2 3 2 3 2 4 2 4 2 5 2 9 2 10 2 13 2 13 2 17 2 20 2 23 2 28 2 35 2 37 June 2002 2 1 2 2 June 2002 363 211 129
191. etting with the carrier AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Statistic Status Enquiries Definition Query of the other end of the connection to see if the link with the Frame Relay switch is active Full Status Enquiries Query of the other end of the connection for all information on every path in every PVC CRC Errors Cyclic Redundancy Checks of HDLC frames LOW Buffer Drops Number of packets dropped due to the high priority queue being full If it is high it indicates the system cannot generate more packets due to traffic Queue Full Drops Number of packets dropped due to a full queue it indicates that the link is too busy and the rate of sending needs to be reduced tem cannot generate more Circuit Errors Errors due to the LMI link down for any of various reasons Send Data Errors Typically the sum of Low Buffer Drops and Queue Full drops if the number is greater than this sum it indicates other prob lems sending data If the cyclic redundancy check CRC error count increments rapidly a problem with the physical connection is indicated If the field increments gradually verify whether the error rates fall within the carrier s guaranteed Quality of Service If they do not contact the carrier AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 29 363 211
192. ew values gt NOTE If you change the beginning channel number of any range in the DSO Provisioning menu and do a warm start the system will automatically prompt you that it will perform a cold start For ConnectReach terminals hosted from a GR 303 VRT executing a warm start command will drop all existing calls To initiate a warm start reboot select the warm start command from the ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu Performing a cold start command is the equivalent of cycling power to the ConnectReach Terminal All connections both voice and data are interrupted and new connections cannot be made during the time it takes for the hardware to initialize and run the self test routines and the system software to initialize and read saved configuration information approximately 40 seconds The cold start command is used when an error condition can only be resolved by completely reinitializing the ConnectReach Terminal In addition a cold start is required if you change the starting channel of any range of voice or data channels To initiate a cold start command click the cold start command on the ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu The ConnectReach Terminal terminates your hypertext transfer protocol HTTP session and reboots To initiate a cold start reboot select the cold start command from the ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 6 13 363 211 129 Maintenance an
193. eway and therefore does not forward packets this counter includes packets discarded because the destination address was not a local address The number of input packets for which this device was not their final IP destination as a result of which an attempt was made to find a rout to forward them to that final destination If device is not an IP Gateway this counter will include only those packets which were Source Routed via this device and the Source Route option processing was successful InDelivers ipInDelivers The total number of input packets successfully delivered to IP user protocols including ICMP 4 36 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Display Field ReassemblyTimeout Corresponding MIB Field ipReasmTimeout Description The maximum number of seconds which received fragments are held while they are awaiting reassembly at this device ReassemblyReqds ipReasmReqds The number of IP fragments received that needed to be reassembled at this device ReassemblyFails ipReasmFails The number of failures detected by the IP reassembly algorithm for whatever reason timed out errors etc Note that this is not necessarily a count of discarded IP fragments since some algorithms notably the algorithm in RFC 815 can lose track of the number of fragments by combining them as they are received
194. f main memory No SIMM memory present Secondary Ti is present DSP is present Return to main menu E Netscape 2 To return to the Main Menu click the Main Menu command at the bottom of the show hardware config screen 3 End of Steps Display logs of The ConnectReach Terminal keeps logs of various kinds of events and errors events and errors The following procedures describe how to access clear start stop and view the status of the logs For more information about interpreting the logs refer to Chapter 6 Software Upgrade Maintenance and Trouble Clearing 5 12 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser To Display a Log Screen and Set Parameters 1 In the ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu screen click the log command and the Log screen appears Refer to the following figure for a sample of the Log screen that appears pa Log Hetscape iof x File Edit View Go Communicator Help ive 220 5 Ss py z Bookmarks Gate eventdump Run max recs tidump Run max recs clear Run event H all stop continue status Help Return to main menu Log Netscape 2 Inthe Log screen next to either the Eventdumpor Tldump option enter the maximum number of log event records you want to display Click the Run button next to the option 4 End of Steps
195. fig FrameRelay PVC3 gt IP address Enet config FrameRelay PVC3 gt NAT IN For details on these Frame Relay commands see Configuring using the PVC submenu commands on page 2 30 config IPRoutes gt default PVC2 For details see Configuring Routes on page 2 87 in this Guide config Ethernet gt IP address 192 168 0 1 For details see the Configuring the Ethernet Interface on page 2 35 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 E 7 363 211 129 Appendix E Configuring IP Packet Filters to Bypass NAT If you need to bypass the NAT module from an IP host or from all hosts on a network you can use the following procedures The filters can be used on both source and destination IP addresses In order for host A to bypass the NAT module to host B and vice versa where host A is located on the WAN side of the ConnectReach Terminal and host B is located on the LAN side of the ConnectReach Terminal take these steps 1 To navigate to IP Packet Filter Group configuration enter the configuration and IPFirewall commands and for the Inbound Firewall Group enter INFilterGroup 2 Atthe config IPFirewall INFilterGroup prompt enter the following 1 deny dst B 255 255 255 255 src A 255 255 255 255 NAT 3 Exit the INFilterGroup menu enter the OUTFilterGroup command then enter 1 deny dst A 255 255 255 255 src B 255 255 255 255 NAT In order for all hosts on network A to bypas
196. file to the voice mail menu copy selected profile Access online assistance Help 4 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values 5 End of Steps 2 78 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring Passwords Introduction When you initially get access to an unconfigured ConnectReach Terminal no login name and password are required The ConnectReach Terminal immediately displays the Main Menu prompt for the ConnectReach Terminal Utility For security reasons you should configure the ConnectReach Terminal with login names and passwords When you log in to the ConnectReach Terminal by means of a Telnet session or the RS 232 port there is only one level of privilege for configuring and monitoring the ConnectReach Terminal This privilege is called Carrier But when you log in to the ConnectReach Terminal by using a Web browser there are two levels of privilege Carrier and User The two privilege levels offer different sets of available commands m Carrier privilege allows unlimited access to all configuration
197. fo Command config NTP Jan 11 12 25 28 192 168 11 2 conf Set Tos User Info enable to on Jan 11 12 25 28 192 168 11 2 conf Set 16 User Info server to clock psu edu Jan 11 12 25 28 192 168 11 2 conf Set Teds User Info minutes from GMT to 0 Jan 11 12 36 14 192 168 11 2 auth 18 Auth Warning 192 168 1 163 logged on as Carrier The meanings of these messages by number are as follows 1 Syslog is started for IAD at 192 168 11 2 and the messages are to be sent to the device at 192 168 1 163 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 119 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 2 The exit command is entered at the console This logs off the current user because they are at the top level menu 3 Failed user login 4 The user logs in by Telnet from 192 168 1 163 5 The user enters the config command user is now in the config sub menu 6 The user enters the NTP command user is now in the NTP sub menu 7 The user sets enable to on turns on NTP 8 The user enters the shortcut for exit and leaves the NTP sub menu 9 The user enters exit and leaves the config sub menu 10 A Web browser user attempts to access the unit access is initially refused because the shell is in use by the Telnet user 11 The Web browser user overrides the Telnet session 12 The Telnet session is terminated by the Web browser user 13 The Web br
198. for applications employing ground start circuits Unpredictable results may occur if adequate ground connections are not made We recommend the following connect a 10 AWG copper conductor from the ground stud on the ConnectReach Terminal chassis to the main ground buss at the installation site using established installation practices AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Route the AC power supply or DC power cable above the VOICE CHANNELS connector Place a tie wrap through the tie wrap loop located in the upper right hand corner of the ConnectReach Terminal front faceplate Secure the power cable to the ConnectReach Terminal using the tie wrap Position the power cable plug so that the locking ramp is facing up toward the top of the ConnectReach Terminal O ConnectReach NETWORK T1 2 SECONDARY T1 VOICE CHANNELS RS 232 10BASE T LINE MONITOR LINE POWER t STATUS MAINT T1 STATUS FRAMING T1 STATUS FRAMING CEG a El oO ns O oe ooo a Bel oe Ll Ee Position locking ramp of power plug towards top of ConnectReach Terminal T1 DSX 1 Insert the power cable plug into the POWER connector located on the ConnectReach Terminal Remove the 6 32 nut from the stud located next to the POWER connector Install the retaining bracket for the power connector ConnectReach NETWORK T1 SECONDARY T1 VOICE CHANNELS RS 232 10BASE T LINE MONITOR LINE POWER tL STATUS
199. for this dynamic group Access online assistance To configure PAT for a UDP port number 312 and a default HTTP port for example enter the following commands config NAT Dynamic Groupl gt session add udpport 312 192 168 0 3 config NAT Dynamic Groupl gt session add http 312 192 168 0 5 Enter this command session and specify this value add delete protocol port keyword InbandIPAddress Show pat config Clear pat config Help Comments Adds or deletes a port address as related to a protocol specify the protocol you are configuring either by entering the default name and port number for that protocol if you know it or the keyword e g pop 2 pop3 http ftp telnet Then enter the IP address of the T1 port of the appropriate server inside the inband range In start to In end Shows protocols and connected ports Clears PAT settings Access online assistance 2 104 June 2002 Examples Default name and port number session add udpport 312 192 168 0 3 Keyword session add pop2 192 168 0 5 The supported keywords are Telnet FTP SMTP HTTP Icmp Tftp bootp gopher DNS SNMP OSPF NFS FTP data RSVP NHRP POP2 and POPS AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Static 1 At the specific submenu enter the group to be configured For example config NAT Static gt 1 The prompt cha
200. formation to an AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal that is running the same version of the software as the AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal from which the configuration was taken Use the following procedure to upload and store the current configuration settings on an FTP server At the Main prompt enter the archive command gt archive 4 Atthe Archive prompt enter the net upload command archive gt net upload 5 Atthe Archive Net upload prompt enter the commands shown in the following table AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 6 9 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing Enter this and specify command this value Comments Host name or IP address of the FTP server to which the configuration is to server ipaddr name ip addr be uploaded Path and file name of the file to be saved on the FTP server The file filename pathname should have a txt suffix user username Username valid on the FTP server password password Password for the username 6 To start the upload enter the do upload command archive gt do upload 7 End of Steps Downloading an Use the following procedure to download archived configuration settings from an archived FTP server to a ConnectReach Terminal over the network configuration over 1 Atthe Main prompt enter the archive command the network from an FTP server a aeenave 2 Atthe Archive prompt enter the net download comman
201. four characters gt conf AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Getting online help Exiting the Utility After you enter a command the ConnectReach Terminal Utility either executes the command or displays a submenu command prompt For example if you enter the configure command the Config submenu prompt appears config gt At the Config prompt you can enter the commands to configure specific sets of commands Each set has its own submenu where a new prompt is displayed For example when you enter the command to configure the Ethernet interface the prompt changes to config Ethernet gt After completing the configuration for each component you return to the Config menu by entering the exit command or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI by typing an exclamation point At any time you can display a list of the commands in the current menu by typing a question mark If you enter a question mark after partially typing a command the options for that specific command are displayed Otherwise a list of the currently available commands is displayed The default settings are enclosed in brackets In addition to the question mark each menu has a help command The help command displays a brief explanation of each command on the current menu When you are finished configuring the ConnectReach Terminal
202. gin to 13 and data end to 24 gt NOTE There is a restriction in the same mode that any DSOs used for analog voice must have lower channel numbers than any DSOs used for the Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 25 Example of ClearReach feature enabling disabling 2 26 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal It is recommended that you always configure the voice channel range to start with channel 1 and increment from there Configure the data channel range to start with the highest numbered channel group 21 24 and decrement from there If some channels are unconfigured it will be easier to make changes later if the unconfigured channels are between the voice range and the data range When the ConnectReach command is selected the following is a sample of the display that will appear on the terminal monitor 1 4 440 440 443 452 456 400 none 5 8 440 440 443 452 456 400 none 9 12 456 440 443 452 456 400 none 13 16 none 440 443 452 456 400 none 17 20 none 440 443 452 456 400 none 21 24 452 440 443 452 456 400 none ClearReach enable off off on Help The left column in the display indicates a DSO channel range The middle column shows the currently configured channel unit type The right column shows all possible channel unit choices including none with the default choice in square brackets In this
203. gits to be passed on to the Class 5 switch and should only be used when the ConnectReach Terminal is connected to a switch AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Procedure that is configured for such digit passing This command displays the contents both of the detect table and output table Test This command prompts the operator to enter a digit string and view the selected trunk group as well as the output digits This command verifies that the dial table is functioning correctly The show all command displays the contents of both the detect table and the output table After you have verified the required configuration follow these steps to configure Dialing 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the dialing command config gt dialing The prompt changes to the Config Dialing prompt config Dialing 2 Make the necessary configuration changes The following table describes these commands To detect insert element Remove entry from Assign a search pattern to output insert element Remove entry from Enter digits for connecting to an outside trunk Specify default trunk group Specify the DID digits received from the CO Assign a search pattern to corresponding detect row corresponding output row Enable the access code or set to automatic detection Specify the pause interval Enter this command detect insert
204. group To activate this feature dial the directed call pickup feature code followed by the extension number This feature forwards calls from one extension to another extension or trunk An incoming call may be forwarded as many as ten times To activate call forwarding AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix D Cancel call forward Pager Digital direct access Analog direct access Busy redial AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 The user dials the call forward feature code followed by the number of the forwarding location The software places a call to the forwarding location If the line is answered forwarding is enabled If the line is not answered the user must place a second call to the same number within 60 seconds The user will hear a confirmation tone same as call waiting Each time the forwarded line is called there will be a short ring to remind you that you have call forwarding activated If your phone system is equipped with a voice mail system the call forward variable may be used to immediately forward all calls to voice mail Obtain a voice mail extension from your administrator and enter it as the forwarding location 3 End of Steps To cancel call forwarding the user dials the cancel call forward feature code anda confirmation tone is sounded The pager feature allows for paging capability by dialing the pager feature code This fea
205. guration file with complex functionality using a ConnectReach Terminal chassis with minimal functionality This is accomplished by suppressing the warning messages that normally appear if the necessary hardware is not present The configuration is then uploaded as an ASCII text file to an FTP server configuration server using the archive upload command The FTP server may have several different configuration files used as standards for the NOC These files may be downloaded to the ConnectReach Terminal using the archive command see Using the Archive Command to Upload Download Configuration Settings on page 6 9 The template archive menu is similar to the archive menu in that it will take a snapshot of the configuration displayed and represent it as an ASCII text file The file has two parts m A listing similar to the config show command including the values of all configuration parameters m A hexadecimal representation of the configuration To configure and use the template archive menu perform the following steps 1 Atthe config prompt enter the template archive command config gt template archive 2 Atthe config template prompt enter the commands shown in the following table Template archive configuration commands i and specify this Enter this command value Comments nable template mod off on Enables the template archive function server ipaddr IP address IP address of the FTP server filename file na
206. h Terminal Monitoring 5 End of Steps After you are finished with the initial configuration of the ConnectReach Terminal and it is installed at the site and connected to the networks you can reconfigure the unit remotely via a Telnet session as described in Using a Telnet session to reconfigure and monitor the ConnectReach Terminal on page 2 129 or a by means of a Web browser through an Ethernet or Internet T1 connection an IP connection over T1 using Frame Relay PPP or HDLC The Web browser feature is enabled by default Use the following procedure to further configure the feature 1 Atthe config prompt enter the HTTP command config gt HTTP The prompt changes to the config HTTP prompt config HTTP gt 2 Atthe config HTTP prompt you can enter the commands and parameters to carry out the tasks The following HTTP port configuration commands table describes these commands Enter this and specify this command value Comments enable off on Enable disable the Web browser feature port number port 0 80 32567 Enable a specific port for HTTP Help Access online assistance gt NOTE If you change any of these commands you must save the configuration and reboot the ConnectReach Terminal using the cold start command for the new settings to take effect AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 3 If you have changed the H
207. hanges to the Config FrameRelay PVC1 prompt config FrameRelay PVC1 2 30 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Using the SLA commands 2 Atthe Config FrameRelay PVC1 prompt enter the appropriate commands from the following table The default setting for each command appears in brackets Enter this command and specify this value Comments Enter the assigned DLCI for the DLCI 16 991 ConnectReach Terminal Enter the IP address for the Ppaaddr sss Bnet frame relay s interface Enet or IP address Disable disable this command Enter a netmask value such as netmask netmask 255 255 255 0 Enable RxOnly RIP TxOnly Disable Select the mode of RIP to use version RIP Lips 2 Select the version of RIP to use Help Access online assistance The Enet value assigns the primary Ethernet IP address IP unnumbered 3 End of Steps A service level agreement SLA is a contract between a carrier and a customer that specifies a measurable level of service the carrier will provide SLAs offer a way to document the success of a network to meet the needs and expectations of the user Minimum and maximum levels of performance reliability security and cost defined in the SLA contract are based on customer requirements as well as service provider needs The implementation of the SLA for the ConnectReach Terminal includes the measur
208. hat Are the Requirements FCC Rules Parts 68 and 15 When installing the ConnectReach Terminal the site must meet the following Federal Communications Commission FCC requirements The ConnectReach Terminal complies with Part 68 of FCC rules and with the specifications for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of FCC rules The ConnectReach Terminal also complies with UL safety standard UL1950 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 5 Power AC installations with power supply transformer DC installations Optional DC uninterruptable power supply UPS 3 6 June 2002 363 211 129 Installation Grounded receptacle 120 V AC grounded receptacle that is easily accessible Input voltage supply Input voltage supplied to an AC power supply transformer 120 V AC 60 Hz 1 A Wire gauge Three conductor 18 AWG stranded wire with Molex connector and contacts A 6 foot cable with pigtails may be ordered from Lucent Technologies Input voltage supply Input voltage to unit 48 V DC 50 VA Model BBKUP 2 DC UPS power supply Input voltage supply Input voltage supplied to an AC power supply transformer 120 V AC 60 Hz AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Physical Environmental Operating temperature 0 to 50 C 82 to 122 F Power dissipation 106 BTU Relative humidity 0 to 95 percent noncondensing Dimensions Size 17
209. have different values For example a transition from 1010 to 1000 will be ignored E amp M trunks On E amp M trunks the ConnectReach Terminal ignores the B and for ESF the D bits For example a transition from 1111 to 1010 will be ignored on an E amp M trunk Can never happen Some state transitions that can never happen are ignored For example on loop or ground start trunks a transition from 0000 ringing to 0100 current feed reversal is ignored since ringing only occurs on incoming calls and current feed reversal only occurs after an outgoing call is answered AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 51 363 211 129 Installation FXO REN The ConnectReach Terminal presents a REN equivalent of 1 5 at the FXO interface port 3 52 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Alarm Relay Improper Function Four conditions FXO card The ConnectReach Terminal supports an alarm relay that indicates when the unit is not functioning properly and one or more of the yellow or red status LEDs are illuminated The alarm contacts are assigned to pins 25 and 50 of the Voice Channels connector The alarm contacts may be connected to an external alarm or a trunk bypass unit One of the following four conditions will cause the alarm relay to close a Power fails b ConnectReach Terminal fails c Network T1 DSX 1 alarm option
210. he network PAT allows this access without compromising the NAT firewall and network address translation features This feature works only for NAT Dynamic translations and it is therefore configured under the NAT Dynamic Group menu AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 101 POP3 Server 192 168 0 100 PC 192 168 0 2 2 102 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal The example in the following figure shows a user on the WAN side of the network with access to an email and Web server on the LAN side of the network Private LAN Web Server 192 168 0 5 PC 192 168 0 254 l 3 I Public WAN I I I I I I I I l Public WAN IP Address i gt 60 1 2 1 ha T1 Line WAN User 21610_fig_164a The key commands used to create this scenario are config NAT Dynamic config NAT Dynamic config NAT Dynamic config NAT Dynamic config NAT Dynamic 192 168 0 5 config NAT Dynamic 192 168 0 100 Gro Gro Gro Gro Gro Gro up O O O FG L gt L gt L gt L gt IN Start 192 168 0 2 IN End 192 168 0 254 OUT Start 60 1 2 1 PAT 1 PAT gt session add http 1 PAT gt session add pop3 In the above scenario the WAN User can connect to the Public WAN IP address and get both Web Server access and email from the pop3 server provided from within the LAN With st
211. his command LMI type w391 N392 N393 T3914 Help Configuring using the PVC submenu commands show all PVCs and specify this value none T1 617 annex D Q 933 annex A 6 259 3 299 3 10 6 10 This setting is sometimes referred to as Annex D or ANSI t This setting is sometimes referred to as CCITT or ITU t It is recommended that you use the default values for these commands unless the carrier specifies otherwise Comments Specify annex type of Local Management Interface LMI Specify the polling cycles for status of all permanent virtual circuits PVCs Specify the threshold for the monitored event counter Specify the monitored event counter interval Specify the time in seconds for LMI requests to be sent Displays the configuration for all PVCs Access online assistance Each PVC submenu allows the user to configure Data Link Connection Identifier DLCI and IP commands The ConnectReach Terminal s implementation of Inverse Address Resolution Protocol InNARP is based on RFC 1293 It allows a router at the other end of the Frame Relay network to discover the IP address of the ConnectReach Terminal associated with a PVC The ConnectReach Terminal passively responds to InARP requests by supplying its IP address 1 Atthe Config Frame relay prompt enter PVCn where nis any number from one to five config Frame relay gt PVC1 The prompt c
212. ical Loss of Signal connection Contact the carrier if necessary The most recent 10 or more seconds have been flagged Unavailable Errored Seconds A problem with the T1 line exists Contact State the carrier AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 21 Setting loopback on a T1 line Clearing loopback ona T1 line 4 22 June 2002 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Condition Corrective Action The line is configured for the wrong framing format Verify with Loss of Frame the carrier whether the format should be set to ESF or D4 SF Alarm Indication Signal AIS Loop has been placed down at Receive AIS the remote end Contact the carrier Remote Alarm Indicator RAI This indicates an error at the Receive RAI remote end Contact the carrier Transmit RAI Errors in these categories usually indicate that the T1 line is incorrectly configured Check that the ConnectReach Terminal Transmit AIS configuration matches the carrier s configuration of the line The set loopback command is used to place the T1 circuit into the loopback mode The following types of loopback are possible m A payload loopback unframes then reframes prior to echoing bits m A line loopback simply echoes bits At the statistics T1 prompt enter the set loopback command and the appropriate T1 line parameters For example statistics T1l gt setloopback network line 10 gt NOTE The
213. if begin is set to eight then channel one in the voice menu refers to the first pair on the analog connector which is connected to DSO number eight In order to avoid confusion we recommend you provision your T1 lines with the voice channels starting at the first DSO In that case the analog ports and DSO channels always have the same numbers The ConnectReach Terminal software will automatically detect the number of voice channels Make the necessary configuration changes see the following table or use the load template command to load an existing configuration of a channel To Enter this command and one of these options Set the first channel begin FL 3 24 Set the last channel end 1 24 Specify the trunk group group E21 VO loop start grnd start Enter the trunk signaling type signaling Unconfigure Specify the direction direction in out two way Select the routing option for incoming calls incoming routing Group Line Select the line routing option 1line group 1 line or line group Select the digit addressing option digits type DIMF PULSE Specify how call is handled if busy sig busy out line is busy busy treatment forward Select the line to forward the call if line is busy busy fwd line as C24 Adjust transmit gain tx gain db 0 3 6 Adjust receive gain rx gain db 0 3 6 9 12 Load a configuration of a channel load template Tens 2a Write your changes to the specified channe
214. igits allowed extension digits PoE Tst Assign an extension and optionally an alternate extension line extension to a line set line alt extension Remove a line entry Optional automatic confirm clear line extension line 1 48 confirm Display the map extension database show extension map Access online assistance Help Use the show map extension command to see the actual configuration 4 Type exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI enter an exclamation point to return to the Config menu gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values 5 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 67 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring Dialing Introduction 2 68 June 2002 The ConnectReach Terminal s dialing table provides the following LCR options translating seven to ten digit numbers routing calls to either digital or analog trunks and translating special numbers such as 411 611 and 911 to seven or ten digit numbers The following figure shows that the ConnectReach Terminal intelligently routes calls to the local CO or to long distance By configuring the dialing table long distance calls go out by means of T1 digital trunks and local calls go out by means of lines analog trunks In
215. ignal 3 50 accessing the ConnectReach Terminal using Telnet 2 129 address IP 2 35 private network A 8 address classes A 3 class D networks A 5 AddressResolution Protocol DHCP configuration 2 91 alarm operation secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 2 22 alarm relay 3 53 analog direct access 2 64 D 7 analog trunks configuring 2 50 analog voice interface specifications 3 50 archive command 6 9 file format 6 9 archiving the current configuration 6 9 ARP Address Resolution Protocol configuration 2 91 statistics 4 9 assigning login names and passwords 2 79 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 Business OfficeXchange BOX 2 60 call forward 2 61 call pickup group 2 62 call transfer 2 61 D 2 call waiting 2 61 D 5 consultation hold 2 61 D 3 direct trunk select 2 62 distinctive ring 2 61 feature codes D 6 three way calling 2 61 D 4 user interface D 1 C cable connections 3 34 cables 3 8 3 34 3 35 call forward 2 61 call forward variable 2 63 D 6 call pickup 2 63 D 6 call pickup group 2 62 call transfer 2 61 D 2 call waiting 2 61 D 5 cancel busy redial 2 64 D 7 cancel call forward variable 2 64 D 7 cancel call waiting 2 63 D 6 channel bank configuring 2 37 clearing log 6 18 T1 DSX 1 line statistics 4 19 4 21 June 2002 l 1 ClearReach change of status 2 23 clock secondary T1 DSX 1 interface 2 21 cold start command 2 15 commands archive 6 9 cold start 2 15 config 2 14 default 2 1
216. ilter group settings for the default IP filter plus server sample configuration shown in the previous figure are as follows 1Filter 2Filter 3Filter 4Filter 5Filter 6Filter 7Filter 8Filter 9Filter 10Filter 11Filter 12Filter 13Filter 14Filter 15Filter 16Filter defaultAction permitAll To see the inbound and outbound filters for a filter group enter the show command and the number of a filter group for example config IPFirewall gt show 1 Both the inbound and outbound filters will be displayed for that group Configuring custom For almost all ConnectReach Terminal users the default configurations will be firewall sufficient For custom IP firewall configurations see Appendix C Custom Firewall Configurations 2 100 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring NAT and PAT Introduction NAT Network address translation NAT as laid out in RFC 1631 allows local LAN IP addressed workstations access to the Internet through the use of an external IP address pool The ConnectReach NAT feature enables a company to increase the number of internal IP addresses pursuant to RFC 1597 There is also an Enterprise NAT option for translating IP addresses of workstations at remote offices to WAN IP addresses WAN to WAN by means of Frame Relay PVCs For details on Enterprise NAT see Appendix E Configuri
217. in W by 14 in D by 1 75 in H Weight 9 Ib Shipping Shipping container size specications 18 25 in W by 21 in D by 9 in H Weight 20 Ib AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 7 Cables 363 211 129 Installation List of cabling You will need to provide the following cables Standard 10BaseT Ethernet cable RJ 45 for connection to the local Ethernet network T1 modular shielded cable RJ 48C for connection to the secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 port or Telco cable standard Telco 50 pin for connection to the punch down block for analog voice channels The secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 cable is normally a crossover cable Ground wire with ring lug for frame ground recommended A crossover cable is needed for network T1 DSX 1 to operate in DSX mode One or both of the following cables a Modem cable for connection to a modem allowing configuration from a remote computer This cable should have a 9 pin female connector at the ConnectReach Terminal end and a connector appropriate for the modem at the other end usually a 25 pin male connector b Null modem cable for connection to the serial port of a local computer This cable should have a 9 pin female connector at the ConnectReach Terminal end and a connector appropriate for the computer at the other end for an BM compatible PC usually a 9 pin female connector gt NOTE 3 8 June 2002 If an Uninterruptible Power Supply
218. in menu Ey Document Done i The following table describes the parameters used for a network upgrade To download from Lucent Technologies FTP site directly to the ConnectReach Terminal set the version parameter to the version you want to download and enter the password to your e mail address The remainder of the parameters are preset for Lucent Technologies FTP site Next to this option Specify this information IP address of the file transfer protocol FTP server server ipaddr on which the software is located version Version string of the software you want to download user Name for logging on to the FTP server Password for logging on to the FTP server this is password your email address host download Directory on the FTP server in which the new directory software is located 7 To start the download click the Update button AnyMedia ConneciReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 5 17 10 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser As the download occurs progress messages similar to the following are displayed at the bottom of the screen 832 k of RAM allocated for preparing flash using version lt 24A1 gt Opening FTP connection to flash download lucent st_rom 24Al1 Downloading 425632 bytes Read 0 of 425632 bytes Read 425632 of 425632 bytes downloaded standalone boot from download lucent st_rom 24A1 Checksum ffff5b80 OK DONE
219. inal Configuring QOS QOS Quality of Service allows prioritization of IP packets going out the WAN link The priority routes are defined by the source IP address destination IP address or source and destination IP addresses The IP address may either be a host or subnet The QOS submenu allows up to five priority routes to be configured Once the priority routes are defined the ConnectReach Terminal identifies all IP packets as low or high priority The QOS may be set for guaranteed service or strict priority Guaranteed service permanently reserves a portion of the system resources for high priority traffic Strict priority allows system resources to be shared by low priority and high priority traffic but at any given time high priority packets are always sent ahead of low priority packets gt NOTE For all QOS prioritization used in conjunction with NAT you must use the NATed IP addresses in QOS commands not the original IP addresses After you have verified the required configuration follow these steps to configure QOS 1 Atthe config prompt enter the QOS command config gt QOS The prompt changes to the config QOS prompt config Q0S gt 2 Atthe config QOS prompt enter the commands shown in the following table and specify this Enter this command value Comments enable off on Enable QOS add delete src net mask Add and delete priority routes Include qos dst net mask IP address and net
220. indicates to the far end of the line that the near end has detected a transmission fault at the far end The AIS sends ones in all bits of all time slots AMI Alternate Mark Inversion Digital transmission requires that each consecutive pulse be transmitted at opposite polarity or voltage ANI Automatic Number Identification Imbedded in the phone call is a series of digits that tell you the phone number of the phone calling you This identification could be used to search a database for customer information Answer Supervision A means by which a private branch exchange PBX tells a central office CO that an incoming call has been answered ARP Address Resolution Protocol A basic level protocol within the transport control protocol Internet protocol TCP IP group that maps IP addresses to Ethernet addresses ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode A high speed connection oriented multiplexing and switching method utilizing fixed length cells to support multiple types of traffic It is asynchronous in the sense that it is not time dependent B B8ZS Bipolar 8 Zero Substitution A line coding format in which a bipolar violation code is substituted for a string of eight zeros badhlen In statistics reports such as IP statistics the number of packets with headers that are either too long or too short badlen In statistics reports such as IP statistics the number of packets that are either too long or t
221. ine or group number designated to receive incoming calls When line is specified and the line specified is busy the call will be forwarded to the line designated in the busy forward line command When group of lines is specified and the first line in the group is busy the ConnectReach Terminal will forward the call to the next AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 51 Procedure 2 52 June 2002 Digits type Busy treatment Busy forward line Analog transmit gain Analog receive gain Load template 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal line in the group until an available line is found If all lines in the group are busy the caller will hear a busy signal To assign lines to a group refer to the group command under the section entitled Configuring Lines located later in this chapter This command allows the user to select the digit addressing option This command specifies how a call will be handled if the line station is busy If the busy signal option is selected the caller will hear the standard busy signal If the busy out option is specified the ConnectReach Terminal busies out all members of the trunk when the line or line group is busy The forward option sends the call to another line This command is used in conjunction with the line option for incoming routing If the line specified for receiving incoming calls is busy the call will be forwarded to the
222. ing green white 28 Tip white green Voice Channel 4 4 Ring brown white 29 Tip white brown Voice Channel 5 5 Ring slate white 30 Tip white slate Voice Channel 6 6 Ring blue red 31 Tip red blue Voice Channel 7 7 Ring orange red 32 Tip red orange Voice Channel 8 8 Ring green red 33 Tip red green Voice Channel 9 9 Ring brown red 34 Tip red brown Voice Channel 10 10 Ring slate red 35 Tip red slate Voice Channel 11 11 Ring blue black 36 Tip black blue Voice Channel 12 12 Ring orange black 37 Tip black orange Voice Channel 13 13 Ring green black 38 Tip black green AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Description Pin Signal Name Colors Voice Channel 14 14 Ring brown black 39 Tip black brown Voice Channel 15 15 Ring slate black 40 Tip black slate Voice Channel 16 16 Ring blue yellow 41 Tip yellow blue Voice Channel 17 17 Ring orange yellow 42 Tip yellow orange Voice Channel 18 18 Ring green yellow 43 Tip yellow green Voice Channel 19 19 Ring brown yellow 44 Tip yellow brown Voice Channel 20 20 Ring slate yellow 45 Tip yellow slate Voice Channel 21 21 Ring blue purple 46 Tip purple blue Voice Channel 22 22 Ring orange purple 47 Tip purple orange Voice Channel 23 23 Ring green purple 48 Tip purple green Voice Channel 24 24 Ring brown purple 49 Tip purple brown T1 Alarm 25 Normally open slate purple alarm contact T1 Alarm 50 Common purple slate Pair 25 50 is a
223. ing the extension menu are used to specify call routing and DID operation gt NOTE The channel bank menu must be used in conjunction with the extension menu The key commands for the ConnectReach Terminal s map extension menu are as follows Extension digits This command specifies the number of extension digits to allow for each extension and must be the same as the DID received digits in the Dialing menu Set line This command assigns an extension number to a line with the option of an alternate extension All extension and alternate extension numbers must be unique Clear line extension This command allows the clearing of any line in the extension map database The confirm option will bypass the prompt Do you really want to clear the extension and alt extension of line n The show extension map command displays the map extension database entries After you have verified the required configuration follow these steps to configure the map extension 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the map extensions command config gt map extensions AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal The prompt changes to the Config Map Extension prompt config Map Extensions 2 Make the necessary configuration changes The following table describes these commands To Enter this command and specify the value Specify the number of extension d
224. installed in a hinged wall mount assembly to the unit that was installed last for example the second unit is attached to the first unit the third unit is attached to the second unit etc 5 Using the screws and washers provided in the extension bracket kit loosely attach two of the extension brackets to the top and two to the bottom of the last ConnectReach Terminal unit that was mounted in the hinged wall mount assembly refer to the following figure Extension brackets pi P Aa o o fade Captive screws o Mo o o Extension brackets 3 30 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation 6 With the ConnectReach Terminal unit oriented in the same manner as the previous unit s insert the unit between the extension brackets and secure the unit to the brackets using the screws provided Tighten all extension bracket screws 7 If additional ConnectReach Terminal units are to be installed in the hinged wall mount assembly repeat the procedure from Step 5 for the next unit to be installed Otherwise secure the mounted units against the wall using the two captive screws that screw into the existing holes on the top and bottom edges of the hinged assembly plate 8 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 31 363 211 129 Installation Desktop Mount Install four rubber Attach the four in
225. ipment that counts Controlled Slips includes the BES count in the ES count Severely Errored Frame Seconds Seconds with Severely Errored Frames an SEF occurs when 2 or more frame bit errors are detected in a 3ms window UASs Unavailable Seconds A count of one second intervals during which the service was not avail able an unavailable signal state is declared after 10 consecutive SESs The Unavailable state is cleared after 10 consecutive seconds without CRCs or LOF events Equipment that counts Controlled Slips includes the UAS count in the ES count CSSs PCVs LESS Controlled Slip Seconds Path Coding Violations Line Errored Seconds Seconds when one or more controlled slips have occurred A count of frame synchronization bit errors in D4 format or CRCs in the ESF format Seconds when one or more line code violations LCVs have occurred Bursty Errored Seconds Seconds with more than 1 and less than 320 Path Coding Violation PCV events Equipment that counts Controlled Slips includes the BES count in the ES count SMs LCVs Degraded Minutes Line Code Violations Minutes during which the estimated error rate exceeds 1E 6 but does not exceed 1E 3 see G 821 15 Not yet supported Occurrences of either Bipolar Violations BPVs or Excessive Zeroes EXZ error events AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 4 When you have made the necessary configura
226. is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies BOX is a trademark of VINA Technologies Inc Business OfficeXchange is a trademark of VINA Technologies Inc ClearReach is a trademark of Lucent Technologies ConnectReach is a trademark of Lucent Technologies IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation Internet Explorer is a copyright of Microsoft Corporation LCR is a trademark of VINA Technologies Inc Local Call Routing is a trademark of VINA Technologies Inc Netscape Navigator is a trademark of Netscape Communications Corporation SPQ is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies UL is a registered trademark of Underwriters Laboratories Inc UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States and other countries licensed exclusively through X Open Company Limited Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Quality Management System The Quality Management System QMS for Lucent Technologies AnyMedia Access Systems R amp D organizations has been registered to ISO 9001 under the Norwegian Scheme by Det Norske Veritas DNV since June 1993 ISO 9001 is an international quality standard recognized by more than 90 countries worldwide It is a model for quality assurance in design development production installation and servicing How Are We Doing Document Title AnyMedia Access System ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Document No 363 211 129 Issue No 5 Date
227. is blocked in order to allocate sufficient memory to accommodate the download 3 After you click the Update button the network upgrade screen refreshes Read the warning displayed at the bottom of the screen shown in the following figure and follow the instructions to continue Waring Performing a network upgrade will warm restart the system in maintenance mode disrupt data traffic and prevent new voice calls from being initiated Click here to restart Return to main menu Eil Document Done 5 16 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser While the ConnectReach Terminal is rebooting the screen shown below appears File Edit View Go Communicator Help we Idae naasa 3 7 Bookmarks Gato ioj x NetworkUpgrade Wait for the system to restart then click here to continue Rebooting in maintenance mode 4 Wait approximately 30 seconds and then click on the location indicated to continue with the procedure When the login screen appears enter your login name and password 6 Inthe Main Menu screen click the network upgrade command The network upgrade screen appears again Note that at the bottom of the screen new instructions are displayed as shown in the following figure System is in maintenance mode Click Update to perform the upgrade and restart Return to ma
228. is document include the following Equipment engineers and outside plant engineers Transmission engineers Installation operation and maintenance personnel System administrators Technical support personnel Training personnel Issue This is Issue 5 of the AnyMedia Access System ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 xi Reason for reissue xii June 2002 363 211 129 About This Document The ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide is being reissued to provide information about the following new or changed features Telnet port configuration commands see Using a Telnet session to reconfigure and monitor the ConnectReach Terminal on page 2 129 HTTP port configuration commands see Using HTTP to manage the ConnectReach Terminal on page 2 130 ARP protocol see Using ARP on page 2 91 and statistics see Displaying Statistics for ARP on page 4 9 Port Address Translation PAT configuration see Configuring NAT and PAT on page 2 101 and statistics see Displaying Statistics for NAT and PAT on page 4 16 New Quickstart Configuration Example using NAT see Quickstart Configuration Example on page B 2 NAT examples see NAT Examples on page B 11 Enterprise NAT appendix added see Appendix E Configuring Enterprise NAT New Customized Configuration Example without firewall SOCKS see Customized Configuration Example on page B 5 Configure s
229. is enabled and the network T1 DSX 1 link fails d Secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 alarm is enabled and the secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 link fails Disable the network T1 DSX 1 alarm when the ConnectReach Terminal has an FXO card used with LCR and a trunk bypass unit is connected If the T1 link fails calls will automatically be rerouted out the FXO port which is connected to the trunk bypass If the network T1 DSX 1 alarm is enabled calls will be rerouted out the FXS port and within the bypass unit causing connection problems AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 53 363 211 129 Installation 3 54 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Contents About This Chapter Introduction Using the Statistics Command to Display System Elements Status Entering the Statistics Mode Displaying Statistics for IP Displaying Statistics for QOS Displaying Statistics for ARP Displaying Statistics for ICMP Displaying Statistics for TCP Displaying Statistics for UDP Displaying Statistics for Interfaces Displaying Statistics for Firewall Displaying Statistics for NAT and PAT Displaying Statistics for DHCP AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 page 4 3 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 7 4 8 4 9 4 10 4 11 4 12 4 13 4 15 4 16 4 17 June 2002 4 1 4 2 June 2002 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring page Di
230. isplayed as User Info for example and that the hostname value is in the messages displayed the IP address of the source IAD AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Priority Severity Log Message Jan 11 12 22 14 192 168 11 2 conf 1 User Info Command syslog 192 168 1 163 Jan 11 12 22 22 192 168 11 2 conf 2s User Info Command exit Jan 11 12 22 27 192 168 11 2 auth Bis Auth Info Failed login for on 10 Jan 11 12 22 36 192 168 11 2 auth 4 Auth Warning Telnet logged on as Carrier Jan 11 12 23 40 192 168 11 2 conf Dis User Info Command config Jan 11 12 23 48 192 168 11 2 conf 6 User Info Command NTP Jan 11 12 24 02 192 168 11 2 conf Set 7 User Info enable to on Jan 11 12 24 29 192 168 11 2 conf Ba User Info Command Jan 11 12 24 39 192 168 11 2 conf 9 User Info Command exit Jan 11 12 24 51 192 168 11 2 auth HTTP Connection from 192 168 1 163 10 Auth Info refused shell in use Jan 11 12 24 58 192 168 11 2 auth Tel Tir Auth Info net session overridden by HTML session Jan 11 12 24 58 192 168 11 2 auth Tel net session killed by console HTTP or 12 Auth Info FDL user Jan 11 12 25 02 192 168 11 2 auth 13 3 Auth Info 192 168 1 163 started HTML session Jan 11 12 25 28 192 168 11 2 conf HTTP 14 User In
231. it is starting up successfully Requirement The STATUS NETWORK T1 T1 STATUS and NETWORK T1 FRAMING LEDS are lighted 5 End of Steps 2 8 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Initiating a Session with the ConnectReach Terminal From a computer connected to RS 232 port From the GSI or terminal of the Any Media Access System After you have connected a computer or modem to the ConnectReach Terminal start a serial terminal emulation application to initiate a communications session For example you can start an application such as tipon a UNIX workstation or HyperTerminal on Microsoft Windows Refer to the AnyMedia Access System Commands and Procedures TU 830 Verify Operations Data Link to initiate a session with the ConnectReach Terminal AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 9 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Using the ConnectReach Terminal Utility Description Entering commands 2 10 June 2002 After the computer terminal is connected to the ConnectReach Terminal using a terminal emulation application the ConnectReach Terminal activates the utility program which allows the computer to communicate with the ConnectReach Terminal to issue commands and receive messages from the ConnectReach Terminal During start up the utility causes a series of session start up messages
232. it this submenu Exit If the PVC command is entered with the parameter all a report similar to the following example is displayed FRAME RELAY PVC STATISTICS PVC Enabled UP DOWN DLCI RxFrames TxFrames PVC1 Enabled UP 101 213 0 PVC2 Enabled UP 102 213 420 PVC3 Disabled DOW 103 213 0 PVC4 Disabled DOW 104 213 0 PVC5 Disabled DOW 105 213 0 PVC6 Disabled DOW 106 213 0 PVC7 Disabled DOW 107 213 0 PVC8 Disabled DOW 108 213 0 PVC9 Disabled DOW 109 213 0 PVC10 Disabled DOW 110 213 0 PVC11 Disabled DOW LEL 213 0 PVC12 Disabled DOW TI2 213 0 PVC13 Disabled DOW TIS 213 0 PVC14 Disabled DOW 114 21 3 0 PVC15 Disabled DOW 145 213 0 PVC16 Disabled DOW 116 213 0 PVC17 Disabled DOW Sale 213 0 PVC18 Disabled DOW 118 213 0 PVC19 Disabled DOW 119 213 0 PVC20 Disabled DOW 120 213 0 PVC21 Disabled DOW T21 213 0 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 27 PVC22 PVC23 PVC24 PVC25 PVC26 PVC27 PVC28 PVC29 PVC30 Disabl Disabl Disabl Disabl Disabl Disabl Disabl ea ea ea ea ea ea ea Disabl Enabled UP ea DOW DOW DOW DOW DOW DOW DOW DOW 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring 122 123 124 125 126 T27 128 129 130 DA TONE TN CN N WU UVU WWW WW Ww Ww OOOO G GOGG O oO The report should be reviewed for the following indications and the appropriate action taken If the status of a PVC is
233. iting indicator periodic ring off on Specify the extension for the voice mail system dial number DTMF digits Specify a name for the voice mail settings profile name name Specify the DTMF digit prefix for the extension direct prefix DTMF digits Specify the DTMF string for da DTMF ringing and no answer ring no answer digits s d AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 77 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal To Enter this command and specify the value Specify the DTMF string for a DTMF busy busy no answer digits s d Specify the DTMF string for ta DTMF unknown destination forward all digits s d Specify the DTMF string for message waiting mwi on prefix DTMF digits Specify the DTMF string for no message waiting mwi off prefix DTMF digits Access online assistance Help 3 To select one of the preconfigured voice mail settings enter the 1oad profile command config Voice Mail gt Load Profile The prompt changes to the Config Voice mail Load Profile prompt config Voice Mail Load Profile The following table describes the load profile commands To Enter this command and one of these options Select a profile number profile number LTs List the profiles available list profiles Show the settings of the profile number selected show selected profile Copy the selected pro
234. k This feature allows for a call pickup group number to be assigned to each line A call may be answered by a different line in the same call pickup group by dialing a feature code If multiple lines in a call pickup group are ringing only one of them is answered on each pickup attempt If no line is ringing when the user dials the feature code a fast busy tone is heard There are three forms of caller identification ID line to line or intercom analog trunk call and incoming digital trunk call Caller ID for line to line displays the extension number There is no configuration necessary to display the extension number of a line to line call Caller ID with an incoming analog trunk call is passed through to the called line For an incoming digital trunk call the ConnectReach Terminal is configured to accept automatic number identification ANI The ANI is converted to analog caller ID information for display on a display telephone For Caller ID to be displayed in both digital and analog trunk calls the CO must generate caller ID information For information concerning configuring the digital trunk to receive automatic number identification dialed number identification service ANI DNIS refer to the section entitled Configuring Digital Trunks located earlier in this chapter AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Feature codes description To re
235. l User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 13 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring The report contains a section for each available network interface on the ConnectReach Terminal Each section begins with a code identifying the interface the section describes The possible codes are shown in the following table Code Interface Comments qu 10Base T Normal interface to local Ethernet network Loopback interface Always reported even when the link is not in loopback mode Address shown is the standard lo 10Base T loopback IP address Network T1 DSX 1 primary frame relay permanent virtual Present only if encapsulation is set to fr 0 circuit PVC frame relay Network T1 DSX 1 secondary Present only if encapsulation is set to fr 1 frame relay PVC frame relay and a secondary PVC is configured Network T1 DSX 1 point to sppp point protocol PPP interface Present only if encapsulation is set to PPP Network T1 DSX 1 high level data link control Present only if encapsulation is set to hdlc _ HDLC interface HDLC Present only if Secondary fractional T1 ds 0 Secondary fractional T1 is enabled If you are unable to make a data or voice connection across the ConnectReach Terminal check the Interface statistics to determine which interface is not functioning In particular if the flags line indicates DOWN for any interface you expect to see UP check the physical connectio
236. lar 8 zero substitution B8ZS and alternate mark inversion AMI However the B8ZS line coding format should always be selected to assure compatibility with the AnyMedia Access System T1 line coding determines how the T1 requirement for ones density is handled In every eight bits of information at least one pulse must be present T1 line buildout is configurable to 0 dB 7 5 dB 15 dB or 22 dB as required by Federal Communications Commission FCC Part 68 Buildout sets the ConnectReach Terminal s output T1 transmission signal level 0 dB is the highest level and 22 5 dB is the lowest level The default 0 dB is the most common signal level for connection to the carrier If line buildout is set incorrectly the carrier may detect errors ranging from bipolar violations line buildout too high to loss of signal line buildout too low Always select network This option is used when AMI line coding is selected see the description of line coding presented earlier Per the AT amp T TR 62411 ACCUNET specification bit stuffing must be enabled when AMI line coding is selected This ensures that ones density requirements are met see ANSI standard T1 403 paragraph 5 6 This option controls whether the network T1 going down causes the alarm relay to close AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 17 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Alarm Delay This option sets the delay
237. lass B Can contain thousands of hosts Class C Can contain up to 254 hosts Used to address a group of computers Class D all at one time multicast addresses Class E Reserved The following sections describe these five network classes Class A networks As shown in the following figure the uppermost bit of a class A network address is always 0 The next 7 bits define the network and the last 24 bits define the host This allows 128 class A networks 1 2 3 01234567890123456789012345678901 0 Network Host The following table lists the address ranges and their status Address Range Status 0 0 0 0 Reserved 1 0 0 0 through 126 0 0 0 Available 127 0 0 0 Reserved AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 A 3 Class B networks Class C networks A 4 June 2002 363 211 129 Appendix A As shown in the following figure class B networks use the uppermost 2 bits as 1 0 the next 14 bits define the network and the last 16 bits define the hosts This allows up to 16 384 class B networks 1 2 3 01234567890123456789012345678901 The following table lists the address ranges and their status Address Range Status 128 0 0 0 Reserved 128 1 0 0 through 191 254 0 0 Available 191 255 0 0 Reserved As shown in the following figure class C networks use the uppermost 3 bits as 1 1 0 the next 21 bits define the network and the last 8 bits define the hosts This
238. led by default off For QoS configuration you need the following information Source and or end of the IP address to be used at the site Source and destination Netmask RS 232 port baud rate If the ConnectReach Terminal will have a modem permanently attached to the RS 232 port to allow remote configuration and management and if the modem is capable of operating at speeds higher than 9600 baud you should set the RS 232 port baud rate to match the modem s data terminal equipment DTE speed Available baud rates are 9600 default 19200 and 38400 SYSLOG utility The SYSLOG utility creates a log of messages reporting significant events occurring on an IAD and makes this log available to a remote computer SYSLOG is enabled by default on You need the following information to use this function AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 1 15 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning P address of host IP add name of source _ sysconf facility or access facility 1 16 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning ConnectReach Terminal Preinstallation Worksheet General 1 Where will the ConnectReach Terminal be placed circle one RACK 19 23 WALL DESKTOP A rack mount kit for ANSI type frames and a wall mount kit is included with all units rubber feet are included for desktop placement If rack mounted al
239. low 1 75 above unit for cooling Wood screws for wall mounting are not included ANSI is a registered trademark of American National Standards Institute Inc 2 What is the distance from the Network T1 DSX 1 Demarc Connector type RJ48C A 10 foot cable is included with each ConnectReach Terminal a custom cable is required if the distance is greater than 10 feet See 363 211 125 AnyMedia Access System Ordering Guide 3 If AC powered is the power receptacle within six feet of where the unit will be located Y N Power requirement 120 V AC at 1 Amp 4 If DC powered a DC power cable is included 5 If battery backup is desired refer to 363 208 000 AnyMedia Access System Applications Planning and Ordering Guide for ordering information Coordinate with the PBX vendor to be on site for the installation of the ConnectReach Terminal in case any changes need to be made to the routing parameters etc Analog Voice 6 What is the distance between the ConnectReach Terminal and the PBX KTS or patch panel Analog channels are available on a standard female RJ21X 25 pair connector order the appropriate cable length Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 RJ48C Optional 7 What is the distance between the ConnectReach Terminal and the PBX KTS or patch panel Pinouts are the same as the Network T1 DSX 1 a rollover crossover cable is required to connect to the PBX or KTS The cable pin outs are shown in Chapter 3 nstallation Ether
240. ls at 64 kb s onto a single digital signal TCP Transport Control Protocol The primary transport layer protocol of the TCP IP protocol stack Telnet A TCP IP protocol offering a line oriented connection over the LAN WAN Telnet is typically used to remotely log on to an Internet device or host Tip One conductor of a telephone wire pair designated by T Tip Status Transmission state of an unconfigured channel In the channel bank menu the tip status is either busy or idle tone1k A mode for a voice channel in this mode a phone attached to the channel will emit an audible 1 kHz tone Typically this mode is used for diagnosis tooshort In statistics reports such as IP statistics the number of packets that are below the minimum length toosmall In statistics reports such as IP statistics the number of packets with less than the minimum amount of data Traceroute A command that allows for the tracing of the routing history between two points on an IP network Trunk A transmission channel connecting two switching devices Trunk Signaling The handshaking used to communicate on a trunk such as loop start and ground start TTL Time To Live Mechanism used in IP protocol to ensure that errant packets are killed Typically TTL begins at 255 seconds when a packet arrives at a device and decrements until the packet exits At 0 Time To Die or TTD if the packet has not exited it is killed
241. ls copy to channel data Display switched channels Show al1l Access online assistance Help AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 53 2 54 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 4 Use the copy to channel data command to write the changes to the specified trunks 5 Use the Show all command to see the actual channel configuration gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values 6 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring Lines Introduction Key commands The Line menu defines line signaling commands for each LCR DID line FXS The Line command is included in the LCA DID telephone functionality mode and the Line menu will appear only when the LCA DID optional feature is installed in the ConnectReach Terminal In the LCR DID mode additional configuration menus including the Line menu are used to specify call routing and DID operation gt NOTE The channel bank menu must be used in conjunction with the Line menu The key commands for the ConnectReach Terminal s Line menu are as follows Begin and end Group The ConnectReach Terminal uses a template mechanism to set groups of commands and associated options within a given menu For any
242. mand is included in the LCR DID telephone functionality mode and the digital trunk menu will appear only when the LCA DID optional feature is installed in the ConnectReach Terminal In the LCR DID mode additional configuration menus including the digital trunk menu are used to specify call routing and DID operation gt NOTE The channel bank menu must be used in conjunction with the digital trunk menu The key commands for the ConnectReach Terminal s Digital Trunk menu are as follows Begin and end The ConnectReach Terminal uses a template mechanism to set groups of channels or DSOs and associated options within the voice menus For the Channel bank and DigitalTrunk submenus the begin and end commands refer to the DSOs For the AnalogTrunk and Line submenus the begin and end command submenus refer to the FXO and FXS channels respectively The begin and end commands determine the range of channels or DSOs to be configured The channels or DSOs may be set individually or in groups of similar configuration The copy to channel data command copies the configuration template commands to the range between the begin and end settings If you are accessing the ConnectReach Terminal via the console or Telnet you must use the copy to channel data command after modifying the data in the configuration template If you do not the configuration data for the individual channels will not be modified If you are accessing the ConnectReach Ter
243. mask Set reserved minimum bandwidth for high priority traffic If set to zero QOS is Reserved Bandwidth 0 kbits sec h set for strict priority show qgos table Displays all priority routes clear gos table Clears all priority routes Help Access online assistance Strict priority allocates 3 4 of the available bandwidth for high priority traffic and 1 4 of the available bandwidth is allocated for low priority traffic Also high priority traffic cannot use bandwidth outside the reserve bandwith and low priority traffic cannot use reserve bandwith AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 111 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 3 When you have made the necessary configuration changes enter an exclamation point or the exit command to return to the config menu gt NOTE If you change any of these commands you must save the configuration for the new settings to take effect 4 End of Steps QOS example 1 PPP HDLC Frame Relay SECONDARY TI lo jo o o o ojjo of eleo 0 0 olfo o Hub High Priority 207 242 96 145 200 200 244 20 PC A PC B 21610_fig_162ba The QOS example in the figure above describes a scenario where any packet originating from PC A will be treated as high priority with guaranteed service To configure the example shown in the figure proceed as follows 1 Atthe config prompt enter the QOS co
244. me The file should have a txt suffix A valid username and password for the FTP server The prompt for the password will appear after entering user name the username upload To upload the configuration settings To download the specified configuration file from the FTP server download to the ConnectReach Terminal AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 3 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or an exclamation point The prompt changes to the Enable prompt Enabling the Template Archive will place this unit in to the Template Archive mode Are you sure you want to enable this mode Spell out enable to continue enter to cancel gt enable 4 Save the template archive settings by entering the save command This will put the ConnectReach Terminal into the template archive mode gt NOTE Once the ConnectReach Terminal is in template archive mode the only menu available is the config menu To return to the normal mode disable the template archive 5 Enter all the configuration parameters required for the remote ConnectReach Terminal For more information on setting parameters of specific submenus see the pertinent sections in this chapter A WARNING Do not enter the save command at this point as you may not be able to connect to the FTP server due to po
245. ment Defines the purpose of the document and the intended audience Also includes topics about the conventions used in the document related documentation how to order documents and how to comment on this document AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 xiii xiv June 2002 363 211 129 About This Document Chapter 1 Preinstallation Planning This chapter includes instructions for completing preconfiguration and preinstallation worksheets that can be used to reduce the time it takes to configure and install a ConnectReach Terminal Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal This chapter contains procedures for configuring the ConnectReach Terminal according to the settings selected on the preconfiguration worksheets These procedures assume that the ConnectReach Terminal is to be configured at a staging area prior to installation at a customer site Procedures are also included for reconfiguring the ConnectReach Terminal from a remote location after it has been installed Chapter 3 Installation This chapter provides the procedures for mounting and connecting cables to the ConnectReach Terminal The procedures for installing interface cards into the ConnectReach Terminal and connecting two ConnectReach systems together to obtain more than 24 voice channels are also included in this chapter Chapter 4 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring This chapter contains the procedures for accessing and displaying
246. min 135 min 150 min 165 min 180 min 195 min 210 min 229 min 240 min ago ago ago ago ago ago ago ago ago ago ago ago ago ago ago ago data transmit max 12 30 18 24 12 10 25 60 10 8 5 5 15 1 1 data receive avg 2 6 a O oe WwW oe oe N oe oe oS X oe oe max 74 99 77 100 100 97 oe oe 47 92 64 38 11 4 11 10 11 2 0 5 14 0 2 71 0 0 0 0 4 71 0 1 71 0 0 71 0 1 71 ae ae ae ae oe oe ae ae oe oe The Usage Report data is displayed in 15 minute increments Voice DSOs are sampled once every minute with the minimum maximum and average minutes displayed Data DSOs are monitored by counting the total number of bytes sent during a 1 minute interval The Usage Report is an indicator of efficient DSO assignment If the following example were the case for an extended period of time reallocating the DSOs would improve the overall use of the T1 line 16 voice DSOs showing a maximum minute of 10 percent Eight data DSOs showing an average minute of 90 percent AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 23 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for Voice Channels Entering the voice To display voice channel statistics enter the voice states command a
247. minal the LCR and BOX features are unavailable disabled When the LCR and BOX features are enabled in the ConnectReach terminal ClearReach is turned off AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 27 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring the Synchronous Interface Introduction Key commands Procedure 2 28 June 2002 You must specify Synchronous Interface Encapsulation for installations that use data channels After you specify an encapsulation method you must also configure the associated interface settings through the Modify encap data command For example if you set the encapsulation to point to point protocol PPP then you must also configure the PPP interface with the Modify encap data command The following key commands are available using the synchronous interface command Encapsulation HDLC Inversion Allows the selection of the encapsulation protocol to be frame relay PPP or high level data link control HDLC Enabling HDLC inversion helps the line comply with the ones density specification Ones density applies only if the network T1 DSX 1 interface is configured to use AMI line coding regardless of the encapsulation scheme being used on the synchronous interface Modify encap data Allows the selection of specific values appropriate to the IP Unnumbered RIP chosen encapsulation scheme The ConnectReach Terminal allows the use of In
248. minal from a Web browser there is no copy to channel data command Instead the Update button performs the same function The Show all command displays the data in the individual channels For the Analog and Lines submenus the channel numbers specified in the begin and end commands refer to the analog ports not the T1 DSOs For AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Group Signaling example in the DSO menu if analog begin is set to 8 then channel 1 in the Analog or Lines submenus refers to the first pair on the analog connector which is connected to DSO number eight In order to avoid confusion we recommend you provision your T1 lines with the voice channels starting at the first DSO In that case the analog ports and DSO channels always have the same numbers The ConnectReach Terminal software will automatically detect the number of voice channels If you are accessing the ConnectReach Terminal by means of the console or Telnet you must use the copy to channel data command after modifying the data in the configuration template If you do not the configuration data for the individual channels will not be modified If you are accessing the ConnectReach Terminal from a Web browser there is no copy to channel data command Instead the Update button performs the same function The Show all command displays the data in the individual channels This
249. mmand config gt QOS The prompt changes to the config QOS prompt config Q0S gt 2 112 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 2 At the config QOS prompt enter the following commands config Q0S gt enable on config Q0S gt qos add sre 207 242 96 145 255 255 255 255 config Q0S gt reserved bandwidth 128 3 To view the QOS settings enter the show qos table command config Q0S gt show qos table QOS Table Src Addr Src Mask Dst Addr Dst Mask 4 207 242 96 145 255 255 255 0 ALL When you have made the necessary configuration changes enter an exclamation point or the exit command to return to the config menu gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use QOS example 2 the new values 5 End of Steps PPP HDLC Frame Relay 1 High Priority 207 242 96 145 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 ConnectReach Terminal A Low Priority 207 242 96 146 PCB poe ies T o ConnectReach Terminal B Low Priority 200 200 244 20 PCC PC D High Priority 200 200 244 21 June 2002 2 113 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal In this example there are two ConnectReach
250. n example is host name clock psu edu which server name ip addr is at IP address 128 118 25 3 Enter the difference in minutes between the local time and Greenwich Mean Time minutes from GMT number GMT Help Access online assistance The four U S time zones are PST 480 Mountain 420 Central 360 EST 300 All time zones do not take into account daylight savings time 3 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values 4 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 107 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring the DNS Server Introduction The ConnectReach Terminal uses DNS servers to resolve host names for internal commands such as ping and network upgrade Procedure To configure the DNS server proceed as follows 1 Obtain the DNS server address es from the carrier 2 Atthe Config prompt enter the DNS command config gt dns The prompt changes to the Config DNS prompt config DNS gt 3 Atthe Config DNS prompt enter the appropriate commands from the following table The DNS server addresses sho
251. n service repair and emergency calls to output row 3 which in turn routes them to trunk group 2 output row 3 Detect table row 5 routes credit card calls to outout row 3 which in turn routes them to trunk group 2 The default for all other calls is output row 3 which in turn routes them to trunk group 2 B 10 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 This is an example of a many to one connection including TCP UDP and ICMP connections All the LAN private addresses on 192 168 1 0 network will be config NAT Dynamic Groupl gt LAN Range 192 168 1 1 config NAT Dynamic Group1 gt WAN Range 200 200 200 1 In this one to one example the address 192 168 1 100 will always be mapped to the address 200 200 200 2 Only Outbound from LAN to WAN connections will config NAT Static Group2 gt LAN Range 192 168 1 100 config NAT Static Group2 gt WAN Range 200 200 200 2 config NAT Static Group2 gt ALLOW INBOUND OFF In this example all IP packets with the source or destination on the network 207 242 96 0 will be passed through NAT in other words these packets will not config NAT PassGroup2 gt LAN Range 207 242 96 1 207 242 96 254 Appendix B NAT Examples Example 1 mapped to one Internet address 200 200 200 1 config NAT Dynamic Groupl gt enable on 192 168 1 254 200 200 200 1 Example 2 be allowed config NAT Static Group2 gt enable on 192 168 1 100
252. n for that interface 4 14 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for Firewall Entering the To display the statistics for Firewall enter the firewall command at the firewall command statistics prompt For example statistics gt firewall Example of firewall The following is an example of a firewall statistics report that will be displayed on statistics report the PC monitor screen IN from WAN to LAN currently enabled Number of packets passed 75389 Number of packets failed 13 OUT from LAN to WAN Currently enabled Number of packets passed 116 Number of packets failed 83 IP Forwarding is enabled This is a status report only no errors are reported AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 15 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for NAT and PAT Entering the NAT command Network address translation NAT is an Internet standard that allows a LAN to use one set of IP addresses for internal LAN traffic and another set of IP addresses for external traffic This conserves global IP addresses and can be used to ensure security in effect the internal IP addresses are hidden from all devices outside the LAN Also in out requests can be qualified or authenticated To display the statistics for NAT enter the NAT command at the statistics
253. nation card location Screw 5 Remove the jumper block from header P31 located on the motherboard 6 Refer to the following figure and install the metal standoff over the threaded stud on the motherboard located near header P31 x Nut 1_DSP or Combination Card oe 7 Align the connectors on the bottom of the DSP or fractional T1 DSP combination card with the connector pins on the motherboard and make sure that the hole on the edge of the circuit card is located over the standoff Press gently on the top of the circuit card until the connector pins on the motherboard are fully seated in the circuit card connectors 8 Secure the DSP or fractional T1 DSP combination cards to the standoff using the hex nut provided 3 22 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation 9 Reposition the jumper block over the left side of block P31 refer to the following figure Jumper block on header P31 Jumper block on after installation of DSP or header P31 combination card and prior to ia replacement of jumper block ry DSP or combination card fee Motherboard 10 After the DSP or fractional T1 DSP combination circuit card has been installed slide the bottom tray front panel assembly back into the cover 11 Install the screw in the front panel 12 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 23 363 211 129 Installation Mount th
254. nd It is recommended that you keep an up to date record of the ConnectReach Terminal s configuration settings You can keep a record in any or all of the following ways m Keep an updated copy of the Preinstallation Worksheet that records all the configuration information gathered at the time of the initial installation If you change the configuration later update the worksheet accordingly m Print a configuration report using the Show command in the Config submenu If you change the configuration later print a new report and save it in either electronic or hard copy form m Use the Archive command in the Main Menu to upload a copy of the current configuration to a local or remote computer If you change the configuration later upload a new copy of the configuration AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 6 23 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing T1 Line Test Equipment Connection In the event that it becomes necessary to connect test equipment to the information NETWORK T1 MONITOR connector on the front panel of the ConnectReach Terminal with T1 network interface be sure the test equipment is operating in bridge mode Otherwise the test equipment can terminate the T1 line thereby reducing T1 receive signal strength to the ConnectReach Terminal 6 24 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 re IP Network Addresses About This Appendix Introduction
255. ne 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Enter this To command and one of these options 0 133ft DSX 0qdB CSU 133 266ft DSX 266 399ft DSX 399 533ft DSX 533 655ft DSX 7 5d0B CSU Set the build out in feet or 15dB ean decibels buildout 22 5qB CSU Comply with ones density specification applies only to pulse density AMI line coding format enforce On Off alarm Enables the alarm operation operation off on Sets the delay between a secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 alarm and closing of the alarm relay alarm delay 0 15 3600 sec Set the secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 to accept a slave from another ConnectReach Terminal allows for 25 48 ports for voice only has slave off on Access online assistance Help The line buildout command may be specified for connection to a CSU or toa DSX For a CSU the value is specified in decibels dB for a DSX the value is specified in feet 3 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point gt NOTE If you change any of these commands you must save the configuration and reboot the ConnectReach Terminal using the warm start command for the new settings to take effect 4 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guid
256. nectReach Terminal on page 3 34 m Atthe master unit connect the RS 232 connector to either a local computer using a null modem cable or to a modem using a fabricated modem cable m Connect the 10BaseT connector on the master unit to the Ethernet network hub using the Ethernet cable m Connect the NETWORK T1 LINE connector on the master unit to the T1 facility using a shielded T1 cable m Connect the SECONDARY FRACTIONAL T1 LINE connector on the master unit to the NETWORK T1 LINE connector on the slave unit using a crossover cable m Atthe master unit connect the VOICE CHANNELS connector to a punch down block using a standard 50 pin Telco cable AnyMedia ConneciReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 47 3 48 June 2002 Lucent Tech R STATUS Deag fo 10 11 12 13 14 nologi ies 363 211 129 Installation A ground stud is provided on the front panel of the ConnectReach Terminal for a hard ground connection Attach the crimp type ring lug of a main ground buss conductor to this ground stud Frame ground is provided in the power connector However we recommend that the hard ground connection be made for all installations especially for applications employing ground start circuits Unpredictable results may occur if adequate ground connections are not made We recommend the following connect a 10 AWG copper conductor from the ground stud on the ConnectReach Terminal chassis to th
257. nes 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the Line command config gt Line The prompt changes to the Config Line prompt config Line 2 Use the begin and end commands to specify the line or range of lines to which subsequent changes will apply gt NOTE The channel numbers specified in the begin and end commands refer to the analog ports not the T1 DSOs For example if begin is set to eight then channel one in the voice menu refers to the first pair on the analog connector which is connected to DSO number eight In order to avoid confusion we recommend you provision your T1 lines with the voice channels starting at the first DSO In that case the analog ports and DSO channels always have the same numbers The ConnectReach Terminal software will automatically detect the number of voice channels AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 57 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 3 Make the necessary configuration changes The following table describes these commands Enter this and one of these To command options Set the first channel begin 1 48 Set the last channel end 1 48 Select the line group group 1 10 Enter the trunk signaling loop start ground start type signaling Unconfigure Specify the direction direction in two way Select the routing option for outgoing routing outgoing calls type LCR Group Select the trunk group trunk group 1 trunk gro
258. net 10BaseT 8 What is the distance between the ConnectReach Terminal and the 10BaseT hub Order or make appropriate cable length AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 1 17 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning ConnectReach Terminal Preinstallation Worksheet Continued RS232 Craft Port 9 Uses standard 9 pin female female null modem cable to connect to PC not included Remote Configuration or Diagnostics 10 Will a modem be used for remote configuration or diagnostics Y N If yes was circled order a 1 MB Measured Business line Is a modem cable required Connector on the ConnectReach Terminal requires a standard 9 pin female PC modem cable Y N 1 18 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning gt NOTE In the following worksheet the default values if any appear in bold type AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Preconfiguration Worksheet AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 1 Network T1 DSX 1 Framing Format Q ESF a D4 SF Line Coding m B8ZS Q AMI Buildout 40 133 ft 0 dB 0133 266 ft m 266 399 ft m 399 533 ft Q 533 655 ft O 7 5 dB O 15 dB OM 22 5 dB Clock Source T Network d Internal Pulse Density T Off On Alarm Oi Off T On Delay 0 15 3600 sec Is slave T Off 41 On IP over FDL IP address netmask 2 Secondary Fractional T1 DSX1 T Off 4 On Framing Form
259. nfiguration 10 Type exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI enter an exclamation point to return to the Config menu gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values 11 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 59 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal BOX features This submenu is used to set the Business OfficeXchange BOX features and only description appears when the BOX features and the LCA DID features are installed The BOX features provided are similar to a Centrex service offered by a CO switch but without the need for dedicated lines to the CO for each extension The BOX features also provides configurations for connections to voice mail and paging systems The following table lists the BOX feature commands Enter this To command and one of these options Set the distinctive ring option distinctive ring off on Set the transfer option transfer off on Set the consultation hold option consultation hold off on Set the three way calling option three way calling off on Set the call waiting option call waiting off on Set the forward variable option fwd variable off on Set the forward no answer option fwd no answer off on Set the forward busy option fwd busy off on Set the numbe
260. nforce off on If set to on an alarm on Network T1 DSX 1 will cause the alarm relay to close alarm operation off on Sets the delay between a Network T1 DSX 1 alarm and closing of the alarm relay alarm delay 0 15 3600 sec ES EE E O R 2 18 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Enter this and one of these To command options Set the ConnectReach Terminal as a slave to another ConnectReach Terminal allows for 25 48 ports for voice only t is slave off on Access online assistance Help The line buildout command may be specified for connection to a channel service unit CSU or to a digital signal cross connect DSX For a CSU the value is specified in decibels dB for a DSX the value is specified in feet T All of the channel units for the DSO Provisioning connectReach command must also be set to none to allow for a slave This command is not used in the ConnectReach Terminal 3 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point 4 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 19 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring the Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 In
261. ng Enterprise NAT NAT allows the mapping of a range of LAN IP addresses to a range of WAN IP addresses The relation of the mapping may be one to one many to one or many to many All traffic between the LAN and the WAN must be defined if NAT is enabled The three definitions are as follows m Static allocation m Dynamic allocation m Pass thru In static allocation the mapping between the LAN IP addresses and WAN IP addresses is a static one to one or many to many relation Static mapping may or may not allow inbound connections from the WAN to the LAN In dynamic allocation the LAN IP addresses are mapped to the available WAN IP addresses on an as needed basis Dynamic mapping may be defined with a many to one or many to many connection Pass thru groups define LAN IP addresses that are allowed to pass through the NAT firewall The WAN range must be a valid range If the firewall configuration IP filtering plus server is to be used in conjunction with NAT a static group with allow inbound enabled for the server must be set up in NAT Examples on NAT configuration can be found in Appendix B Configuration Examples PAT Also for any Dynamic group Port Address Translation PAT may be configured PAT allows users on the public WAN side of a network to access specific applications or specific services such as those provided by a Web server an email server pop3 or an FTP server on the private LAN side of t
262. ng the ConnectReach Terminal This command provides three options incoming calls from the CO outgoing calls to the CO and two way calls from and to the CO The incoming option specifies that analog lines can only receive incoming calls but cannot originate calls This command specifies the routing options for incoming calls If you select the DID dialed number identification service DNIS or automatic number identification ANI DNIS options the incoming digits are collected by the ConnectReach Terminal and routed to the appropriate analog line Additional options allow an incoming call to be routed to a line or a group of lines This command allows a trunk group to be routed to a line station or to a line group It is used when the line associated with a DID or DNIS trunk is busy When this line is busy the ConnectReach Terminal forwards the call to the analog line specified in the line group command This command allows the user to select the digit addressing option There are three options dual tone multiple frequency DTMF multiple frequency MF and pulse Incoming addressing contains DID or DNIS information This command specifies how a call will be handled if the line station is busy If the busy signal option is selected the caller will hear the standard busy signal If the busy out option is specified whenever all lines in a line group are in use all trunks that route to that line group are placed in b
263. nges to the submenu group that is to be configured For example config NAT Static Groupl gt 2 Atthe submenu group prompt enter the appropriate command from the following Static configuration commands table Enter this and specify command this value Comments enable off on Enables static allocation IN Start 0 0 0 0 Enter the starting IP addresses for the range IN End 0 0 0 0 Enter the ending IP addresses for the range OUT Start 0 0 0 0 Enter the starting IP addresses for the range OUT End 0 0 0 0 Enter the ending IP addresses for the range ALLOW INBOUND off on Allows inbound initiation from WAN all udp Shows connections associated with specified Show tcp icmp parameter for this static group all udp Clear connections associated with specified Clear tcp icmp parameter for this static group Help Access online assistance Pass Thru 1 At the specific submenu enter the group to be configured For example config NAT PassThru gt 1 2 The prompt changes to the submenu group that is to be configured For example config NAT PassThru Groupl gt 3 At the submenu group prompt enter the appropriate command from the following Pass Thru configuration commands table AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 105 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Enter this and specify command this value Comments enable off on Enables pass thru definition IN Sta
264. nnect m Loop reversal m Tx gain db m Rx gain db m On hook threshold m Alarm state AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 37 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal There is one channel bank configuration command unconfigured state that is not part of the template The value set for unconfigured state applies to all unconfigured analog voice channels Key commands Begin and end 2 38 June 2002 The channel bank configuration key commands are used as follows The ConnectReach Terminal uses a template mechanism to set groups of channels or DSOs and associated options within the voice menus For the Channel bank and DigitalTrunk submenus the begin and end commands refer to the DSOs For the AnalogTrunk and Line submenus the begin and end command submenus refer to the FXO and FXS channels respectively The begin and end commands determine the range of channels or DSOs to be configured The channels or DSOs may be set individually or in groups of similar configuration The copy to channel data command copies the configuration template commands to the range between the begin and end settings If you are accessing the ConnectReach Terminal via the console or Telnet you must use the copy to channel data command after modifying the data in the configuration template If you do not the configuration data for the individual channels will not be modified If you are accessing the Conne
265. nnectReach Terminal Issue 5 363 211 129 About This Document e Appendix E Configuring Enterprise NAT This appendix describes the configuration of and applications for Enterprise Network Address Translation Enterprise NAT Glossary Defines acronyms and terms that may be unfamiliar to the user Index Lists in alphabetical order the specific subject information in the document AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 XV 363 211 129 About This Document Conventions Used in This Document Terms used Acronyms and abbreviations Trademarks xvi June 2002 This guide uses the following text conventions courier Indicates information that displays on the screen For example the Configuration Menu prompt looks like this config gt courier bold Indicates information you enter at a prompt For example to set up login names and passwords enter config gt password courier italic Indicates a variable for which you should substitute a value For example to establish a login name enter config Password gt user name The following are terms used in this document that may have a different meaning than the general or common use of the term e Inthe AnyMedia Access System the term access means that the system provides the primary service interface for the customer to enter the network In the first chapter acronyms are spelled out in lower case letters the first time
266. nnectReach status report command At the statistics prompt enter the ConnectReach command statistics gt ConnectReach A ConnectReach Terminal status report similar to the following example is displayed LAPD state S2 Transport state UP Messages sent 15876 Messages rec d 16264 Sanity timeouts 4 Send failures 0 Checksum errors 0 GBits 0x0 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 41 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Miscellaneous Monitoring Commands Introduction Definition of This section provides procedures for using the miscellaneous monitoring miscellaneous commands and the displays resulting from the use of these commands The monitoring commands described include the following commands m Version m Show hardware config 4 42 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Display Current Version of System Software Entering the version command The version command is used to display the current version of the ConnectReach Terminal software and uptime information that is how long the ConnectReach Terminal has been running since the last power on or reboot At the Main Menu prompt enter the version command Example gt version The following is an example of the display obtained when the version command is entered KKK KK KK System Image Boot x x ConnectReach A
267. nnection Identifier The frame relay virtual circuit number corresponding to a particular destination The DLCI is part of the frame relay header DNIS Dialed Number Identification Service DNIS provides the number the caller dialed Used with 800 and 900 lines DNIS capabilities allow one trunk group to be used for multiple service applications DNS Domain Name Service A DNS server resolves an Internet domain name such as lucent com to an IP address A DNS proxy manages Internet name resolution requests on behalf of devices on a private network DSO Digital or data signal level 0 The basis of a 64 kbps digital data stream DS1 Digital signal level 1 The 1 544 Mb s T1 line DSP Digital Signal Processor A specialized digital microprocessor that performs calculations on digitized signals that were originally analog for example voice and then sends the results on DSU Data Service Unit A DSU interfaces to a T1 digital circuit in combination with a CSU The DSU converts the customer data stream to bipolar format for transmission DSX Digital System Cross Connect A bay or panel to which DS1 circuit packs are wired and that permits cross connections by patch cords and plugs A DSX panel is used in small offices where only a few digital trunks are installed DTE Data Terminal Equipment The name applied to a piece of equipment such as personal computers systems network architecture SNA control units autom
268. normally open alarm connection 150 VRMS 100 mA For information about the alarm relay see Alarm Relay on page 3 53 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 11 363 211 129 Installation Power Connector Pin Assignments Power connector pin The Power connector is a 3 pin Molex connector that provides the connection assignments table point for the 48VDC input power to the AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal either from an external 120VAC power supply or a DC power source The following lists the power connector pin assignments Description Pin VO 48VDC 1 right In Safety ground 2 center In 48VDC RET 3 left In 3 12 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation RS 232 Connector Pin Assignments RS 232 connector The RS 232 connector is a 9 pin D type DTE connector and is the serial port for pin assignments the AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal A modem can be connected directly to table this connector A null modem cable is required for this connector when you connect a PC running terminal emulation software If you have installed an uninterruptible power supply UPS and want to receive SNMP traps related to it you must connect the RS232 port on the UPS unit directly to the RS232 port on the AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal The cable must have a connector that is appropriate for the UPS device at one end and a 9 pin D type
269. ns 6 AttemptFails 0 EstabResets 0 CurrEstab 1 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 35 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring The fields displayed grouped by protocol and the corresponding MIB fields are described in the following table IP Protocols Statistics Descriptions Display Field Corresponding MIB Field ipGroup Description IpForwarding ipForwarding Indicates whether this device is acting as an IP gateway and therefore whether it forwards packets DefaultTTL InReceives ipDefaultTTL ipInReceives The default value inserted into the Time To Live TTL field of the IP header of packets originating at this device whenever a TTL value is not supplied by the transport layer protocol The number of input packets received from interfaces including those received in error InHdrErrors ipInHdrErrors The number of input packets discarded due to errors in their IP headers including bad checksums version number mismatch other format errors TTL exceeded errors in processing their IP options etc InAddrErrors ForwDatagrams ipInAddrErrors ipForwDatagrams The number of input packets discarded because the IP address in their IP header s destination field was not valid at this entity Includes invalid addresses e g 0 0 0 0 and addresses of unsupported classes e g Class E If device is not an IP Gat
270. nt AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 19 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring The following table describes the events monitored in the T1 statistics report Event Meaning Description BPV Bipolar Violation For an AMI coded signal the occurrence of a pulse of the same polarity as the previous pulse For a BBZS coded signal the occurrence of a pulse of the same polarity as the previous pulse without being a part of the zero substi tution code CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check Error that occurs when the CRC value on a received sig nal is different than the CRC value calculated for that sig nal at the receiving end Errored Second Second when either a Cyclic Redundancy Check CRC or a Loss of Frame LOF event or both has occurred Equipment that counts Controlled Slips CS includes the Bursty Errored Seconds BES Severely Errored Sec onds SES and Unavailable Seconds UAS counts in ES UAS Unavailable Second A one second interval during which service was not available an unavailable signal state is declared after 10 consecutive SESs The Unavailable state is cleared after 10 consecutive seconds without CRCs or LOF events Equipment that counts Controlled Slips includes the UAS count in the ES count Bursty Errored Second A second with more than 1 and less than 320 Path Coding Violation PCV events Equipment that counts Controlled Slips includes the
271. nt group by configuring multiple phones for call forward busy and or no answer each forwarding to the next Each line may be individually configured to have call forward on or off The call forward request is preserved over a warm or cold restart The three types of call forwarding are described as follows AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 61 2 62 June 2002 Variable No answer Busy 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal This feature allows the user to forward the phone to another extension or outside number An incoming call from a loop start trunk cannot be forwarded to a loop start trunk If there is a warm start call forward variable will default to the systems settings the user s settings will be lost This feature can be used to enable voice mail coverage by forwarding the call to the voice mail extension Each line may be individually configured with a unique forwarding number The number of rings before forwarding is also individually configurable This feature can also be used to enable voice mail coverage by forwarding the call to the voice mail extension Each line may be individually configured with a unique forwarding number Direct trunk select This feature enables a diagnostic function If there is a Call pickup group Caller ID connecting problem the CO may have the user dial a feature code and a two digit number for the trunk group to test the trun
272. ntenance and Trouble Clearing gt xmodem download The system responds with 832 k of ram allocated for preparing flash followed by CCCCcc While the cccccc string is progressing across the screen start a file transfer using the Terminal emulator From the Terminal application send the file using the xmodem protocol If binary or American standard code for information interchange ASCII is an option choose binary After the transfer completes the following message will appear on the screen and the system will reboot Transfer complete Saving image After the system has rebooted verify that the system is running the new software Check the version number using the version command at the Main Menu prompt or by viewing the version number that appears on the screen after rebooting ConnectReach System x xx Where x xx is the software version End of Steps The steps to upgrade the ConnectReach Terminal software using a remote computer and a modem connected to the RS 232 port are contained in the following procedure 1 From the remote computer start a Terminal application and dial the modem connected to the ConnectReach Terminal At the login prompt enter your login name and password At the Main menu prompt enter the network upgrade command gt network upgrade At the network upgrade prompt enter the prepare command Network upgrade gt prepare The ConnectReach Terminal asks you to confirm that
273. ny four numbers Timeout T accepts additional digits waiting for pattern interdigit timeout for example 413T matches both 4134361234 and 4134361 The following figure provides an example of a detect insert table 1800XXXL 1668XXXL 1877XXXL 1666XXXL 1855XxXXL 1900XXxXL 1 2 9 XXXXXL OLIT 2 9 XXL 411 611 911 0 2 9 XXXXXL 01 2 9 T 101XxXXXX 0 1 XXXXXXL 10XxXX 0 1 XXXXXXL The following is an explanation of the detect insert table example Row 1 Detects toll free and 900 number calls and refers them to output row 3 Row 2 Detects United States long distance calls and refers them to output row 1 Row 3 Detects international calls and refers them to ouput row 2 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Row 4 Row 5 Output insert Digit Output table group LocalDigits Row 1 Row 2 Row 3 Detects local calls including information service repair and emergency calls and refers them to output row 3 Detects credit card calls and refers them to output row 3 This command requires four values The first value is the row number of the output table The second value specifies which trunk group to seize The third value refers to an alternate output row The fourth value specifies digits to insert or delete and includes a pausing capability The third and fourth values are optional For entries with digits an
274. o hosts in a TCP IP Internet This 32 bit address is comprised of a network portion and a host portion IP Unnumbered Interface This describes an interface that does not consume a unique IP address ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network A switched digital network connection from the local or long distance exchange carrier to the subscriber There are two types of service Basic Rate Interface BRI and Primary Rate Interface PRI BRI transmits at 1 44 Mb s PRI transmits at 1 544 Mb s ISP Internet Service Provider A company that provides access to the Internet For a monthly fee the service provider gives you a software package username password and access phone number Equipped with a modem you can then log on to the Internet and browse the World Wide Web and send and receive e mail K KTS Key Telephone system L LAN Local Area Network A short distance data communications network typically within a building or campus used to link computers and peripheral devices such as printers compact disc read only memories CD ROMs modems under some form of standard control LCR Local Call Routing Also known as Least Cost Routing A telephone system feature that automatically selects the most economical route available for an outgoing call lo Loopback interface for the local Ethernet network used in Interface statistics LOFC Loss of Frame Count Error that occurs when there is a loss of
275. off delay 15 seconds ConnectReach Terminal has a slave off 3 DSO provisioning Voice and data channel assignments require the following data Number of analog voice channels channels set according to actual hardware need begin and end range AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 1 7 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning Number of secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 voice channels none Number of data channels need begin and end range Number of secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 data channels none Alignment secondary fractional T1 DSX1 low ConnectReach provisioning need range for each CU ClearReach feature off 4 Synchronous interface configuration HDLC inversion Determine whether the synchronous interface should use HDLC inversion for pulse density enforcement off Pulse density enforcement applies only when the network T1 DSX 1 interface line coding format is set to alternate mark inversion AMI regardless of the encapsulation scheme selected Determine whether the synchronous interface the Network T1 DSX 1 interface uses the following Frame relay and how many PVCs 1 to 30 to be defined SLA Point to point protocol PPP HDLC Determine the following address information for each synchronous interface disabled ConnectReach Terminal IP address on the link to the carrier CO or Enet IP unnumbered or Netmask if any Frame
276. ommand config gt dhep The prompt changes to the Config DHCP prompt config DHCP 2 Atthe Config DHCP prompt enter the appropriate commands from the following table Enter this and specify command this value Comments enable off on Enable or disable DHCP Specify the start of the range of IP addresses to be start ip IP address used the default is 192 168 0 2 Specify the end of the range of IP addresses the end ip IP address default is 192 168 0 254 Enable this option if you do not want any IP addresses to be visible to the Internet If the private network option is enabled you must also enable NAT and PAT see Configuring NAT and PAT on private network off on page 2 101 Specify the length of lease time DHCP attempts to 600 7200 link the same address to a device each time the lease timet seconds device requests an address dns server IP address Specify the DNS server domaint domain name Specify the domain name for the site Help Access online assistance T The lease time command is set by default to industry standard values Only users who are familiar with the DHCP protocol should alter these values Obtain the domain name from the carrier 3 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point AnyMedia ConnectReach Termin
277. ommand followed by either the host name or the IP address of the node to be pinged and the number of times to ping If you do not specify a number of repetitions the default is one For example gt ping 111 222 33 1 2 In this example the node whose IP address is 111 222 33 1 is sent two ICMP echo packets If the node or the network connection to the node is operational you should see the response within a few seconds If the node or network is not operational the ping attempt times out after 10 seconds To stop a ping before the 10 second interval elapses simply press any key The response to the above example might look like this PING 111 222 33 1 64 data bytes 64 bytes from 111 222 33 1 icmp_seq 0 time 0 ms 64 bytes from 111 222 33 1 icmp_seq 1l time 0 ms 111 222 33 1 PING Statistics 2 packets transmitted 2 packets received 0 packet loss round trip ms min avg max 0 0 0 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 47 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring 4 48 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 Configure Monitor and Upgrade Software for the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser Contents page About This Chapter 5 2 m Introduction 5 2 Preparing Accessing the ConnectReach Terminal 5 3 m Preparing the ConnectReach Terminal for Access Using a Web 5 3 Browser m Accessing the ConnectReach Terminal Using a We
278. ompt changes to the Change prompt Change Firewall config to the default Outgoing IPFilter only settings gt n ly y Enter y to set the default IP filter The prompt changes to the Config IPFirewall prompt config IPFirewall gt When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 95 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values 4 End of Steps Configuring default The following figure illustrates a sample topology for the default IP filter plus IP filter plus server server configuration 21610_fig_i6ta Server with HTTP Mail Outgoing Connections Only To configure the default IP filter plus server firewall proceed as follows 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the firewall command config gt firewall The prompt changes to the Config IPFirewall prompt config IPFirewall gt 2 Atthe Config IPFirewall prompt enter the default ipfilter plus server command config IPFirewall gt default ipfilter server 207 104 144 1 The prompt changes to the Change prompt Change Firewall c
279. ompt changes to the config syslog prompt config syslog gt 2 Make the necessary syslog configuration changes The following table describes the configuration commands enable host source sysconf access Help Enter this command and specify this value Loff son IP address source ID string facility facility Comments Enables or disables the syslog utility Syslog can only be enabled if you have specified a valid host name Specifies the IP address of the device to which you want the syslog messages sent Specifies device from which messages are sent enter IP address or user defined string to identify device appears as hostname element of each syslog message Limits syslog reports to facility code 1 user level messages generated due to configuration events Limits syslog reports to facility code 4 Security Authorization messages generated due to user access events Access online assistance 3 After making the necessary configuration changes enter save gt NOTE The new command value takes effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new value To see the syslog messages from a remote workstation log into the syslog server The messages generated by the source IAD follow the RFC 3164 format lt PRI gt Mmm dd hh mm ss hostname TAG Message Text AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guid
280. on screen is shown in the following figure y Version Hetscape BE x File Edit View Go Communicator Help iwe 2205 8 y py a Bookmarks Gota Version eeeeeee System Image Boor ee SLC ConnectReach Access System 2 2 Lucent Built dug 26 1998 16 35 12 NVRAM version 0108 PR Id romInit s v 1 3 1997 03 07 01 37 26 dab Exp System running for O0 day 19 hours 41 mins 20 secs Return to main menu Eyi Netscape 2 To return to the Main Menu click the Main Menu command at the bottom of the Version screen 3 End of Steps Display hardware The following procedure is used to display the hardware configuration screen configuration 1 In the ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu click show hardware config command The show hardware config screen appears An example of the show hardware config screen is shown in the following figure AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 5 11 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser X Show hardware config Hetscape Eile Edit View Go Communicator Help ives 42tgans dt l py j z lt 6 Bookmarks fi Goto Show hardware config Hardware configuration Hardware version 0022 Serial number OO00000000756 Ethernet address 00 60 49 00 04 3e Analog channels 1 8 are type FES Analog channels 9 16 are type FXS analog channels 17 20 are type FES 4194304 bytes o
281. onfig to the default only Outgoing IPFilter and a server settings gt n ly y Enter y to set the default IP filter plus server 2 96 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Viewing default firewall configuration settings The prompt changes to the Config IPFirewall prompt config 1IPFirewall gt 3 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values 4 End of Steps This completes the default firewall configurations For the configuration settings for each of these default commands refer to the following section entitled Viewing default firewall configuration settings on page 2 97 To view the IP inbound filter group settings enter config IPFirewall gt inipfiltergroup and type a The IP inbound filter group settings for the default IP filter sample configuration shown in the preceding figure are as follows 1Filter permit tcpport gt 1023 2Filter permit udpport gt 1023 3Filter permit ping 4Filter 5Filter 6Filter 7Filter 8Filter 9Filter 10Filter 11Filter
282. onfigure the replacement with the same configuration settings as the original unit 6 16 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing Ethernet port LEDs The Ethernet port has two built in LEDs that are located on the 10BaseT connector refer to the following figure for location they are as follows m The green link integrity LED This LED lights when the link between the ConnectReach Terminal and the Ethernet hub is functioning m The yellow activity LED This LED blinks when the ConnectReach Terminal transmits or receives data to and from the Ethernet port 10BaseT Yellow LED Green LED AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 6 17 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing Displaying a Time Stamped Log of Events Entering the log command 6 18 June 2002 The log command is used to display a time stamped log of events that occur in the ConnectReach Terminal such as logins HTTP or console commands and errors You can also display a log of the T1 line that records information such as alarms and line up or line down conditions At the Main Menu prompt enter the Log command followed by an option obtained from the following table For example gt log eventdump To Enter this command Display the log for the ConnectReach Terminal log eventdump Display the log for the T1
283. oo short badsum In statistics reports such as IP statistics the number of packets with bad checksums BER Bit Error Rate Errored bits divided by the total number of bits per time period AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 GL 1 363 211 129 Glossary BES Bursty Error Second A second with more than 1 and less than 320 PCV events Used in T1 line statistics Bipolar An intelligence carrying voltage that turns both negative and positive in relation to a base reference of zero Blue Alarm See AIS BOX Business OfficeXchange An integrated voice switch incorporating key system functionality BPV Bipolar violation The digital data format consists of pulses at opposite polarity or voltage Two consecutive pulses of the same polarity are considered a bipolar violation BRI Basic Rate Interface BRI has two bearer B channels at 64 kilobits per second kbps and a data D channel at 16 kb s Browser See Web Browser C cantforward In statistics reports such as IP statistics the number of packets not forwarded because no route could be found Channel Bank A device that multiplexes 24 channels of voice and or data on a 1 544 Mbps T1 line CIR Committed Information Rate CIT Craft Interface Terminal An American standard code for information interchange ASCII terminal or a personal computer PC running software that emulates an ASCII terminal
284. ook idle Outgoing A call that comes from a user on the ConnectReach Terminal to the CO P Packet Filtering The recognition and selective transmission or blocking of bundles of data based on destination addresses or other packet contents PAT Port Address Translation Allows users on thepublic WAN side of a network to access spesific applications or services on the private LAN side of the network Pattern One or more sequences separated by followed by an optional time out Example 92 2 3 95x matches 922 or 923 or 950 or 951 959 PBX Private Branch Exchange A customer telephone system that emulates a carrier branch exchange office PCV Path Coding Violations A count of frame synchronization bit errors in D4 format or CRCs in the ESF format AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 GL 7 363 211 129 Glossary Ping A command that sends an ICMP echo packet to a node on an IP network The target node if operational returns an ICMP response packet to the originator Commonly used to indicate that both the target node and the network path to it are functioning properly PPP Point to Point protocol A protocol that allows a computer to connect to a remote network or device over either a synchronous interface or a standard dial up telephone line and modem PRI Primary Rate Interface PRI in the United States provides 23 B channels with a D channel
285. opbacks on a T1 Interface Entering the T1 command Example of T1 line statistics report To display the statistics for the T1 DSX 1 interface enter the T1 command at the statistics prompt For example statistics gt T1 At the statistics T1 prompt enter the appropriate T1 DSX 1 interface command option from the following table Enter this and specify this and this command parameter and this parameter time period report network secondary carrier user hour day clearReport network secondary statusReport network secondary set Loopback network secondary payload line AIS 5 20 min clearLoopback network secondary payload line AIS usageReport hours 8 At the statistics T1 prompt enter the following commands statistics Tl gt report network carrier hour The following is an example of a T1 line statistics report that will be displayed on the PC monitor screen etwork Carrier ONE HOUR REPORT ESF Counter 36855 Current Interval Time 818 Valid Intervals 19 BPV CRC ES UAS BES SES CSS LOFC Current Count 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 Hour Count 4 0 0 0 O 0 0 1 Interval 1 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 Interval 2 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 Interval 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Interval 4 0 0 0 O 0 0 0 0 NOTE BPV bipolar violation BES bursty seconds CRC CRC errors SES severely error seconds ES error seconds CSS counted slip seconds UAS unavailable seconds LOFC loss of frame cou
286. ort and using Xmodem commands to transfer the new software from the remote system m Downloading the new software from a file transfer protocol FTP server on the T1 line or Ethernet network gt NOTE Upgrading the ConnectReach Terminal with new software does not normally affect the current configuration settings which are stored separately from the system software Software upgrade The steps to upgrade the ConnectReach Terminal software using a local from a local computer connected to the RS 232 port by means of a null modem cable are computer contained in the following procedure 1 Atthe Main prompt enter the network upgrade command gt network upgrade 2 Atthe network upgrade prompt enter the prepare command Network upgrade gt prepare 3 The ConnectReach Terminal will ask for confirmation that you want to perform a warm restart and enter the maintenance mode Enter y gt NOTE While the unit is in the maintenance mode data traffic from the LAN to the WAN and vice versa are blocked in order to free enough memory to accommodate the download 4 When the ConnectReach Terminal boots in the maintenance mode you are prompted for your login name and password Enter the carrier login name and password 5 Atthe Main menu prompt enter the xmodem download command AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 6 3 Software upgrade from a remote computer 6 4 June 2002 363 211 129 Mai
287. oved from the ConnectReach Terminal unit A CAUTION An electrostatic discharge ESD wrist strap with a resistance between 250 K and 1 5 M ohms should be worn when handling the ConnectReach Terminal interface cards or motherboard to prevent damage Before using the wrist strap check it for shorts opens and proper resistance value If the strap does not pass these checks it should not be used To avoid possible personal injury while using the wrist strap do not connect it to any power source or shelf housing a power source Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the screw from the center of the ConnectReach Terminal front panel Obtain access to the inside of the ConnectReach Terminal by sliding the bottom tray front panel assembly forward separating it from the top and side cover Remove the DSP or fractional T1 DSP combination circuit card and package of hardware from the packing carton The hardware package should contain a metal standoff and a hex nut Refer to the following figure showing the top view of the motherboard to locate where the card is to be installed and identify the connectors that will be involved AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 21 363 211 129 Installation Voice Interface Voice Interface Voice Interface Slot 3 Slot 2 Slot 1 Channels 17 24 Channels 9 16 Channels 1 8 Erori i 7 A Fractional T1 card DSP ront panel card or fractional T1 DSP ie combi
288. owser user starts an access session from the device at 192 168 1 163 14 The Web browser user traverses to the NTP page and sets enable to on 15 The NTP enable parameter is set to on 16 The NTP server parameter is set to clock psu edu 17 The NTP minutes from GMT parameter is set to 0 18 The Telnet user regains control from 192 168 1 163 gt NOTE 2 120 June 2002 Configuration changes executed from the command line appear differently in the log than those executed from the Web browser When an Update button is pressed in the Web browser all of the fields on the current page are updated simultaneously as shown in messages 14 17 In contrast when changing a single parameter from the command line only the changed parameter is logged AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring FTP Log Dump Introduction The FTP Log Dump menu sets the ftp commands necessary to enable the ftp log dump feature If the ConnectReach Terminal has an abnormal termination of the software the FTP Log Dump downloads all pertinent information as ASCII text to the designated location The location is determined by the commands host filename and directory The remaining commands are for customer relevant information This information is tied in with the ftp log dump information and is purely for identification purposes only The information that is gathered is
289. pin modular RJ 48C connector for the secondaryT1 line interface port for the ConnectReach Terminal The connector pin assignments are the same as the pin assignments for the Network T1 Line connector AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 15 363 211 129 Installation Network T1 Line Test Jacks introduction 3 16 June 2002 The Network T1 Line Test jacks accept standard bantam miniature telephone jacks In the event that it becomes necessary to connect test equipment to the Network T1 Line Test connector be sure the test equipment is operating in bridge mode Otherwise the test equipment can terminate the T1 line thereby reducing T1 receive signal strength to the AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Interface Card Installation Voice Interface Card Installation Introduction The ConnectReach Terminal unit has space for housing up to three voice interface cards These cards can be either foreign exchange station FXS or foreign exchange office FXO voice interface cards The ConnectReach Terminal may come from the factory with the desired number of voice interface cards already installed However in instances where the cards have not been installed at the factory or cards are being added to an existing system the following procedure should be used to install the interface cards Procedure The following
290. plies if the site is not a private network or if other default parameter values are not appropriate The data that should be available before beginning the configuration procedure is listed below The numbered steps correspond to numbered areas on the Preconfiguration Worksheet presented later in this chapter Because the ConnectReach Terminal supports many interfaces and protocols the ConnectReach Terminal configuration utility offers a large number of configuration parameters However almost all parameters have default values if a parameter s default is appropriate for the customer site you do not need to set the parameter Default values where applicable are shown in parentheses below and in bold in the worksheet All parameters listed below are described in more detail in Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 1 Network T1 DSX 1 interface configuration You need the following information Framing format ESF Line coding format bipolar 8 zero substitution B8ZS Build out 0 dB Clock source network Pulse density enforcement off Alarm on delay 15 seconds ConnectReach Terminal is a slave off IP over FDL IP address and netmask 2 Secondary Fractional T1 DSX1 configuration For this interface to the phone system You need the following information Framing format ESF Line coding format B8ZS Build out 0 dB Pulse density off Alarm
291. present DSP is present 4 44 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Using the Traceroute Command Entering the traceroute command The traceroute command allows you to trace the routing history between two points on an IP network Traceroute sends three separate packets with the time to live TTL field set to the lowest number possible When the packets reach the first router three timeout messages are returned to the ConnectReach system by means of the Internet control message protocol ICMP Three more packets are sent with the TTL field incremented by one These packets pass the first router known as a hop and reach the second router This process continues until the hop count reaches 30 or the destination address is reached pos7 0 622M cr2 snv gblx net 206 132 151 22 150ms ttl 245 For example gt traceroute www yahoo com traceroute to www yahoo com 204 71 200 68 1 30 hops 28 byte packets 207 247 10 49 207 247 10 49 16 66ms 16 66ms 0 0ms 464 Hssi2 0 GW3 EWR1 ALTER NET 157 130 1 77 83 33ms 66 66ms 83 33ms 116 ATM3 0 XR1 EWR1 ALTER NET 146 188 177 174 66 66ms 66 66ms 66 66ms 293 ATM O0 XR1L NYC1 ALTER NET 146 188 177 153 66 66ms 66 66ms 83 33ms when the response packet returns an unexpected value for the 173 39 23 202 137 39 23 202 66 66mv tt1 247 66 66ms
292. procedure as for adding a new login name However in Step 3 enter the new password gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values To delete a password for an existing login name enter the password command without a login name For example config password gt carrier AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Logging in with carrier level privilege Logging in with user level privilege After you configure login names and passwords the next time you access the ConnectReach Terminal you must enter a name and password associated with Carrier privilege After you enter the user name and password the Main prompt appears For example Please enter name fred Enter password gt When you are logged in with Carrier privilege you have access to all the ConnectReach Terminal s configuration and management commands User level privilege is only available when you use a Web browser to access the ConnectReach Terminal The following subset of commands is available if you log in with User privilege Configure You may change the user level password and save the change and you may list the current configuration No other configuration commands are available Statistics All statistics commands are available You may display but not cl
293. procedure should be used when installing FXS and or FXO voice interface cards in the ConnectReach Terminal gt NOTE If Voice Interface Slots 2 and or 3 are to be equipped with a voice interface card then Voice Interface Slot 1 must also be equipped If Slot 1 is not equipped then the cards in Slot 2 and or 3 will not be recognized 1 Verify that power has been removed from the ConnectReach Terminal unit A CAUTION An electrostatic discharge ESD wrist strap with a resistance between 250 K and 1 5 M ohms should be worn when handling the ConnectReach Terminal interface cards or motherboard to prevent damage Before using the wrist strap check it for shorts opens and proper resistance value If the strap does not pass these checks it should not be used To avoid possible personal injury while using the wrist strap do not connect it to any power source or shelf housing a power source Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the screw from the center of the ConnectReach Terminal front panel 2 Obtain access to the inside of the ConnectReach Terminal by sliding the bottom tray front panel assembly forward separating it from the top and side cover AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 17 363 211 129 Installation 3 Identify the location of the interface card to be installed using the following figure showing the top view of the motherboard Voice Interface Voice Interface Voice Interface Slot
294. prompt For example statistics gt NAT Example of NAT statistics report A ae AT aT AT RT rt AT AT Ki a N a for A AT AT Of the above PAT PAT PAT IP Packets IP Outbound Packets IP Inbound Packets IP Fragments IP Packets Dropped IP Packets Translated TCP Packets Translated UDP Packets Translated ICMP Packets Translated IP Packets Passed Thru Sessions in Use Sessions Allocated Sessions Freed Sessions Refused Sequence Adjusts in Use Stress Recovery Norm Recovery The following is an example of an NAT statistics report that will be displayed on the PC monitor screen 4614 14 4600 0 215 o FO O 0 0 0 O O O oO 19 KKK KKK KAKKDAT Statistics x Sessions in Use Sessions Freed Sessions Refused the following are PAT Stats For further information on NAT statistics refer to RFC 1631 4 16 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Displaying Statistics for DHCP Entering the DHCP To display the statistics for dynamic host configuration protocol DHCP enter the command Example of DHCP statistics report DHCP command at the statistics prompt For example statistics gt dhep The following is an example of a DHCP statistics report that will be displayed on the PC monitor screen IP address thernet address 168 192 100 11 00 cO ff 11 22 ce hostn
295. prompt enter your login name and password 3 Atthe Main Menu prompt enter the archive command gt archive 4 Atthe Archive prompt enter the tty download command archive gt tty download 5 The system responds with the following message Set your Terminal program to send the text file now 6 Use HyperTerminal to send the configuration data by selecting Transfer Send Text File and specifying the same file name used for the upload procedure 7 After the download completes the system responds with Configuration downloaded successtully Use the Config Save command to save you data archive gt exit gt config config gt save config gt exit 8 Atthe Main Menu use the cold start command to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal gt cold start 9 End of Steps 6 12 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing Rebooting the ConnectReach Terminal Introduction Performing a warm start reboot Performing a cold start reboot There are two methods of rebooting the ConnectReach Terminal the warm start reboot and the cold start reboot A description of each method is given in the following sections The method you use to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal depends on what you need to accomplish The warm start command is typically used when you have changed and saved configuration values and want the ConnectReach Terminal to begin using the n
296. r s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 D 5 Feature Codes Introduction Cancel call waiting Call pickup Direct call pickup Call forward D 6 June 2002 363 211 129 Appendix D Feature codes are sets of numbers that are entered at the telephone keypad in order to implement or cancel certain BOX features To enter the feature codes lift the telephone receiver and dial the feature code followed by the extension number if appropriate The following table provides dialing instructions when entering feature codes If a feature code has been programmed with a code that is different from the one in the table make note of it in the table Additional Dialing Feature Feature Code Required Cancel Call Waiting 70 No Call Pickup 1 No Direct Call Pickup 5 Extension number Call Forward Variable 72 Extension number Cancel Call Forward Variable 73 No Pager 3 No Digital Direct Access 40 Trunk number Analog Direct Access 41 Trunk or line number Cancel Busy Redial 42 No This feature code disables call waiting for the next call A second dial tone is provided after dialing the feature code Canceling call waiting allows for modem data transfer without the interference of the call waiting tone Dialing the call pickup feature code causes a ringing line in the user s pickup group to be answered Each line may be assigned to a call pickup group This feature allows call pickup outside the answerer s pickup
297. r all parameters Under these conditions you need to verify the settings of all configuration parameters and determine which need to be adjusted The example assumes that the site has been assigned a range of unique IP addresses to be used on the Ethernet network The SNMP host is a device on network 123 45 67 0 and access to the ConnectReach Terminal is restricted to traffic from that network only A secondary PVC is constructed and a route to the access network via the secondary PVC is declared The secondary T1 interface is connected to a PBX or KSU and is assigned 12 DSO voice channels and 12 DSO data channels In addition the service provider requires all WAN addresses to have a numbered interface xkkk ee System Image Boot x ConnectReach 5 XX Built dan 6 200X 19 25 09 NVRAM version 0107 PB SId romInit s v 1 3 200X 03 07 01 37 26 dab Exp Copyright 1996 200X VINA Technologies Inc logged on as Carrier gt conf config gt secondary t1 config Secondary tl1 gt enable on config Secondary tl gt config gt ds0 provisioning config DSO0O provisioning gt analog begin 0 config DSO provisioning gt analog end 0 config DSO provisioning gt sec Tl voice begin 1 config DSO provisioning gt sec Tl voice end 12 provisioning gt data begin 13 config DSO provisioning gt data end 24 OOCOCO Oo config DSO provisioning gt config gt synchronous interface config Synchronous inte
298. r of rings before forwarding a call fwd rings 4 0 10 Set the number for call forward alabla torwacd variable fwd num variable number Set the number for call forward ee eae TT no answer fwd num no answer number Set the number for call forward busy fwd num busy busy forward number Set the busy redial option busy redial off on Enable direct trunk access direct trunk sel off on Assign a call pickup group call pickup group 0 0 5 Set the line group to the default settings line group default Access online assistance Help For information on the user interface of the BOX features refer to Appendix D User Interface The BOX features are described as follows 2 60 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal gt NOTE Attendant consoles busy lamp fields digital phones LCD displays are not supported Distinctive Ring Transfer This command allows incoming calls from an outside trunk to be distinguished from local intercom calls The distinctive ring is a double ring half second on one second off half second on four seconds off A call from an outside trunk transferred by an inside line is rung as an outside call Each line may be individually configured to have distinctive ringing on or off The distinctive ring command in the BOX submenu must be turned on for the trunk ring default command to function properly See
299. r the group to be configured For example config NAT Dynamic gt 1 The prompt changes to the submenu group that is to be configured For example config NAT Dynamic Group1 gt 4 Atthe submenu group prompt enter the enable on command then the Start and End commands for the in range and the outrange See the table below the IP addresses refer to the commands used in the ENAT example shown in the figure below to create Group1 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 E 3 363 211 129 Appendix E About in and out ranges The in range is the LAN side of the Corporate Headquarter network The out range is the WAN side of the Corporate Headquarter s router module and specify this Enter this command value Comments enable off on Enables dynamic allocation 192 168 0 1 Enter the starting LAN or WAN IP in Start for example address for the range 192 168 0 254 Enter the ending LAN or WAN IP in End for example address for the range 213 213 213 1 Enter the starting WAN IP address for out Start for example the range 213 213 213 1 Enter the ending WAN IP address for the out End for example range Three Different FR PVCs configured for Enterprise NAT NOC 7 PVC 1PASS 7 Corporate Private sate z 192 168 0 1 Headquarters 213 213 213 1 e 1E1033 3 i Pod Ethernet wi p PVC 2 OUT Internet ban a er A miii T to WAN
300. reboot the AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal using the cold start command 4 End of Steps 2 92 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring the Default Firewall Introduction Default configurations The ConnectReach Terminal incorporates IP filtering firewall technology For most installations configuring the firewall is extremely simple The ConnectReach Terminal allows two standard firewall configurations However if an installation has special requirements the firewall configuration can be customized see Appendix C Custom Firewall Configurations gt NOTE For all IP filtering used in conjunction with NAT you must use the NATed IP addresses in filters not the original IP addresses IP Filtering When IP filters are configured the ConnectReach Terminal examines every LAN or WAN packet and either permits or denies the packet based on filter settings The ConnectReach Terminal s IP packet filtering consists of four groups of IP filters sometimes called access lists any group can be either an inbound filter group or an outbound filter group Each IP filter group combines up to sixteen IP filters access lists and a default generic action Group 1 contains filter 1 through filter 16 group two contains filter 17 through filter 32 group 3 contains filter 33 through filter 48 and group 4 contains filter 49 through 64 An I
301. relay If the interface uses frame relay encapsulation yYou need the following information Local management interface LMI type T1 617 Annex D ANSN N391 polling cycles for permanent virtual circuits PVCs 6 N392 threshold 3 N393 monitored event counter 3 1391 link integrity polling timer 6 PVC 1 30 Each PVC submenu allows the user to configure DLCI and IP commands DLCI number assigned to the ConnectReach Terminal RIP diable RIP version 1 It is recommended that the default values be used for these parameters 1 8 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning NAT out SLA disable A Service Level Agreement SLA is a contract between a carrier and a customer that specifies a measurable level of service the carrier will provide SLA Thresholds Choose SLA thresholds latency above CIR below CIR PVC down If the interface uses PPP You need the following information IP address of the remote peer PPP device disable Netmask if any for that address RIP disable RIP version 1 HLDC If the interface uses HDLC You need the following information IP address disable Netmask if any for that address RIP disable RIP version 1 5 Ethernet interface configuration You need the following information ConnectReach Terminal IP address on the network on which it will be installed 192 168
302. rface gt modify encap data config Frame relay gt PVC 1 config Frame relay PVC1 gt dlci 358 config Frame relay PVCl gt ip address 199 188 177 166 config DS AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 B 5 con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con con Veri conf conf conf conf conf conf conf Enter pass Validate SET ET SET SPE TEP SEE SET SEE fig gt fig Erg fig fFig gt fig IP GI t t t Gl Gl fig IP fig IP fFig gt fig Pa Enter pass Validate fig Pa fig Pa fFig gt fig D fFig D fig D fFig D fFig D fFig D fig DH fFig gt Fig s fig S fig S fig S fig S fig S fig S fFig gt fig D fig D fig gt fying password password 363 211 129 Appendix B PVCl gt netmask 255 255 255 0 PVC1 gt ame relay gt PVC2 PVC2 gt PVC2 gt PVC2 gt PVC2 gt ame relay gt ame relay ame relay dlci 19 ip address 199 88 77 6 netmask 255 255 255 0 ame relay ame relay ame relay ame relay ethernet hernet gt ip address 211 22 33 1 hernet gt netmask 255 255 255 0 hernet gt route Routes gt default 199 188 177 1 Routes gt add 1
303. rforming a cold start command is the equivalent of cycling power to the ConnectReach Terminal All connections both voice and data are interrupted and new connections cannot be made during the time it takes for the hardware to AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser initialize and run the self test routines and the system software to initialize and read saved configuration information approximately 20 seconds The cold start command is used when an error condition can only be resolved by completely reinitializing the ConnectReach Terminal In addition a cold start is required if you change the starting channel of any range of voice or data channels To initiate a warm start command click the cold start command on the ConnectReach Terminal Main Menu shown in the previous figure The ConnectReach Terminal terminates your HTTP session and reboots AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 5 21 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser Using a Web Browser to Exit the ConnectReach Terminal Utility Entering the exit When you are finished using a Web browser to configure and monitor the command ConnectReach Terminal you should click the exit command in the Main Menu The ConnectReach Terminal Utility allows only one management session at a time Exiting the ConnectReach
304. ribe how to use IP filter groups Example 1 Allow only pings packets to get through from WAN Enter a question mark after the Inbound Filter command to view the settings gt Config IPFirewall INFilterGroup IP Inbound Filter settings for Example 1 are as follows Filter1 permit ping defaultAction denyAll Example 2 Do not allow any HTTP www sessions requests coming from WAN side except for already established ones Enter a question mark after the Inbound Filter command to view the settings gt Config IPFirewall INFilterGroup AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix C IP Inbound Filter settings for Example 2 are as follows Filter1 permit http est Filter2 deny http defaultAction permitAll AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 C 5 363 211 129 Appendix C C 6 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 ee User Interface About This Appendix Introduction Contents This appendix includes the instructions for using the Business OfficeXchange BOX features on a single line telephone AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 D 1 363 211 129 Appendix D Business OfficeXchange Features Transferring a Call to Another Phone Procedure D 2 June 2002 Use the following procedure to transfer a call from your phone to another phone gt NOTE Flash means press
305. ription of the difference between warm start and cold start Normal Network Upgrade The network upgrade server is by default Lucent s server therefore it is not necessary to specify the server or the software release However the domain name service DNS server must be configured and enabled for the network upgrade to function Refer to Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal for information on Configuring the DNS Server on page 2 108 For all normal upgrades proceed as follows 1 10 11 6 6 June 2002 At the Main Menu prompt enter the network upgrade command gt network upgrade Set the version to the one you want to download for example Software Release 3 0 2 would be entered as ver 302 Network upgrade gt ver XXXX Set the user to anonymous Network upgrade gt user anonymous Set the password to an email address the Lucent support address is used as an example here Enter password support lucent com Validate the password by entering it a second time at the prompt Validate password support lucent com To save the settings enter the save command Network upgrade gt save At the network upgrade prompt enter the prepare command gt prepare The ConnectReach Terminal asks you to confirm that you want to perform a warm restart and enter maintenance mode Enter y While the unit is in maintenance mode data traffic from the local area network LAN to the wide area ne
306. rminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Load template Loop gnd disconnect delay on hook tx cross connect This command loads all of the configuration command values that are stored in a template to the channel being configured This command allows multiple channels to be set up identically without having to enter each individual command for all channels This command sets the length of time that a disconnect signal must persist on the digital side before the loop opens on the analog side The default setting of 600 milliseconds complies with ANSI T1 403 Settings between 125 and 500 milliseconds comply with AT amp T Pub 43801 When the ClearReach feature is enabled and operational the Ip gnd disconnect delay operates at 500 milliseconds and is not adjustable The setting displayed here should be disregarded This command enables or disables transmission of signals over the T1 line when the phone is on hook If enabled the message light on all on hook phones configured will function This command allows assignment of DSOs to specific lines This becomes relevant when using four port boards or a combination of FXS and FXO boards with less than eight lines used on each board If this command is enabled then all DSOs must be assigned through the associated submenu Procedure After you have verified the required configuration follow these steps to configure the voice channel
307. rminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 E 5 363 211 129 Appendix E Enterprise NAT Example 192 168 0 1 You can configure a PVC to allow IP address translations that create private communication links between workstations in remote offices and the Internet You can also use a PVC to communicate between a network manager s workstation at a remote office an NOC for example and a centrally located ConnectReach Terminal In Figure F 1 three PVCs are shown all of which have been configured with NAT on the ConnectReach Terminal at the Corporate Headquarters Three Different FR PVCs configured for Enterprise NAT PREF PVC 1 PASS 7 Corporate Private 7 panan i Headquarters 213 213 213 1 eae 138 10 5 3 1 Internet Le Ethernet i o nn P Private el soo oo 21610_fig_164b are s T ae p 7 PVC 2 OUT 0 _TItoWAN G2Z0UT __ 213 213 o lt AT 213 213 213 0 PC i 192 168 0 2 S PVC 3 INN E 6 June 2002 Remote Office N Private S 192 168 5 1 s PC 192 168 5 2 PVC 1 is configured with the NAT setting PASS so that the Network manager at the NOC can pass packets directly through NAT to the ConnectReach Terminal at the Corporate Headquarters office PVC 2 is configured with the NAT setting OUT so that the PC on the Corporate Headquarters Ethernet can have its IP address translated to a WAN Internet Access address PVC 3 is configured
308. roceed as follows 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the route command config gt route The prompt changes to the Config IPRoutes prompt config IPRoutes 2 Atthe Config IPRoutes prompt enter the default command config IPRoutes gt default WAN 3 Atthe Config IPRoutes prompt enter the Route Add command config IPRoutes gt route add 213 213 213 0 255 255 255 0 PVC2 config IPRoutes gt route add 213 213 214 0 255 255 255 0 PVC2 config IPRoutes gt route add 201 100 100 0 255 255 255 0 GW 207 104 144 1 4 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point 5 End of Steps gt NOTE If you change any of these commands you must save the configuration and reboot the ConnectReach Terminal using the warm start command for the new settings to take effect AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Using ARP Introduction Address resolution protocol ARP is a TCP IP protocol used to convert IP addresses to physical addresses such as Ethernet MAC addresses For purposes of internal testing you can map a device s IP address or a host server s address to an ethernet address temporarily gt NOTE Use this mapping with caution and make sure that wh
309. rsion Show the hardware configuration show hardware config View a log of events log Set an analog voice channel to a known state for testing diagnose Check that a device is communicating on the network ping Trace the route between two points on the network traceroute Reboot the ConnectReach Terminal Existing voice calls are dropped if T1 feeder is TR 303 warm start Reboot the ConnectReach Terminal with interruptions of both voice and data connections cold start Reboot the ConnectReach Terminal Slave with minimal interruption of existing voice connections slave warm start Reboot the ConnectReach Terminal Slave with interruptions of both voice and data connections slave cold start Get online assistance Help Exit the ConnectReach Terminal Utility and disconnect from the ConnectReach Terminal exit 2 12 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Using the Configuration Commands Basic Procedure For Using the Configuration Commands Introduction A list of all configuration menu commands is given in the following table The command s associated with a particular feature will appear only if that feature is available activated To Configure the Network T1 DSX 1 interface to the carrier CO Configure the Secondary T1 DSX 1 or Fractional T1 DSX 1 interface Specify the split between voice and data T1 DSOs Configure the synchrono
310. rt 0 0 0 0 Enter the starting IP addresses for the range IN End 0 0 0 0 Enter the ending IP addresses for the range Help Access online assistance Make sure you have configured a secondary IP address for the Ethernet Interface before enabling Pass Thru definition see Configuring the Ethernet Interface on page 2 35 for details 3 When you have made the necessary configuration changes enter an exclamation point or the exit command to return to the NAT menu gt NOTE The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values 4 End of Steps 2 106 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring NTP Introduction The ConnectReach Terminal uses Network Time Protocol NTP to obtain the time of day for time stamping messages in the event log Procedure To configure NTP proceed as follows 1 At the Config prompt enter the NTP command config gt NTP The prompt changes to the Config NTP prompt config NTP gt 2 Atthe Config NTP prompt enter the appropriate commands from the following table Enter this and specify command this value Comments Enable or disable NTP When NTP is enabled the user can receive time and enable off on date stamped event log messages Specify the host name or the IP address A
311. rted on DID trunks It does not refer to the E amp M signaling used over metallic leads with older transmission equipment 7 Digital trunk configuration The Digital trunk menu is part of the LCA DID optional feature The DID and trunk signaling parameters for each digital trunk DSO are set here You need the following information Range for begin and end Trunk group 1 Trunk signaling unconfigured Direction two way Incoming routing DID DNIS Line group 1 Digit type dial tone multifrequency DTMF Busy treatment busy signal Busy line forward 24 Transmit gain 3 dB Receive gain 3 dB E amp M signaling requires the additional following data 1 10 June 2002 Type of incoming wink start Type of outgoing wink start AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning gt NOTE In the ConnectReach Terminal references to E amp M signaling refer to a signaling type supported on DID trunks It does not refer to the E amp M signaling used over metallic leads with older transmission equipment 8 Analog trunk configuration The Analog trunk menu is part of the LCR DID optional feature The DID and trunk signaling parameters for each analog trunk FXO are set here You need the following information Range for begin and end Trunk group 2 Trunk signaling unconfigured Direction two way Incoming routing group Line group 1 Digits type DTM
312. s 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the channel bank command config gt channel bank The prompt changes to the Config Channel bank prompt config channel bank 2 Use the begin and end commands to specify the range of analog ports to which subsequent changes will apply gt NOTE The channel numbers specified in the begin and end commands refer to the analog ports not the T1 DSOs For example if begin is set to eight then channel one in the voice menu refers to the first pair on the analog connector which is connected to DSO number eight In order to avoid confusion we recommend you provision your T1 lines with the voice channels starting at the first DSO In that case the analog ports and DSO AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 41 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal channels always have the same numbers The ConnectReach Terminal software will automatically detect the number of voice channels 2 42 June 2002 Make the necessary configuration changes see the following table or use the load template command to load an existing configuration of a channel Enter this To command and one of these options Software automatically detects the number of voice channels If no voice channels found a Set the first channel begin value of 0 is entered Sets value to the last voice Set the last channel end channel detected Enter the type of trunk loop gnd E
313. s allows the ConnectReach Terminal to support different feature sets with a single load image The following table lists the features and describes their functionality Feature Data LCR DID BOX SLA ConnectReach Management Extensions Functionality Enables the DHCP DNS and Firewall menus Allows forwarding of packets Enables the Digital Trunk Analog Trunk Line Map Extensions and Dialing menus Enables the Voice Mail menu and the BOX Features and Feature Codes commands under the Lines menu Enables the HTTP interface Enables the SLA feature Enables DSO channel unit type provisioning in the ConnectReach Terminal to look like SPQ type channel unit types for example SPQ400 SPQ440 SPQ443 SPQ452 or SP Q456 and enables the ConnectReach Terminal to communicate with the AnyMedia Access System lt lt __ E E The following table lists the Features commands Enter this command features show set features Comments Displays the features that are enabled Sets feature key which is enabled by entering a feature number that is provided by Lucent Technologies Display features To display features that are enabled proceed as follows 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the features show command and press enter config gt features show The following default features are displayed Feature bits 0x000000000000000d Features 2 122 June 2002
314. s must be made The DS1 connection must be made at the ConnectReach Terminal NETWORK T1 port GSI must be connected to the AnyMedia Access System 2 4 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Making Connections to the ConnectReach Terminal Introduction There are four ways to obtain initial access to the ConnectReach Terminal in order to perform configuration procedures m Connect a computer directly to the RS 232 port on the ConnectReach Terminal using a null modem cable m Connect a modem to the RS 232 port on the ConnectReach Terminal using a standard serial cable and then dial up that modem from a remote computer The default settings to use for the connection at the RS 232 port are as follows 9 600 baud Eight data bits One stop bit No parity Hardware flow control m Connect a computer running the CTRM terminal emulator software or an American standard code for information interchange ASCII terminal to the GSI at the AnyMedia Access System and access the ConnectReach Terminal by means of the T1 network interface Refer to the AnyMedia Access System Commands and Procedures TU 830 Verify Operations Data Link Connect a computer directly to the 10BaseT Ethernet port on the ConnectReach Terminal using an Ethernet cross over cable For this connection the computer must have a network interface card in
315. s securely fastened to the mounting wall Large mounting holes 3 x x x 0 O o O o X AN Small mounting holes 2 Hinged side gt Template 7 T Small mounting holes 2 o fo o o de o Ja fa Z Large mounting holes 3 Secure the hinge assembly plate to the plywood surface using 14 34 inch pan head Phillips screws in each of the six large mounting holes Position a ConnectReach Terminal unit on its side with the VOICE CHANNELS connector at the top Insert the unit between the upper and lower mounting flanges with the rear of the unit facing the hinge on the wall mount assembly Attach the unit to the upper and lower flanges using the June 2002 3 29 363 211 129 Installation 18 6 32 mounting screws and washers provided There are nine screw locations on the top and nine on the bottom of the assembly refer to the following figure showing a top view of the mounting assembly Screws O O ollo R ey oldo lt Front of unit i A E f Z TT Screws 4 If only a single ConnectReach Terminal unit is to be installed at this time then secure the mounted unit against the wall using the two captive screws that screw into the existing holes on the top and bottom edges of the hinged assembly plate Otherwise continue with Step 5 gt NOTE In a multiple mount arrangement extension brackets are used to attach a unit being
316. s the NAT module if destined for all hosts on Network B and vice versa assuming that network A is on the WAN side of the ConnectReach Terminal and network B is on the LAN side of the ConnectReach Terminal take these steps 1 To navigate to IP Packet Filter Group configuration enter the configuration and IPFirewall commands and for the Inbound Firewall Group enter INFilterGroup 2 Atthe config IPFirewall INFilterGroup prompt enter the following 1 deny dst netB maskB src netA maskA NAT 3 Exit the INFilterGroup menu enter the OUTFilterGroup command then enter 1 deny dst netA maskA src netB maskB NAT gt NOTE The ConnectReach Terminal has 64 filters in both OUT and IN Filter Groups The first filter has the highest priority Therefore it is best to use the last filters for deny NAT commands Keep in mind however that higher priority filters can cancel those below them in the order E 8 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 EE Glossary 10BaseT A widely used standard for Ethernet networks and T1 services using twisted pair wiring as the physical medium A ack Acknowledgement as in TCP statistics ack only packets Address Digits The digits that specify the destination or source of a call such as dial tone multifrequency DTMF multifrequency MF and pulse AIS Alarm Indication Signal Sometimes called a blue alarm or blue signal In T1 the AIS
317. screen that appears For details about each option for the Statistics command refer to Chapter 4 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Statistics Netscape File Edit View Go Communicator Help A Back Foward Reload Home Search Guide Print Security ps qt Bookmarks A Location pa Statistics show frinterface show pve show ipsumimary Help Return to main menu i Document Done ae AP 2 Z 21610_fig_281 2 Inthe Statistics screen click a command to display a statistics report 5 8 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser For example if you click the T1 command in the Statistics screen the Statistics T1 screen appears as shown in the following figure This screen lists the options for running the T1 performance reports X Statistics T1 E4 Netscape Eile Edit View Go Communicator Help x a7 Bookmarks Gota Statistics T1 Network Secondary clearReport Network Secondary CarierlUser HourlDay statusReport Run Network Secondary setLoopback I Run NetworklSecondary Payload LinelAlS timeout 5 20minutes clearLoopback Run Network Secondarny Payload LinelAlS usageReport Run hours Help Return to previous page Return to main menu Document Done 3 Enter the options for the report you want to run For ex
318. sed on a typical 330 ohm telephone plus 150 ohms of loop resistance at 25 mA the FXS interface of the ConnectReach Terminal supports the following on premises loop lengths of hookup wire Loop Length Feet Wire Gauge AWG 2 850 24 1 750 26 Cadence ringing For cadence ringing the FXS interface of the ConnectReach Terminal supports a ringer equivalent number REN of five per channel with a maximum of 75 REN per system Continuous ringing For continuous ringing the FXS interface of the ConnectReach Terminal supports a REN of 1 5 per channel with a maximum of 25 REN per system The minimum ringing voltage supplied by the FXS interface of the ConnectReach Terminal is 42 5 Vms at 20 Hz AT amp T Publication 43801 specifies that the AC ringing signal is to be superimposed on the ring lead only with the tip lead grounded The ConnectReach Terminal generates a balanced AC voltage between the tip and ring leads AT amp T Publication 43801 also specifies that ringing on a ground start line may be tripped by either grounding the ring lead or going off hook A ground start device connected to the ConnectReach Terminal can only trip ringing by going off hook AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation T1 state transitions In some cases invalid T1 state transitions are ignored Using ESF When using ESF the ConnectReach Terminal ignores all transitions where the A and C bits
319. see Enterprise NAT Example on page E 6 For details on NAT configuration see Configuring NAT and PAT on page 2 101 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix E IP Address Translation for Enterprise NAT NAT allows the translation of any range of LAN IP addresses to another range of WAN IP addresses The key difference between NAT in previous VINA products and Enterprise NAT is that with Enterprise NAT the LAN side of the remote workstation can be logically attached to the LAN side of the Corporate HQ network It is as if a PC on the remote LAN becomes part of the Corporate HQ LAN This allows the Corporate HQ site to manage Internet access and provide remote LAN connectivity to the Corporate LAN gt NOTE Because not only LAN but also WAN IP addresses can now be translated the ranges are referred to as the n range and the Out range The translation procedure is as follows 1 Atthe config prompt enter the NAT command config gt NAT The prompt changes to the config NAT prompt config NAT gt 2 Atthe config NAT prompt enter the enable on command and then Dynamic command Typically you will want to establish dynamic allocation so you can translate many connections to one connection thereby reducing the number of WAN IP addresses used and providing security The prompt changes to the config NAT prompt config NAT Dynamic gt 3 Atthe config NAT Dynamic prompt ente
320. shielded 1 RX Ring 4 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 RJ 48C RJ 48C 8 1 RJ 48C Connector End View 21610_fig_178 T1 crossover RJ 48 The following figure illustrates the assembly of the required cable to connect the to RJ 48 ConnectReach Terminal using the T1 RJ 48 to RJ 48 crossover connection gt NOTE Note the following assembly requirements m Use the same twisted pair for the TX TIP and TX RING m Use the same twisted pair for the RX TIP and RX RING AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 37 T1 straight RJ 48 to DB 15 3 38 June 2002 363 211 129 Installation To ConnectReach Terminal 4 RX Ring TX Ring 4 2 TX Tip 5 3 3 4 RX Ring 1 5 RX Tip 2 6 6 7 8 8 7 RJ 48C RJ 48C 8 1 RJ 48C Connector End View RX Ring 21610_fig_179 The following figure illustrates the assembly of the required cable to connect the ConnectReach Terminal using the T1 RJ 48 to DB 15 straight connection gt NOTE Note the following assembly requirements m Use the same twisted pair for the TX TIP and TX RING m Use the same twisted pair for the RX TIP and RX RING AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation To ConnectReach Terminal TX TIP TX TIP RX TIP RX TIP OND Ah OD RX RING a bh DON WN RJ 48C RX RING RJ 48C Connector End View 21610_fig_175 DB 15 female 87654321 DB 15 Connector End Vie
321. sing a Web Browser 2 gt NOTE This step requires the entry of a password as part of the address location This password can only be obtained from your Lucent Account Executive Set the address location of your browser to ftp lucentftp connectreach www2 vina tech com connectreach connectreach anymediaga Press the Enter Return key gt NOTE The software is stored in a file named vina st_rom xxx where the suffix Xxx is the version string for example 305 is Software Release 3 05 Since the FTP server may be case sensitive enter all alphabetic characters exactly as they appear in the file suffix From the list of files appearing on the screen click on the desired version of ConnectReach Terminal software gt NOTE It is important to specify the correct version number If a version older than the one presently running on the ConnectReach Terminal is accidentally specified the download will still take place and the old software will overwrite the new software 3 Save the appropriate software file to a location on your PC Since some Web browsers may replace the first period in the software file name with an underscore verify that the software file name matches the file name in the directory listing shown under ConnectReach If the two file names do not match exactly the network upgrade will not work properly 4 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 5 19 363 211 129
322. splaying Statistics for PPP 4 18 Displaying Statistics and Setting Clearing Loopbacks on a T1 4 19 Interface m Displaying Statistics for Voice Channels 4 24 m Displaying Statistics for the Frame Relay Interface 4 27 m Displaying Statistics for the WAN Frame Relay Interface 4 30 m Displaying Statistics for Frame Relay PVCs 4 33 m Displaying Statics for IP Protocols 4 35 m Displaying Statistics for Route 4 40 m Displaying Statistics for the ConnectReach Terminal 4 41 Miscellaneous Monitoring Commands 4 42 m Introduction 4 42 a Display Current Version of System Software 4 43 m Displaying Hardware Configuration 4 44 m Using the Traceroute Command 4 45 m Using the Ping Command 4 47 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring About This Chapter Introduction Contents This chapter contains procedures for displaying various data stored in the ConnectReach Terminal including system elements status and performance by means of a local or remote provisioning Terminal or a GSI at the AnyMedia Access System AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 3 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Using the Statistics Command to Display System Elements Status Entering the Statistics Mode General You can use the statistics command with the appropriate options to display the status of the following system elements associated with the ConnectReach
323. sses networks Deny all packets from certain source IP addresses networks to certain destination IP addresses networks Deny all Telnet session requests coming into this interface Permit all pings coming from certain IP addresses networks Deny all transport control protocol TCP packets coming to certain destination IP addresses networks Permit all TCP sessions that are established Permit all user datagram protocol UDP packets with UDP ports greater than any number Deny all IP packets of IP type 1 coming from certain IP addresses networks Permit all hypertext transfer protocol HTTP www packets from any source to any destination Permit mail protocol only to the particular IP addresses networks NOTE For all IP filtering used in conjunction with NAT you must use the NATed IP addresses in filters not the original IP addresses The filter syntax is as follows C 2 June 2002 Filtern Remarks permit deny clear dst net mask src net mask All keyword default tcpport uddport iptype cmp est The order of the filter statements is important Once the filter matches the action permit deny is immediately performed The source src and destination dst parameters are specified with an IP address and netmask or one of the following words ethO eth1 pvc1 pvc2 pvc3 pvc4 pvc5 pppod hdlcd Filter 1 has the highest priority and so on AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s
324. ssible changes in the network configuration 6 When all the configuration parameters have been set upload the file to the FTP server by entering the upload command from the config template prompt config template gt upload 7 To return to the normal operational mode disable the template archive by entering config template gt enable off from the config template prompt 8 Save the template archive settings by entering the save command This will put the ConnectReach Terminal in the normal functioning mode AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 125 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Displaying Current Configuration Settings Procedure 2 126 June 2002 To show the current configuration settings enter the features show command at the Config prompt config gt features show The ConnectReach Terminal Utility lists all current configuration settings The following figure shows an example of part of the configuration settings list SNMP DNS RS232 enable on SNMP host 199 199 199 3 cold start on warm start on link down on link up on login failures on 1 enable on primary dns server 199 199 199 4 secondary dns server 199 199 199 5 baud rate 9600 1 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Setting All Configuration Settings to Default Introduction Pro
325. stalled The default IP address setting for the ConnectReach Terminal Ethernet connection is 192 168 0 1 with a subnet mask of 255 255 255 0 The IP address and netmask for the TCP IP protocol of the network interface card should be set at 192 168 0 2 and 255 255 255 0 respectively Once the computer has been configured with the correct IP address to enable it to communicate with the ConnectReach Terminal Ethernet interface the ConnectReach Terminal supports the following sessions A Telnet session over the Ethernet using a Telnet application Once the Telnet session is initiated the user interface is identical to the console session Ahypertext transfer protocol HTTP session using the Ethernet interface and a Web browser AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 5 Connection at the RS 232 port Connection at the AnyMedia Access System 2 6 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Connecting a Computer Directly to the RS 232 Port Make the following connections when using a local computer to configure the ConnectReach Terminal 1 2 Connect one end of a null modem cable to the serial port on the computer Connect the other end of the null modem cable to the RS 232 connector on the ConnectReach Terminal shown in the following figure ConnectReach NETWORK T1 2 SECONDARY T1 VOICE CHANNELS Lucent Technologies RS 232 10BASE T LINE MONITOR LINE POWE
326. stem Documentation which is a CD ROM that contains the following documents in various formats e AnyMedia Access System Documents 363 211 101 AnyMedia Access System Applications Planning and Ordering Guide APOG in PDF format 363 211 125 AnyMedia Access System Ordering Guide also has a link to the website http www lucent8 com library AnyMediaOrderingGuide pdf 363 211 106 AnyMedia Access System Feature Supplement MDS2 Shelf Configurations in PDF format 363 211 127 AnyMedia Access System Feature Supplement Integrated Access Terminal in PDF format 363 211 128 AnyMedia Access System Feature Supplement Central Office Terminal in PDF format 363 211 102 AnyMedia Access System nstallation Manual in PDF format AnyMedia Access System Commands and Procedures 363 211 100 in HTML format also includes PDFs of selected procedures 363 211 129 AnyMedia Access System ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide in PDF format 363 211 130 AnyMedia Access System ConnectReach Plus Terminal User s Guide in PDF format 363 211 520 AnyMedia Access System 24 Channel Optical Network Unit Installation Manual for Outdoor Applications in PDF format 363 211 521 AnyMedia Access System 24 Channel Optical Network Unit Installation Manual for Indoor Applications in PDF format e Cabinet Documents 631 600 290 AnyMedia Access System 82 Type Outdoor Electronics Cabinets in PD
327. strative or technical reasons isolating similar network traffic or similar network technology to one area of the network RFC 950 explains the Internet Standard Subnetting Procedure Subnets are created by partitioning the host field of the network address Each partition defines a subnet For example Class C networks use the last 8 bits to define the host To divide this network into two subnets with an equal number of addresses in each 1 bit of the host field is used The broadcast address differs for each subnet thus broadcasts only reach those hosts in the subnet The following table lists some subnet examples 192 86 85 0 0 192 86 85 0 2 192 86 85 0 No Network Subnets No Subnet Bits 8 0 1 when 0 192 86 85 1 through 192 86 85 126 when 1 192 86 85 129 through 192 86 85 254 3 when 000 192 86 85 1 through 192 86 85 30 when 001 192 86 85 33 through 192 86 85 62 when 010 192 86 85 65 through 192 86 85 94 when 011 192 86 85 97 through 192 86 85 126 when 100 192 86 85 129 through 192 86 85 158 when 101 192 86 85 161 through 192 86 85 190 when 110 192 86 85 193 through 192 86 85 222 when 111 192 86 85 223 through 192 86 85 254 Broadcast Address 192 86 85 255 192 86 85 127 192 86 85 255 192 86 85 31 192 86 85 63 192 86 85 95 192 86 85 127 192 86 85 159 192 86 85 191 192 86 85 223 192 86 85 255 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Appendix A
328. t Start IP Address Last IP Address Allow Inbound d Yes iNo Pass Thru Enable NOff On In Range to 20 ARP Configuration IP Address Ethernet Address IP Address Ethernet Address IP Address Ethernet Address IP Address Ethernet Address IP Address Ethernet Address IP Address Ethernet Address IP Address Ethernet Address IP Address Ethernet Address 21 Firewall Standard C1 IP Filter 11 IP Filter server Custom See Appendix C Custom Firewall Configurations for custom IP firewall configuration 1 24 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Preconfiguration Worksheet Continued Enable On OOff Host name or IP address Difference in minutes between local time and Greenwich Mean Time GMT 23 DNS Proxy Service Enable IP address of primary DNS server IP address of secondary DNS server On OOff sysconf facility L User level msgs 24 QoS Enable mOn OOff First QoS Source IP Address Source Netmask and or Destination IP Address Destination Netmask Second QoS Source IP Address Source Netmask and or Destination IP Address Destination Netmask Third QoS Source IP Address Source Netmask and or Destination IP Address Destination Netmask Fourth QoS Source IP Address Source Netmask and or Destination IP Address Destination Netmask Fifth QoS Source IP Addr
329. t equipment If the test equipment indicates that tip and ring are in fact reversed the line should be able to receive calls when reset to normal June 2002 6 21 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing Check the Operational State of a Node on the LAN WAN Entering the ping With the ping command you can test whether a node on the LAN WAN is command operational The ping command sends an Internet control message protocol ICMP echo packet to the target node if the node is powered on and correctly connected to the network it returns an ICMP response packet At the Main Menu prompt enter the ping command followed by either the host name or the IP address of the node to be pinged and the number of times to ping If you do not specify a number of repetitions the default is one For example gt ping 111 222 33 1 2 In this example the node whose IP address is 111 222 33 1 is sent two ICMP echo packets If the node or the network connection to the node is operational you should see the response within a few seconds If the node or network is not operational the ping attempt times out after 10 seconds To stop a ping before the 10 second interval elapses simply press any key The response to the above example might look like this PING 111 222 33 1 64 data bytes 64 bytes from 111 222 33 1 icmp_seq 0 time 0 ms 111 222 33 1 PING Statistics 1 packets transmitted 1 packets received 0 packet
330. t gain NOdB O 3dB O 6dB Receive gain QO0dB O 3dB O 6dB O 9dB U 12 dB On hook threshold 300 1250 2000 msec Alarm state OI Idle Li Busy Unconfigured state i Idle Li Busy Loop Ground Disconnect Delay 20 600 2000 msec Cross Connect DSO_toline _ DSO_ to line DSO_ to line DSO_ to line DSO_toline_ DSO_toline DSO__ to line DSO__ to line DSO_toline_ DSO_toline DSO__ to line DSO__ to line 7 Digital Trunk Range Begins 1 24 End 1 24 Beginning and ending of configuration blocks Group 1 5 Note Configuration Signaling MO E amp M Li Loop start m Ground stat O Unconfigured is required only if E amp M incoming Wink start A Immediate start T Delay dial Gi Wink delay Pe i E amp M outgoing M Wink start Li Immediate start O Wink Delay Direction In T Out m 2 way Incoming routing 44 DID DNIS T ANI DNIS 1 Group Li Line Line group 1 T Line or line group Digit type L DTMF 1 MF Lj Pulse Busy treatment M Busy signal l Busy out Li Forward Busy forward line Line 1 24 Transmit gain O0dB O 3dB U 6dB Receive gain NOdB O 3dB 4 6dB O 9dB O 12dB AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 1 21 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Preconfiguration Worksheet Continued 1 22 June 2002 8 Analog Trunk Range Begin 1 24 End 1 24 Beginning and ending of configuration blocks Group 1 2 5 Note Configuration Signaling
331. t the states command statistics prompt For example statistics gt voice states A report similar to the following example is displayed Switched Digital Trunks DSO RxA RxB Dest State Line 5 Active Line 7 Active Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle PrP PrP FP FPF oO Oo oxy nD oO FF W NY FB Switched Analog Trunks Ch CdA CdB Dest State 9 0 0 Idle 10 O 0 Idle 11 0O 0 Idle 12 0O 0 Idle 13 y0 0 Idle 14 0 0 Idle 15 0 0 Idle 16 0 0 Idle 4 24 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring Switched Analog Trunks Ch CdA CdB Dest State Idle Idle Idle Idle Idle DigTrk 2 Active oN Dn oO B WY PB PPP OF FP Be DigTrk 1 Active 05 12018889902 Idle Channel Bank DSO SLIC RxA RxB Dest State 1 1 0 T Line 5 Active 2 2 0 1 Line 7 Active 3 3 Idle 4 4 Idle 5 5 Idle 6 6 Idle 7 iT Idle 8 8 Idle If voice connections are not operating as expected use the diagnose command discussed later in this chapter to test the channel The following table lists the possible channel states that may appear in the State column of the voice channel statistics report AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 4 25 363 211 129 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring State Description active A call is currently active on the channel idle The channel is currently idle no call is a
332. t the analog lines can only receive incoming calls from the CO but cannot originate calls to the CO The ConnectReach Terminal also provides a two way option Outgoing routing type This command specifies the routing options for outgoing calls If you select the LCR option outgoing calls are routed by call processing software If you specify the Group option outgoing calls are routed to either an analog or digital trunk group Trunk group This command used only when the outgoing routing command is set to group allows the user to specify the trunk group number On hook threshold This command expressed in milliseconds allows the ConnectReach Terminal to differentiate between a flash request and an on hook condition If the telephone system does not support flash set on hook threshold to 300 milliseconds If the telephone system supports flash set on hook threshold to an interval long enough 1500 milliseconds is typical for the system to differentiate between a flash and a disconnect Far end disconnect If this command is enabled and the digital central office disconnects the call the ConnectReach Terminal opens the FXS tip for 1 4 seconds This tells the analog equipment for example PBX that the call has ended Polarity reversal This command is used for reversing the polarity of the DC when the central office has answered Some PBXs use this for billing purposes Trunk ring default Trunk ring default applies to E amp
333. tal trunks 1 Before you can set the desired channels in the digital trunk menu you will need to unconfigure them in the channel bank menu Refer to the previous table containing channel bank configuration commands 2 Atthe Config prompt enter the Digital Trunk command config gt Digital trunk The prompt changes to the Config Digital Trunk prompt config DigitalTrunk 3 Use the begin and end commands to specify the digital trunk or range of digital trunks to which subsequent changes will apply gt NOTE The channel numbers specified in the begin and end commands refer to the analog ports not the T1 DSOs For example if begin is set to eight then channel one in the voice menu refers to the first pair on the analog connector which is connected to DSO number eight In order to avoid confusion we recommend you provision your T1 lines with the voice channels starting at the first DSO In that case the analog ports and DSO channels always have the same numbers The ConnectReach Terminal software will automatically detect the number of voice channels 4 Make the necessary configuration changes The following table describes these commands Enter this To command and one of these options Set the first channel begin 1 24 Set the last channel end 1 2k24 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 47 2 48 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal
334. tart a text capture in HyperTerminal by selecting Transfer Capture Text and entering a meaningful file name with a TXT extension for example Lucent34 TXT and then select Start gt NOTE When using Windows HyperTerminal make sure the file name specified is unique If the same file name is used more than once the information is appended to the existing file This creates a problem when it becomes time to do a tty download 5 Atthe Archive prompt enter the tty upload command archive gt tty upload 6 When the Archive prompt returns stop the text capture by selecting Transfer Capture Text and Stop This will close the text file 7 End of Steps Downloading an Use the following procedure to download archived configuration settings from a archived remote computer to a ConnectReach Terminal using a modem configuration using a modem AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 6 11 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing gt NOTE To ensure proper transfer of archived configuration settings set the baud rate of the ConnectReach Terminal and the FTP server Terminal emulator to 9 600 baud gt NOTE The archived configuration must be present on the computer from which you perform the procedure or on a network drive to which the computer has access 1 From the remote computer start a Terminal application and dial the modem connected to the ConnectReach Terminal 2 Atthe login
335. te Fractional T1 Set Features Synchronous Interface all commands except IP addressing Commands Requiring the Save and Cold Start Commands to Take Effect Cross connect channel bank submenu ARP ConnectReach Network T1 Clock SNMP enabling DS0 Provisioning disabling changing Modify Analog begin HTTP Port host Telnet Port To reboot the ConnectReach Terminal enter the appropriate command at the Main Menu prompt gt warm start or gt cold start AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 15 Archiving configuration settings 2 16 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal gt NOTE Rebooting a ConnectReach Terminal fed by a TR 303 T1 line using the warm start command drops all existing calls Rebooting the ConnectReach Terminal with the cold start command interrupts both voice and data connections All connections are lost New connections cannot be made for up to 60 seconds If you set up login names during the initial configuration when the ConnectReach Terminal reboots the Utility prompts you to enter a login name and password Information about login names is presented later in this chapter In the event that the ConnectReach Terminal loses the configuration settings stored in nonvolatile random access memory NVRAM it is suggested that the configuration information be stored archived in a remote computer so that the information can be restored wi
336. ter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 1 3 Changing the configuration settings 1 4 June 2002 363 211 129 Preinstallation Planning 4 Apply power to the ConnectReach Terminal and observe the self test light emitting diodes LEDs to verify that the unit is starting up successfully For the self test status information refer to Chapter 6 Software Upgrade Maintenance and Trouble Clearing 5 Ina staging area configure the ConnectReach Terminal according to the Preconfiguration Worksheet Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal describes the utility program used to configure the ConnectReach Terminal 6 Save the new configuration in the ConnectReach Terminal s nonvolatile random access memory NVRAM Refer to Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 7 Atthe customer site install the ConnectReach Terminal and connect all the required cables according to the Preinstallation Worksheet Chapter 3 Installation describes the ConnectReach Terminal installation procedure 8 Apply power to the ConnectReach Terminal and observe the self test light emitting diodes LEDs to verify that the unit is starting up successfully For the self test status information refer to Chapter 6 Software Upgrade Maintenance and Trouble Clearing 9 If necessary make any final configuration changes after physical installation is complete refer
337. ter the copy to channel data command to write your changes to the specified channel s 5 If you are accessing the ConnectReach Terminal Utility from a Web browser select the Update button to write your changes to the specified channel s 6 Repeat Steps 3 4 and 5 to change the configuration for other channels or ranges of voice channels if appropriate 7 Use the Show all command to see the actual channel configuration 8 Atthe Config Channel bank prompt set the tip status for all unconfigured channels using the unconfigured state command The unconfigured state command applies to all unconfigured channels 9 To assign DSOs manually enter the cross connect command from the channel bank prompt the procedure for using the Cross connect command is located in the following section 10 Type exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI enter an exclamation point to return to the Config menu gt NOTE 11 The new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration You do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 43 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring Digital Trunks Introduction Key commands 2 44 June 2002 The Digital Trunk table defines DID and trunk signaling commands for each digital trunk DSO The digital trunk com
338. terface Introduction A secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 interface can be used to connect the ConnectReach Terminal to a voice or data system by means of a fractional daughter card The secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 interface can also be used to connect another ConnectReach Terminal as a slave to support up to 24 additional lines Examples of voice systems are key system PBX or channel bank A data system is connected by means of a CSU DSU and a router If the secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 interface will be used to connect the ConnectReach Terminal to the telephone system you must determine how the T1 service has been configured in the PBX or key system Key commands The key commands that must match the PBX or key system s configuration are as follows Framing Format The ConnectReach Terminal offers the two most common T1 framing formats Extended Superframe ESF and Superframe SF or D4 However the ESF framing format should always be selected to assure compatibility with the equipment connected to the secondary fractional T1 port Line Coding The T1 line coding formats offered by the ConnectReach Terminal are bipolar 8 zero substitution B8ZS and alternate mark inversion AMI However the B8ZS line coding format should always be selected to assure compatibility with the equipment connected to the secondary fractional T1 port T1 line coding determines how the T1 requirement for ones density is handled In every eight bits of informa
339. ternet protocol IP unnumbered WAN interfaces An unnumbered interface is an interface that does not consume a unique IP address This option is enabled by setting the IP address command to Enet indicating that this interface is to share the same IP address as the Ethernet interface For each encapsulation there are four routing information protocol RIP options Enable RxOnly TxOnly and Disable If RxOnly RIP is selected advertisements are accepted that is received If TxOnly RIP is selected advertisements are sent that is transmitted Setting RIP to enable activates both transmit and receive To turn off RIP select disable 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the synchronous interface command config gt synchronous interface The prompt changes to the Config Synchronous interface prompt config Synchronous interface AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Using the frame relay modification menu 2 To set the synchronous interface encapsulation enter the encapsulation command at the Config Synchronous interface prompt and the appropriate setting from the following table Enter this command _ and specify this setting encapsulation Frame relay PPP HDLC HDLC inversion off on modify encap data Help Enter the Modify encap data command to specify values appropriate to the chosen encapsulation scheme The
340. th a new unit After installing the new unit you must configure the replacement with the same configuration settings as the original unit 3 44 June 2002 AnyMeaia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Reconfigure the If necessary you can reconfigure the ConnectReach Terminal For information ConnectReach about using the ConnectReach Terminal Utility see Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal You can also check the status of the ConnectReach Terminal For more information see Chapter 4 ConnectReach Terminal Monitoring system AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 45 363 211 129 Installation 48 Line Master Slave Configuration Overview Introduction 3 46 June 2002 You can configure the ConnectReach Terminal to be part of a 48 line PBX Centrex type application This configuration requires a ConnectReach Terminal configured with the LCR feature as a master system and a ConnectReach Terminal configured as a slave system The secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 port of the master ConnectReach Terminal connects to the network interface of a ConnectReach Terminal to provide 48 lines of service 24 lines from the ConnectReach Terminal and 24 lines from the slave ConnectReach Terminal You must provision the ConnectReach Terminal connected to the as master and the ConnectReach Terminal interfacing through the master s secondary fractional T
341. the ConnectReach command gt NOTE The Connect Reach command must be executed before saving other DSO provisioning values or a confirmation error message may be displayed 4 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point gt NOTE If you change the begin channel in any of the ranges while using any of the DSO commands the new command values do not take effect until you save the configuration and reboot the ConnectReach Terminal using the cold start command If you do not change the begin channel in any of the ranges the new command values take effect as soon as you save the configuration In this case you do not need to reboot the ConnectReach Terminal to use the new values 5 End of Steps Examples of Examples of channel assignment schemes are listed below channel assignment a Configure full T1 bandwidth for data as follows set data begin to 1 schemes data end to 24 and all other values to 0 zero Configure full T1 bandwidth for voice lines connected to the Secondary Fractional T1 DSX 1 connector as follows set sec frac t1 voice begin to 1 sec frac t1 voice end to 24 and all other values to 0 zero a Configure half the T1 bandwidth for analog voice connections and half for data as follows set analog begin to 1 analog end to 12 data be
342. the range of channels or DSOs to be configured The channels or DSOs may be set individually or in groups of similar configuration The copy to channel data command copies the configuration template commands to the range between the begin and end settings If you are accessing the ConnectReach Terminal via the console or Telnet you must use the copy to channel data command after modifying the data in the configuration template If you do not the configuration data for the individual channels will not be modified If you are accessing the ConnectReach Terminal from a Web browser there is no copy to channel data command Instead the Update button performs the same function The Show all command displays the data in the individual channels For the Analog and Lines submenus the channel numbers specified in the begin and end commands refer to the analog ports not the T1 DSOs For example in the DSO menu if analog begin is set to 8 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal then channel 1 in the Analog or Lines submenus refers to the first pair on the analog connector which is connected to DSO number eight In order to avoid confusion we recommend you provision your T1 lines with the voice channels starting at the first DSO In that case the analog ports and DSO channels always have the same numbers The ConnectReach Terminal software will automatically detect the n
343. they are used Acronyms are also expanded if the section topic is specifically about the acronym Initial caps are used only when the acronym represents a system e g the Mechanized Loop Testing MLT system or when used in a heading If the acronym is a trademark it will not be spelled out The trademarks used in this document are identified for the first time on the trademark page Trademarks of Lucent Technologies and other companies are in italics and the trademarks modify a noun e g the system name contains a registered trademark AnyMedia Access System A trademark is not treated as an acronym it is not spelled out or expanded Lucent Technologies trademarks Lucent Technologies trademarks are identified with the registered mark or trademark symbol the first time the trademarks are used in the text Trademarks of other companies The trademarks of other companies are identified for the first time on the trademark page Trademark references from there on are in italics AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal Issue 5 363 211 129 About This Document Related Documentation Document list he following documentation is available for the AnyMedia Access System packaging and f formats Available on the Web e AnyMedia Access System Documents 363 211 125 AnyMedia Access System Ordering Guide http www lucent8 com library AnyMediaOrderingGuide paf Available on CD ROM 363 211 103 AnyMedia Access Sy
344. thout having to enter all of it again The archive command located in the Main Menu is used to upload the configuration settings to a remote computer and download the saved configuration settings from the remote computer The archive command also allows you to download identical or nearly identical settings to multiple ConnectReach Terminal units from a remote computer For more information concerning the use of the archive command to upload and download configuration settings from a remote computer refer to Chapter 6 Software Upgrade Maintenance and Trouble Clearing AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring the Network T1 DSX 1 Interface Introduction Before configuring the Network T1 DSX 1 interface of the ConnectReach Terminal you must determine how the DS1 signal on the network carrier facility has been configured by the carrier Key commands The key commands that must match the carrier s configuration are as follows Framing Format Line Coding Line Buildout Clock Source Pulse Density Enforcement Alarm Operation The ConnectReach Terminal offers the two most common T1 framing formats Extended Superframe ESF and Superframe SF or D4 However the ESF framing format should always be selected to assure compatibility with the AnyMedia Access System The T1 line coding formats offered by the ConnectReach Terminal are bipo
345. ting can be performed using external test equipment which could be a telephone gt NOTE The diagnose command applies only to lines foreign exchange station FXS Use the following procedure to configure a channel for testing 1 Atthe Main Menu prompt enter the diagnose command gt diagnose The prompt changes to the diagnose prompt diagnose gt 2 Identify the channel that you wish to test using the appropriate command from the following table For example diagnose gt set analog channel 7 3 Set the channel to the appropriate state refer to the following table For example diagnose gt busy Enter this and specify To command this parameter Identify a channel to be tested set analog channel 0 1 24 Identify a channel to be tested set digital trunk O 1 24 Set the channel to normal state normal Set the channel to idle state idle Set the channel to busy state busy Set the channel to ringing state ringing Set the channel to tone1k state tonelk Set the channel to reversal state reversal Set the channel to voice state voice states Get online assistance return to the Main Menu Exit the Diagnose submenu and Help exit 4 Using the external test equipment verify that the channel is in the specified state 5 When you have completed testing set the channel back to normal state using the normal command AnyMedia ConnectR
346. tion Rate This is an SNMP trap parameter This trap is sent when the end to end latency exceeds the defined threshold This is an SNMP trap parameter This trap is sent when the above CIR data delivery ratio drops below the defined threshold The number specifies 1 100 of a percent e g 10000 100 This is an SNMP trap parameter This trap is sent when the below CIR data delivery ratio drops below the defined threshold The number specifies 1 100 of a percent e g 10000 100 This is an SNMP trap parameter This trap is sent when the PVC down time exceeds the defined threshold The number represents the number of times the PVC has been down within the 15 minute interval Access online assistance AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal The statistics described in the following table will be measured when SLA is enabled on a PVC SLA Statistics Statistic Sampling Interval Description End to End Latency Once a minute This is a running average of the current 15 minute interval The units are in milliseconds Peak End to end Latency Once a minute Data Delivery Ratio Once a minute above CIR Once a minute Data Delivery Ratio below CIR PVC Up Time Each time there is an SNMP request This is the peak latency so far during the current 15 minute interval The units are in milliseconds A ratio of
347. tion at least one pulse must be present If the T1 service uses AMI line coding it is important to enable the pulse density enforcement option see below If the T1 service uses B8ZS line coding a bipolar violation BPV is automatically inserted in place of a string of eight zeros during transmission At the receiver the original data stream is regenerated as a result of the BPV In this configuration the pulse density enforcement option is ignored Line Buildout T1 line buildout is configurable to 0 dB 7 5 dB 15 dB or 22 dB as required by FCC Part 68 Buildout sets the ConnectReach Terminal s output T1 transmission signal level 0 dB is the highest level and 15 dB is the lowest level The default 0 dB is the most common signal level for connection to the carrier 2 20 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal If line buildout is set incorrectly the carrier may detect errors ranging from bipolar violations line buildout too high to loss of signal line buildout too low Pulse Density Enforcement This option is used when AMI line coding is selected see the description of line coding presented earlier Per the AT amp T TR 62411 ACCUNET specification bit stuffing must be enabled when AMI line coding is selected This ensures that ones density requirements are met see ANSI standard T1 403 paragraph 5 6 Alarm Operation This option
348. tion changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point gt NOTE If you change any of these commands you must save the configuration and reboot the ConnectReach Terminal using the cold start command for the new settings to take effect June 2002 2 85 2 86 June 2002 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal gt NOTE 5 If the Network T1 DSX 1 connection is a frame relay network and you have established a secondary PVC to the carrier s management network the SNMP host command should be set to an address on that network End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring Routes Introduction The Route menu of the ConnectReach Terminal allows the user to set a default route and up to 30 static routes IP routes can also be obtained dynamically through routing information protocol RIP which is enabled in the Ethernet Frame Relay PPP and HDLC menus Key commands The following table provides a list of the Route configuration key commands Enter this command __ and specify this value Comments Add and delete static add delete routes net mask WAN PVCn FDL including net mask and route GW IPaddrOfGw PVC or IP gateway WAN PVCn IPaddrOfGw Enter IP address of the
349. tions only where default settings are used for all or most of the configuration parameters Refer to Appendix B Configuration Examples for a quickstart example of the local call routing direct inward dialing LCR DID configuration Unless stated otherwise the numbered steps below are in the same order as the numbered areas on the Preconfiguration Worksheet presented later in this chapter Default values where applicable are shown in parentheses below and in bold on the worksheet For detailed information about parameters and the possible values refer to Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal on page 2 1 1 Determine whether the Network T1 DSX 1 default values match the carrier configuration of the T1 line Since the ConnectReach Terminal will always connect to an AnyMedia Access System the Network T1 DSX 1 framing format and line coding will be extended superframe ESF and bipolar 8 zero substitution B8ZS respectively If the ConnectReach Terminal will have a T1 connection to the site phone system determine whether the Secondary T1 DSX 1 default values match the configuration of the T1 connection to the phone system DSO provisioning voice and data channel assignments The default channel assignments correspond to the actual hardware configuration If these are appropriate you do not need to set or change the channel assignments Number of analog voice channels channels set according to actual hardware Number of
350. tistics 4 19 4 21 displaying statistics 4 19 tcpGroup statistics 4 38 Telnet session 2 129 template archive mode 2 124 test equipment bridge mode 6 24 three way calling 2 61 D 4 traceroute command entering 4 45 troubleshooting 6 1 trunk access access code 2 72 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Index CM U udpGroup statistics 4 38 User Datagram Protocol UDP statistics 4 12 user interface D 1 BOX D 1 using traceroute command 4 45 V version displaying 4 43 displaying using a Web browser 5 11 voice channels statistics 4 24 Voice mail configuring 2 75 voice mail system profiles 2 77 W wall mount 3 28 warm start command 2 15 5 20 Web browser configuring 5 6 displaying statistics 5 8 downloading new software 5 16 exit command 5 22 log clearing 5 13 displaying 5 12 logging in to the ConnectReach Terminal 5 4 ping command 5 15 preparing ConnectReach Terminal for access 5 3 save command 5 7 using HTTP command 2 130 worksheet preconfiguration 1 19 worksheet preinstallation 1 17 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 X xmodem download 6 4 Y yellow Ethernet activity LED 6 17 yellow maintenance LED 6 14 yellow T1 status LED 6 15 June 2002 l 7 363 211 129 Index 1 8 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5
351. tted bit stream and performs bipolar violation correction GL 2 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Glossary D D4 A framing format that uses a 12 bit pattern repeating sequence for the location of the framing bits Also referred to as Superframe SF format DACS Digital Access and Cross connect System dB Decibel a unit of measure of relative power expressed as the ratio of two values dB 10 log P1 P2 where P1 and P2 are the power levels in watts Delay Dial A type of trunk signaling for incoming and outgoing calls With this signaling the ConnectReach Terminal sends an off hook pulse until it is ready to receive digits DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Acting as a DHCP server the ConnectReach Terminal dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters needed by personal computers PCs or workstations to connect to the Internet and perform common network functions Dial Supervision The method for originating address digit transmission such as wink start and delay start DID Direct Inward Dial A DID trunk passes the last two to four digits of a phone number to the PBX or hybrid phone system At this point the digits are either modified by the phone system or used as is to connect to an internal extension This allows outside calls to reach an internal extension directly by dialing a seven digit number DLCI Data Link Co
352. ture is used for diagnostics and is not included in the quick reference guide If direct trunk select is enabled the user may enter the feature code followed by the trunk number to test a specific trunk This feature is similar to digital direct access It is not included in the quick reference guide The user enters the feature code followed by the analog line number to test a line or analog trunk This feature is used when you are given a busy signal when dialing another line or a fast busy signal when making an outgoing call To activate busy redial flash listen for a second dial tone and hang up You will be called back with an internal distinctive ring when the called line is available or an outgoing line becomes free In the case of an outgoing call the number dialed is remembered and redialed If you do not answer the distinctive ringing within six rings the busy redial feature is canceled June 2002 D 7 363 211 129 Appendix D Cancel busy redial To cancel the busy redial feature lift the receiver and dial the cancel busy redial feature code D 8 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 ess Configuring Enterprise NAT About This Appendix Introduction Contents This Appendix describes the configuration and applications of Enterprise NAT AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 E 1 363 211 129 Appendix E Enterprise NAT
353. turn the BOX features back to their defaults type line group default To turn fwd num variable fwd num no answer and fwd num busy off enter the command without any numbers To access online assistance type help This submenu is available when the BOX features are installed and is used to set feature codes Feature codes must either begin with a or must be within the local dialing plan Codes that do not start with a are required for rotary dial pulse phones This setting is system wide The following table provides a listing of the feature codes configuration commands that can be entered at the config Line feature codes prompt Enter this command followed Default To Modify the Feature Code for by the new code Setting Canceling call waiting cancel call waiting 70 Call pickup call pickup a Directed call pickup direct call pickup 5 Call forwarding call forward var 72 Canceling call forwarding cancel forward var 73 Initiating a page pager 3 Direct trunk access digital direct access 40 Analog trunk or line access analog direct access 41 Canceling the redial on busy cancel busy redial 42 The feature codes are described as follows Cancel call waiting This feature code disables call waiting for the next call Call pickup Dialing the call pickup feature code causes a ringing line in the user s pickup group to be answered Direct call pickup This feature allows call pickup outside the answerer s pickup gro
354. twork WAN and vice versa is blocked in order to free enough memory to accommodate the download When the ConnectReach Terminal boots in maintenance mode you are prompted for your login name and password Enter the carrier login name and password At the Main Menu prompt enter the network upgrade command gt network upgrade Execute the download Network upgrade gt download AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing 12 End of Steps Custom Network Upgrade The DNS server must be configured and enabled for the network upgrade to function Refer to Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal for information on configuring the DNS server To specify a particular Internet protocol IP address or software release proceed as follows 1 Atthe Main Menu prompt enter the network upgrade command gt network upgrade 2 Atthe network upgrade prompt enter the commands shown in the following table Enter this and specify command this value Comments Host name or IP address of the network upgrade server to which the server ipaddr name ip addr software is to be downloaded version rel Version of the software Username valid on the network upgrade server For FTP site user username username anonymous Password for the username For FTP site password your email address password password host download ti int
355. uld be the addresses of DNS servers on the WAN Internet not the local Ethernet and specify this Enter this command value Comments enable off on Enter the address of the primary dns server IP address primary Domain Name Server Enter the address of the secondary Domain Name secondary dns server IP address Server Help Access online assistance 4 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return to the Config menu by typing exit or if you are not entering commands from the AnyMedia Access System GSI you can enter an exclamation point gt NOTE If you change any of these commands you must save the configuration and reboot the ConnectReach Terminal using the warm start command for the new settings to take effect 5 End of Steps 2 108 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Configuring the RS 232 Interface Procedure To configure the RS 232 interface proceed as follows 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the RS232 command config gt rs232 The prompt changes to the Config RS232 prompt config RS232 gt 2 Atthe Config RS232 prompt enter the baud rate command and specify the baud rate of the RS 232 port using the following table Enter this command _ and specify the baud rate baud rate 9600 19200 38400 Help 3 When you have made the necessary configuration changes you can return
356. umber of voice channels If you are accessing the ConnectReach Terminal by means of the console or Telnet you must use the copy to channel data command after modifying the data in the configuration template If you do not the configuration data for the individual channels will not be modified If you are accessing the ConnectReach Terminal from a Web browser there is no copy to channel data command Instead the Update button performs the same function The Show all command displays the data in the individual channels gt NOTE Group Signaling Direction Incoming routing Line group Systems configured for Master Slave have the following limitation the total of combined Lines and Analog trunks are not to exceed 16 on the Master ConnectReach Terminal This command specifies the trunk group to which this analog line belongs The ConnectReach Terminal supports oop start or ground start and also provides an unconfigured option for signaling that is absent This command provides three options incoming calls from the CO outgoing calls to the CO and two way calls from and to the CO The incoming option specifies that analog lines can only receive incoming calls but cannot originate calls This command specifies the line group of lines or trunk to which the analog trunk is routed This command is used when the line or group of lines option is selected in incoming routing Use this command to specify the l
357. up Adjust on hook threshold on hook threshold 1250 300 2000 msec Set the far end disconnect far end disconnect disable enable Set the polarity reversal polarity reversal disable enable Display BOX features menu BOX features Display menu for feature codes feature codes Set the number of rings for outside calls trunk ring default double single Set a line for paging paging line 0 lt valid line gt Set the type of line group hunting hunting linear most idle Write your changes to the specified channels copy to channel data Display channel bank lines Show all Access online assistance Help Trademark of VINA Technologies Inc 4 For setting BOX features enter the Box features command config Line gt BOxX features 5 Make the necessary configuration changes Refer to the table in the following section entitled BOX features for a description of these commands 6 For setting feature codes enter the feature codes command config Line gt feature codes 7 Make the necessary configuration changes Refer to the table in the section entitled Feature codes located in the next section fora description of these commands 2 58 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal 8 Use the copy to channel data command to Update line commands from begin to end 9 Use the Show all command to see the actual channel co
358. up Call forward variable This feature forwards calls from one extension to another extension or trunk Calls coming from a loop start trunk cannot be forwarded to a loop start trunk An incoming call may be forwarded as many as ten times If there is a warm start call forward variable will default to the systems settings the user s settings will be lost AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 63 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Cancel call forward This feature code disables call forwarding Pager The pager feature allows for paging capability by dialing the pager feature code A commercial off the shelf product is used for the paging amplifier for example Valcom V 2001A Paging Unit Digital direct access This feature is used for diagnostics Direct trunk select in the BOX submenu must be enabled for the digital direct access to function The user may enter the digital direct access feature code followed by the trunk number to test a specific trunk Analog direct access This feature is similar to digital direct access only for analog trunks and lines Cancel busy redial This feature is used when a line is given a busy signal when dialing another line or when seizing an outgoing trunk To return the feature codes back to their default settings type default To access online assistance type Help Lines Show all The show all command for channel bank lines displays all
359. ure covers the installation of the DSP processor circuit card or the fractional T1 DSP combination circuit card The following procedure should be used when installing a fractional T1 circuit card in the ConnectReach Terminal 1 Verify that power has been removed from the ConnectReach Terminal unit A CAUTION An electrostatic discharge ESD wrist strap with a resistance between 250 K and 1 5 M ohms should be worn when handling the ConnectReach Terminal interface cards or motherboard to prevent damage Before using the wrist strap check it for shorts opens and proper resistance value If the strap does not pass these checks it should not be used To avoid possible personal injury while using the wrist strap do not connect it to any power source or shelf housing a power source Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the screw from the center of the ConnectReach Terminal front panel 2 Obtain access to the inside of the ConnectReach Terminal by sliding the bottom tray front panel assembly forward separating it from the top and side cover 3 Remove the fractional T1 circuit card from the packing carton AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 19 363 211 129 Installation 4 Refer to the following figure showing the top view of the motherboard to locate where the card is to be installed and identify the connectors that will be involved Voice Interface Voice Interface Voice Interface Slot 3 Slot
360. urnup administration provisioning and maintenance H HDLC High level Data Link Control A communications protocol for point to point and multipoint communications that reduces the likelihood of errors Host Number The low bits of an IP address which corresponds to those bits in the associated subnet mask which have 0 s HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol The protocol used for communication between World Wide Web servers and Web browsers IAD Integrated Access Device The ConnectReach Terminal is an IAD ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol A low level protocol that supports functions such as echo requests and host not available messages Immediate Start A type of trunk signaling for incoming and outgoing calls This signaling indicates that the originating trunk goes off hook and maintains this condition for at least 150 milliseconds Then the originating trunk sends out digits Incoming A call that comes from the CO to a user on the ConnectReach Terminal AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 GL 5 363 211 129 Glossary Internet Largest global internetwork connecting tens of thousands of networks worldwide and having a culture that focuses on research and standardization based on real life use IP Internet Protocol The network layer protocol in the TCP IP protocol stack IP Address A 32 bit address specified as x y z w which is assigned t
361. us interface Configure the Ethernet interface to the local area network LAN Configure telephony functionality for channel bank mode Configure digital trunks Configure analog trunks Configure lines Configure Map Line Extensions Configure dialing Configure attached Voice Mail System Configure user names and passwords Configure the Internet protocol IP address allocation service Configure the simple network management protocol SNMP service Configure a Telnet port Configure a Web browser port Configure the default route s Set or clear MAC IP address mapping Configure Firewall support Configure network address translation NAT Configure network time protocol NTP Configure domain name service DNS Configure the RS 232 port Configure syslog monitoring facility Configure IP quality of service QOS Configure log on for file transfer protocol FTP download AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 Enter this command Network tl Secondary tl or Fractional tl DSO Provisioning Synchronous interface Ethernet Channel bank Digital trunk Analog trunk Line Map Extensions Dialing Voice Mail Passwords DHCP SNMP Telnet HTTP Route ARP FIREWALL NAT NTP DNS RS232 syslog qos Ftp log dump June 2002 2 13 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal To Enter this command Using template archive template archive Display features features show Set
362. useful in helping to debug the cause of the abnormal software termination The information provided includes all the relevant identification type commands as well as the configuration The dump also shows how the software terminated Procedure Follow these steps to configure the Ftp log dump menu 1 Atthe Config prompt enter the Ftp log dump command config gt Ftp log dump The prompt changes to the Config Ftp log dump prompt 2 Make the necessary configuration changes The following table describes these commands Enter this and specify this command value Comments enable off on Enables or disables the FTP log dump host IP address filename target file name directory target directory Specify the ftp user name and press enter You will be prompted to enter a user name password The password is not ftp user password password displayed on the screen Enter the company s name of the business name business name ConnectReach Terminal s location Enter the zip code of the zip code zip code ConnectReach Terminal s location Enter the phone number of the phone number phone number ConnectReach Terminal s location Help Access online assistance 3 End of Steps AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 121 Setting Features Introduction 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Certain features of the ConnectReach Terminal are enabled by entering a feature key Thi
363. ustomer Mail Order Monday through Friday Commercial Lucent Technologies Within USA 1 888 LUCENTS8 Customers Customer Information Center 7 30 a m to 6 30 p m EST Attention Order Entry Center FAX from USA and Canada 2855 N Franklin Road 1 800 566 9568 P O Box 19901 FAX Worldwide Indianapolis IN 46219 1 317 322 6699 Local Process through your Company Documentation Coordinator exchange carriers For commercial customers a check money order purchase order number or charge card number is required with all orders Make checks payable to Lucent Technologies Lucent Technologies entities should use Form IND 1 80 80 FA available through the Customer Information Center One time orders include the contents for the current document issue in effect at the time of order You may request placement on the standing order list for all later reissues of any document The standing order list for each document provides automatic distribution for all reissues of the document Local exchange carrier customers should process documentation orders or standing order requests through their Company Documentation Coordinator AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 xix 363 211 129 About This Document How to Comment on This Document Document comment Please send or fax your comments and suggestions concerning the User s Guide procedure 363 211 129 to Attention Lucent Technologies Attn
364. usy out mode by taking them off hook The forward option sends the call to another line This command specifies the line to which a call should be forwarded if the initial line is busy This command is used in conjunction with the Line option for incoming routing If the line specified for receiving incoming calls is busy the call will be forwarded to the line specified in the busy forward line command This command adjusts transmit signal levels to the network from the FXS interface Three settings are available 0 3 and 6 dB This command adjusts receive signal levels from the network to the FXS interface Four settings are available 0 3 6 9 and 12 dB AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Load template This command loads all of the configuration command values that are stored in a template to the channel being configured This command allows multiple channels to be set up identically without having to enter each individual command for all channels The copy to channel data command only modifies LCR DID channels If the begin and end commands include channels that are not LCAR DID the copy to channel data warns the user that data for those channels was not modified The Show all command only displays all digital trunk configuration Procedure After you have verified the required configuration follow these steps to configure digi
365. ve entered you can discard them by using the exit command explained in the next step instead of the save command 5 Enterthe exit command config gt exit You will receive a prompt Do you really want to abandon your changes n y Type y to save the original configuration 2 14 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Activating new configuration settings 6 End of steps Some commands are activated and take effect as soon as you enter the save command but others require that you reboot the ConnectReach Terminal using either the warm start or cold start command before the new settings take effect The following table indicates which commands require a reboot to take effect and which type of reboot is required Commands Requiring the Save Command to Take Effect Analog Trunk Channel Bank Dialing Digital Trunk DSO Provisioning all commands except Ethernet all commands except IP or ConnectReach and Analog begin secondary IP Firewall Lines Map Extensions NAT PAT NTP Password QOS RS 232 SNMP all commands except enable on Synchronous Interface changing IP off and changing SNMP host addressing SYSLOG template archive Voice Mail Commands Requiring the Save and Warm Start Commands to Take Effect Ethernet IP and Default DHCP DNS enable on off secondary IP Network T1 Other Secondary T1 or than Clock Preserve Default Rou
366. ver The Archive command is useful in two scenarios m If you have set up a customized configuration that required many parameters to be changed you can use the archive command to upload the configuration to a local computer In the event that the ConnectReach Terminal loses the configuration information stored in nonvolatile random access memory NVRAM you can use the archive command to download the saved configuration information rather than entering all of it again m If you are installing multiple ConnectReach Terminals and all the units will have nearly identical configurations the archive command allows you to set up one configuration then download it to multiple units On individual units you only need to set those parameters that differ from other units You can upload and download configurations over either the RS 232 connection or over the Ethernet or T1 network refer to Chapter 3 Installation for connection to the RS 232 port An archived configuration file is stored as American standard code for information interchange ASCII text The file has two parts m A listing similar to the Config Show command including the values of all configuration parameters m A hexadecimal representation of the configuration The following sections describe the procedures for uploading and downloading configurations over the network and over the RS 232 port NOTE You can only use the archive command to download configuration in
367. w 151413121110 9 T1 crossover RJ 48 The following figure illustrates the assembly of the required cable to connect the to DB 15 ConnectReach Terminal using the T1 RJ 48 to DB 15 crossover connection gt NOTE Note the following assembly requirements m Use the same twisted pair for the TX TIP and TX RING m Use the same twisted pair for the RX TIP and RX RING AnyMeaia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 39 363 211 129 Installation To ConnectReach Terminal 1 2 3 4 5 6 RX RING 7 8 TX RING 9 w RX RING 11 12 13 RJ 48C 14 Connector 15 End View 21610_fig_176 DB 15 female 12345678 rT DB 15 Connector End View 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 40 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation Ethernet crossover The following figure illustrates the assembly of the required cable to connect the RJ 45 to RJ 45 ConnectReach Terminal using the Ethernet RJ 45 to RJ 45 crossover connection To ConnectReach Terminal Sp eae 4 LENTX ENRX 3 6 1 4 5 2 7 8 8 RJ 45 RJ 45 8 1 RJ 45 connector end view CRRJ45cx cdr AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 3 41 Procedures Introduction Connect the Ethernet and T1 cables to the unit Connect the unit to the site phone system Connect power cables and power the unit 3 42 June 2002 363 211 129 Installation Aft
368. wing configuration from a remote computer This cable should have a 9 pin female connector at the ConnectReach Terminal end and a connector appropriate for the modem at the other end usually a 25 pin male connector b Null modem cable for connection to the serial port of a local computer Ti modular shielded crossover cable RJ 48C for connection to the secondary fractional T1 DSX 1 port m Ethernet crossover cable Required when connecting a local provisioning Terminal to the 10BaseT port which allows the use of a Web browser to configure and or monitor the ConnectReach Terminal RS 232 null modem The following figure illustrates the assembly of the required cable to connect the ConnectReach Terminal using the RS 232 null modem connection To To ConnectReach Host Terminal Computer DCD DB 9 End View DB 9 End View 21610_fig_177 T1 straight RJ 48 The following figure illustrates the assembly of the required cable to connect the to RJ 48 ConnectReach Terminal using the T1 RJ 48 to RJ 48 straight connection The transmit TX and receive RX designations are relative to the ConnectReach Terminal 3 36 June 2002 AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Installation gt NOTE Note the following assembly requirements m 1X TIP and TX RING must be the same twisted pair m RX TIP and RX RING must be the same twisted pair m Vendor PN Siemans Co MC5 S 8T 10 B02 m 10 foot
369. wser to configure and monitor the ConnectReach Terminal you must m Verify that the ConnectReach Terminal has been installed and connections made to the Ethernet or T1 network according to the procedures contained in Chapter 3 Installation m Configure the ConnectReach Terminal for an Ethernet or Network T1 DSX 1 connection including an Internet protocol IP address subnet mask and broadcast address according to the procedure in Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal m Have a Web browser such as Netscape Navigator running on a provisioning terminal computer that is connected to the same network as the ConnectReach Terminal or to a remote network The hypertext transfer protocol HTTP interface supports the following browsers Netscape Navigator 3 x and above Microsoft Internet Explorer 4 x and above NOTE If your computer is connected to a remote network the remote network must have permission to access the ConnectReach Terminal Refer to Chapter 2 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal for more information AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 5 3 363 211 129 Configure Monitor the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser Accessing the ConnectReach Terminal Using a Web Browser Logging in to the Use the following procedure to access and log in to the ConnectReach Terminal ConnectReach 1 Start a Web browser on the computer Terminal 2 In the Web browser
370. you should exit the Utility by using the exit command at the Main Menu prompt The ConnectReach Terminal Utility allows only one management session at a time Exiting the Utility allows another administrator to connect to the ConnectReach Terminal and configure or monitor it A ConnectReach Terminal management session can override another session in the following ways m f another session is already in progress and you start a new session you will be notified that another user is logged in and asked whether you wish to override that user m If you have a management session in progress and another administrator overrides your session you will be notified that your session has been overridden AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 June 2002 2 11 363 211 129 Configuring the ConnectReach Terminal Using the Main The following table lists the commands available at the Main Menu prompt Menu commands To Enter this command Display Online Help for the commands currently available question mark Configure the ConnectReach Terminal config Display statistics about the ConnectReach Terminal statistics Upgrade the ConnectReach Terminal with new software using the network network upgrade Upgrade the ConnectReach Terminal with new software using a modem xmodem download Save the current configuration or retrieve a configuration from a remote computer archive Display version and uptime information ve
371. you want to perform a warm restart and enter maintenance mode Enter y Dial the modem connected to the ConnectReach Terminal again When the ConnectReach Terminal boots in the maintenance mode you are prompted for your login name and password Enter the carrier login name and password At the Main menu prompt enter the xmodem download command xmodem download The system responds with AnyMedia ConnectReach Terminal User s Guide Issue 5 363 211 129 Maintenance and Trouble Clearing Software upgrade from the network 832 k of ram allocated for preparing flash followed by CcCccc 8 While the cccccc string is progressing across the screen start an Xmodem transfer of the new software Be sure to use Xmodem as your protocol in your Terminal application After the transfer completes the following message will appear on the screen and the system will reboot Transfer complete Saving image 9 Dial the modem connected to the ConnectReach Terminal again After the system has rebooted verify that the system is running the new software Check the version number using the version command at the Main Menu prompt or by viewing the version number that appears on the screen after rebooting ConnectReach System x xx Where x xx is the software version 10 End of Steps gt NOTE The procedures to upgrade the ConnectReach Terminal software from the network use the following URL ftp Jucentftp connectreach

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Samsung Moniteur DEL S24A460B de 24 po Manuel de l'utilisateur  PDF manual  Toshiba SD-P7000 17 in. TV/DVD Combo  カーペットのしおり 取扱説明書 保存版  Users Guide  Öffnen - heer ag  CP-WX11000JA  Philips Steam iron GC3106  Manual Uso Event 14y18.24.cdr  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file